213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112023-01-012023-12-31213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112023-12-31iso4217:GBP213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112022-12-31213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112022-01-012022-12-31213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112022-01-01ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112022-01-01ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112022-01-01ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112022-01-01ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112022-01-01ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112023-01-01ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112023-01-01ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112023-01-01ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112023-01-01ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112023-01-01ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112023-01-01213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112023-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112023-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112023-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112023-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112023-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112022-01-01213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112023-01-01ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112023-01-01ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112022-01-01ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112023-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMemberiso4217:GBPxbrli:shares213800Z8E41VG2MEKQ112022-01-01ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023
Registered No. SC117120
CONTENTS
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
56 DIRECTORS’ REPORT
63 INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
72 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
74 CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
75 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
75 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
76 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
77 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
128 COMPANY STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
129 COMPANY STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
129 COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
130 NOTES TO THE COMPANY ACCOUNTS
Some of the statements contained herein are forward looking statements about Scottish Power UK plc and its subsidiaries, and Iberdrola, S.A.’s
strategic plans. Although Scottish Power UK plc and Iberdrola, S.A. believe that the expectations reflected in such statements are reasonable, the
statements are not guarantees as to future performance and undue reliance should not be placed on them.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
The directors present their Strategic Report on the Scottish Power UK plc Group for the year ended 31 December 2023.
SCOTTISHPOWER TODAY
ScottishPower: creating a better future, quicker,
by delivering a low-carbon future for the UK
WHO WE ARE
Scottish Power UK plc (“the Company”), registered company number SC117120, acts as the
2023 financial
holding company of the Scottish Power UK plc Group (“the Group”) whose activities comprise the
generation, transmission and distribution of electricity, energy management and the supply of
highlights
electricity and gas principally in the United Kingdom (“UK”). The Company is a wholly-owned
subsidiary of lberdrola, S.A. (“Iberdrola”), one of the largest utility companies in the world and a
leader in renewable energy.
REVENUE
Scottish Power Limited (“SPL”) is the UK holding company of the Scottish Power Limited Group
(“ScottishPower”) of which the Company is a member.
£9,454.1m
The three divisions operated by the Group during the year were Energy Networks, Renewable
(2022 £8,434.9m)
production (formerly known as Renewables), and Customer business (formerly known as Energy
Retail and Wholesale), which are owned by their respective Head of Business Sub-holding
companies: Scottish Power Energy Networks Holdings Limited (“SPENH”), ScottishPower Renewable
Energy Limited (“SPREL”), and Scottish Power Retail Holdings Limited (“SPRH”).
OPERATING
The Head of Business Sub-holding companies have their own boards of directors with the necessary
PROFIT
autonomy to carry out the day-to-day management and effective administration of their division.
Further information regarding the corporate governance and board structure of ScottishPower is set
£1,911.3m
out in the ‘Corporate Governance section’ of the Directors’ Report’ on page 56.
(2022 £834.5m)
OUR ACTIVITIES
The Group has three divisions:
Energy Networks
CAPITAL
Energy Networks is responsible for three regulated electricity network businesses in the UK. These
INVESTMENT
businesses are ‘asset-owner companies’, holding the regulated assets and electricity transmission and
1
distribution licences of the Group, and are regulated monopolies. They own and operate the network
£1,844.4m
of cables, power lines and substations transporting electricity to around 3.5 million connected
(2022 £930.1m)
customers in the Central Belt and South of Scotland, Cheshire, Merseyside, North Shropshire and
North Wales.
Renewable production
NET DEBT
Renewable production is responsible for the origination, development, construction, operation and
2
decommissioning of renewable energy generation plants, principally onshore and offshore wind, with
£(6,315.3)m
a growing presence in battery storage and solar. Renewable production’s ambitious growth plans
include expansion of our existing onshore portfolio harnessing a pipeline of over 6 gigawatts (“GW”),
(2022 (£5,360.2)m)
investing in new large-scale onshore wind, solar deployment and Battery Energy Storage Systems
(“BESS”). The UK offshore pipeline stands at 10 GW, with 2.9 GW of consented projects at our East
Anglia Hub, 1.4 GW of which is under construction, and 7 GW of early development potential in our
1 Represents additions to Intangible assets (refer to
Note 7 on page 92), additions to Property, plant and
three ScotWind offshore projects. The division has over 40 operational wind farms, including our
equipment and in 2022 the reassessment of
offshore wind farms West of Duddon Sands (“WoDS”) and East Anglia One (“EA1”), and produces 3 GW
decommissioning asset within Property, plant and
of clean, renewable energy which supplies the equivalent of more than two million homes.
equipment (refer to Note 8 on page 94).
2 As detailed in the ‘Liquidity and cash management’
Customer business
section on page 15.
Our Customer business is responsible for the supply of electricity and gas to almost five million
domestic and business customers throughout the UK, including customer registration, billing and
handling enquiries in respect of these services. The division is also responsible for the associated
metering activity, and the smart meter installation programme, and for managing the Group’s smart
solutions activities including the UK’s first nationwide installation service for air source heat pumps,
solar panels, batteries and electric vehicle (“EV”) charging. Scaling up green hydrogen production is
a key strategic focus for the Iberdrola Group, with the aim of producing more than 350,000 tonnes
of green hydrogen a year by 2030. Our Green Hydrogen department is aligned with the Group's
ambitions in this growth area. The division is also responsible for managing the Group’s exposure
to the UK wholesale electricity and gas markets and the optimisation of gas storage.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
1
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
OUR PURPOSE, VALUES, STRATEGY AND ROLE
Iberdrola and ScottishPower are “committed to an energy model that prioritises
the wellbeing of people and the preservation of the planet.”
OUR PURPOSE
Shaping the future of energy in the UK
We were the first integrated energy utility in the UK to have 100% of its generation of electricity derived from renewable energy sources. Our focus is on
wind energy, smart grids, and driving the change to a cleaner, electric future. We are playing a leading role in the delivery of a clean, low-carbon system
for the UK, currently investing £8 million every working day between 2023 and 2025 to create a better future, quicker. Increased investment in
renewable energy and the electricity grid, alongside measures to support the electrification of heat and transport, remain crucial pillars in achieving the
UK’s climate targets and energy security goals.
With our plans to invest significantly in renewables generation and the electricity network infrastructure that will support the green transition, we are
well-placed to contribute to the UK achieving its net zero ambitions. With more than £1.8 billion invested in the UK as part of a previously announced
£6.7 billion programme for the years 2023 to 2025, the Group plans to build on this with investments of over £7 billion more in the years 2026 to 2028.
This amounts to a £12 billion investment programme for the years 2024 to 2028.
The UK has led the world in decarbonising the power sector. In September 2023, Prime Minister Rishi Sunak set out the UK Government’s updated
pathway to net zero, which maintained the overall 2050 target while modifying the timeline for a ban on the sale of new petrol and diesel cars and the
transition to heat pumps. In order to meet the UK’s net zero target, the amount of renewable generation that needs to be connected will still increase
significantly. So too, will levels of electricity demand, as we move to cleaner forms of transport and heating.
Our Renewable production and Energy Networks divisions continue to make progress in supporting the UK’s net zero goals. In March 2023, Renewable
production formalised its biggest ever contract award of £1.3 billion for 95 Siemens Gamesa turbines for our 1.4 GW East Anglia Three (“EA3”) offshore wind
farm. The project will supply enough green energy for 1.3 million UK homes. Off the Norfolk coast, EA3 will support over 2,300 jobs during its construction.
Significant innovations and investments continue to be made in our Energy Networks business. Our business plan, ‘Enabling the path to net zero’,
which was developed as part of the RIIO-ED2 (Revenue = Incentives + Innovation + Outputs) second regulatory distribution price control process and
implemented in April 2023, will run until March 2028. In addition to setting out how Energy Networks will develop a network that is ready for net zero,
the plan sets out how we will act as a trusted partner for communities, customers and stakeholders, and ready our business for a digital and sustainable
future. The salience of the need for grid infrastructure investment to deliver the required renewables capacity to homes and businesses across the
country has increased significantly during 2023. In January 2024, Energy Networks unveiled £5.4 billion worth of contract opportunities in its next
phase of electricity network investment, providing a boost for the supply chain and helping to unlock growth in the wider economy.
In a challenging economic environment, there continues to be a focus on measures to address the cost of living challenges being experienced by many
in society. In the year ending 31 December 2022, Customer business gross margins were materially adversely impacted as the price cap methodology
did not allow suppliers to fully recover high energy costs. In the first half of 2023, Customer business domestic revenues benefitted from specific price
cap allowances which facilitated recovery of these prior year losses. While retail energy prices have now fallen back from their peak, they remain higher
than they were pre-2022. A number of electricity and gas customers will continue to face challenging energy prices, particularly as additional
government support measures introduced in 2022 come to an end. We recognise that everything we do in our Customer business is about our
customers, from the energy we supply to the smart meters we install. Our Customer business is moving away from being just an energy supplier, with
the growth of our Smart Solutions business, as well as our Green Hydrogen business, increasing the products we are offering our customers. Instead of
purely supplying customers with gas and electricity, we provide advice on how they can optimise their energy usage and bills, ensuring those who have
solar panels, batteries, EVs or heat pumps get the maximum benefit from them.
To help mitigate the impact of external cost pressures on the UK from wholesale energy markets, our commitment to investing in green energy security
remains strong. In addition to our plans for significant investments in renewables and network infrastructure, this year we launched the Climate Action
Hub alongside other leading Scottish businesses, and published our first Sustainable Development Strategy, ‘Action 2030: Powering a Sustainable Future’.
The key themes in this strategy are: clean energy, climate action, biodiversity and ecosystems, circular economy, our communities and work and skills.
In our interactions with the UK Government and the devolved administrations, we have highlighted the need to streamline the planning and consenting
process for major new energy infrastructure projects, including updating the National Policy Statements governing planning applications in England
and Wales. In August 2023, we also welcomed the UK Government’s first Electricity Networks Commissioner's report which recommended to accelerate
the integration of renewables generation by speeding up the delivery of strategic transmission lines, including its recommendations on reforming the
planning regime in Scotland to better align it with the more streamlined regime in England and Wales. In November 2023, the Department of Energy
Security and Net Zero (”DESNZ”) published the UK Government’s Transmission Acceleration Action Plan, which accepted the Electricity Networks
Commissioner’s recommendations and set out the ambition, among other things, of halving the end-to-end build time of electricity transmission
network infrastructure from 14 to 7 years. At the same time, DESNZ and the UK’s energy regulator (The Office of Gas and Electricity Markets (“Ofgem”))
published a Connections Action Plan which set out expectations for the scale and pace of electricity grid connection reform.
We engaged with the UK Government on the need to ensure that the Contracts for Difference (“CfD”) auctioning programme for renewable generation
responds appropriately to accommodate the increase in commodity and supply chain costs which have been experienced as a result of the global
economic strains caused by the pandemic and the Ukraine crisis. In November 2023, the Chancellor of the Exchequer announced in his Autumn
Statement that full expensing of capital allowances would be made permanent. The Finance Bill 2023-24, which was introduced on 27 November 2023,
included provision to remove the 2026 end date for full expensing in order to provide greater certainty to businesses and incentivise investment in IT
equipment, plant and machinery. The Finance Bill 2023-24 is going through the parliamentary process with most of the proposed changes expected to
come into force in April 2024. The Autumn Statement also introduced exemptions from the Electricity Generator Levy for new renewable generation
projects where the substantive decision to proceed is taken on or after 22 November 2023.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
2
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
OUR PURPOSE, VALUES, STRATEGY AND ROLE continued
Policy steps such as these can, over time, support progress towards meeting the UK Government’s ambition for 50 GW of offshore wind by 2030, with
an immediate focus on the publication of the budget and final parameters of the next CfD auctioning round, Allocation Round 6, which will be open for
applications in late March 2024. In November 2023, we welcomed the publication of the Core Parameters for Allocation Round 6, which set out
significant increases to the maximum prices for the draft Administrative Strike Prices available for renewable technologies.
We continue to work with Ofgem to ensure that the consumers who are struggling to pay their bills receive appropriate support, particularly the most
vulnerable. For example, the prepayment meter premium was removed on 1 July 2023, meaning prepayment customers no longer pay more for their
energy than those paying by direct debit (“DD”). We have also worked with Ofgem to improve the design of the price cap so that suppliers can efficiently
recover incurred costs. This has enabled the delayed recovery of costs incurred in 2022, with the result that suppliers are now better placed to achieve
the levels of financial resilience that will be required to survive future price shocks.
We continue to contribute to the wider external debate about the government and regulatory measures required to tackle the critical backlog in
network connections for new renewables projects. We welcomed Ofgem’s decision to introduce the Accelerated Strategic Network Investment (“ASTI”)
framework, which took effect from October 2023 and we have been actively involved in the development of policy on a Centralised Strategic Network
Plan with regulatory and government stakeholders.
Delivering a better future, quicker for everyone
Everything we do as a Group is now determined through the prism of net zero and decarbonisation, in the name of green, affordable energy security.
The UK needs to go faster and harder than we have ever gone before if we are to meet the ambitious targets for power sector decarbonisation by 2035,
and decarbonisation of the rest of the economy by 2050 (2045 in Scotland). We need to be deploying low-carbon technologies at a quicker rate than has
ever been achieved historically, and at ScottishPower, we continue to lead the charge.
There remains a need for speed in delivering more green, more secure and more affordable energy, not only to meet targets, but to mitigate the potential
risk to the planet of an increase in global temperatures of more than two degrees. Global events and the consequent volatility in wholesale energy costs,
demonstrate the importance of increasing domestic energy security. Ongoing cost of living challenges underline the importance of delivering affordable
decarbonisation. Given our unique position in the UK as the only integrated energy company investing in renewables, electricity grids and helping homes
to decarbonise, our resilient business model is an engine for delivering decarbonisation and growth across the communities we serve.
We have decades of experience delivering the green and secure energy system the UK needs. From supporting vulnerable people to making the energy
transition to building the renewable generation that our economy needs; from modernising our electricity networks to connect more renewable energy
and enabling the EV revolution to pioneering the development of floating wind deep offshore generation.
In February 2023 we launched our new-look Green Hydrogen department. As part of the growth and development of this department, we created new
roles which were advertised as part of our 1,000 green jobs campaign. Following the launch of this campaign in July 2022, we have continued to target
and recruit these and more green jobs in ScottishPower and have since welcomed 1,500 new hires.
We are dedicated to the purpose of building together, each day, a healthier, more accessible energy model, based on electricity. We believe in an energy
model that prioritises the wellbeing of people and the preservation of the planet. Recognising the importance of taking care of the environment and
people’s health, we want to offer society our experience in addressing these urgent social needs through our work on the decarbonisation and
electrification of the economy as a whole, using renewable energy sources, efficient energy storage, smart grids and digitisation. We share Iberdrola’s
purpose and values, and this is the bridge that connects the communities we serve with our growing Group.
OUR VALUES
Our values rest on continuing to develop as a leading global and sustainable group in the 21st century. To meet our purpose, we are founded on the
following three corporate values that define the Group's identity and form the basis of our strategy.
Sustainable Energy (“Sustainable”)
We are pioneers of renewable energy. We seek to inspire others by creating economic, social and environmental value wherever we are now, and
looking to the future. We put this value into action by continually putting safety first, respecting the environment, and acting ethically, rationally and
responsibly to meet our commitments.
Integrating Force (“Collaborative”)
We are an energetic and responsible force for change. Through working together, we build and grow talent to achieve our common goals and purpose.
We put this value into action by sharing knowledge and information; working together with our employees, suppliers and customers; and by breaking
the mould and encouraging diversity.
Driving Force (“Dynamic”)
We bring about efficient change, big and small, through constantly challenging ourselves and our processes. We innovate to deliver continuous
improvement. We put this value into action by asking how we can do things more simply or efficiently, coming up with ideas and leading innovation,
and anticipating our customers’ needs.
OUR STRATEGY
Our strategy is to create value from investment in networks, renewable energy generation and retail to help our customers realise a better future,
quicker, under the pillars of our strategic values.
Our key strategic goals include:
• investing in networks to make them smarter and more resilient, and creating a platform for the UK’s sustainable electric future;
• investing in renewable energy generation, principally onshore and offshore wind, solar and battery storage, to address the climate emergency and
reduce the cost of electricity generation;
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
3
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
OUR PURPOSE, VALUES, STRATEGY AND ROLE continued
• creating a fair, transparent, competitive and financially stable retail market where customers are protected from irresponsible practices and are in
control of their energy usage through digitisation and smart metering;
• supporting and guiding domestic and business customers through their journey to help them decarbonise and be more efficient in their energy
consumption;
• designing and delivering an energy system to facilitate and encourage the growth of EVs and clean heating solutions to improve air quality and tackle
climate change; and
• facilitating the decarbonisation of sectors of the economy that are challenging to electrify, such as heavy industry and transport, through the
development and application of green hydrogen solutions.
At the UK Global Investment Summit in November 2023, we announced that we expect to invest £12 billion in the UK between 2024 and 2028, with a
focus on electricity networks and renewables. £8 billion will be invested in transmission and distribution electricity networks, and £4 billion in building
the 1,400 megawatt (“MW”) EA3 offshore wind farm, as well as in onshore wind, solar, energy retail and hydrogen.
OUR ROLE
In the wider legislative, regulatory and commercial context in which we operate, our commitment to playing a leading role in the UK’s contribution to
combat climate change has been reflected in a number of significant developments in 2023.
As the only energy company in the UK with a role across the entire energy value chain of generation and storage, transmission and distribution, and supply
to customers, we are uniquely placed to make an active and distinctive contribution to these policy debates. As part of our partnership, announced
in September 2021, with the World Wildlife Fund (“WWF”), we commissioned Frontier Economics, one of the largest economic consultancies in Europe, to
produce a report assessing the scale of deployment of energy efficiency measures (including low-carbon technologies such as heat pumps) needed to
meet the UK Government’s 15% energy consumption reduction target in the residential housing sector for 2030, as well as a 20% ‘stretch’ target for 2030.
The indicative analysis from Frontier Economics estimates that if all committed and planned policies are implemented and perform as expected, there
would still be a significant deployment gap from reaching the 15% target, with estimates of a further two million homes needing to receive insulation
retro-fits, and another 500,000 homes needing a heat pump. We believe that we can contribute to addressing this gap by deepening our relationships with
our customers in order to help them understand what products we have available, and how to access them, as they seek to decarbonise their homes.
We also continue to act on the principles set out in our Just Transition strategy which we have continued to improve through workshops and collaboration
across the business during 2023. For there to be a just transition to a greener future, we need to work in partnership with local communities, consumers,
employees, supply chains and policy-makers to realise our shared net zero ambitions. We are committed as an organisation to ensuring that the energy
transition is fair, and that the people we serve have a stake in shaping it. ScottishPower is at the heart of communities across the country, whether it is
through the 1,000+ new green jobs we have recruited, the renewable power we generate or the secure, stable electricity we supply or keeping the lights on
from generation to plug.
In November 2023, we held a workshop, to which we invited representatives of the Just Transition Commission and from the Northeast of Scotland, the
centre of the oil and gas industry in Scotland, to provide provocations for discussion, to continue to drive forward progress being made in this area across
all of our businesses.
A just energy transition aims to leave no one behind, and all of our divisions have a role to play in achieving this goal. Our Energy Networks division also
published its own Just Transition Strategy in 2023, setting out the steps it will take to embed the principles of a fair and equitable transition into everything
it does. Energy Networks also launched the £5 million Transmission Net Zero Fund in 2023 to support community projects that are contributing to
decarbonisation efforts within Energy Networks’ transmission area, across Central and Southern Scotland.
Another example of the active role we take in promoting positive engagement with wider communities, was the announcement in June 2023 of our
landmark partnership deal with Scottish Women’s Football and the Scottish Women’s Premier League, dedicated to energising women’s football at every age
and stage across Scotland. As a major employer in the UK, with a key focus on encouraging more women to consider science, technology, engineering and
mathematics (“STEM”) careers, this partnership is a demonstration of our commitment in this area, in addition to providing opportunities in all communities
in Scotland, which is one of the four key principles of our Just Transition strategy.
ENGAGING WITH STAKEHOLDERS
THE IMPORTANCE OF ENGAGING WITH OUR STAKEHOLDERS
As part of the Iberdrola Group, we are developing a responsible and sustainable energy model which focuses on the wellbeing of people, the protection of
the environment, and the economic and social progress in the communities in which we operate. We strongly believe that effective and meaningful
engagement with stakeholders, especially employees, is key to promoting the success and values of the Group.
Meaningful engagement with our stakeholder groups supports the ethos of section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 which states that directors should have
regard to stakeholder interests when discharging their duty to promote, in good faith, the success of the company for the benefit of its members as a whole
(for further insight, refer to the Section 172 statement on page 55). Details of how the Group and our individual divisions engage with our stakeholders, and
how these activities influence the Group’s operations, are set out below.
Our key stakeholders
We have five key stakeholder categories: people, energy customers, government and regulators, suppliers and contractors, and community and
environment. Behind these stakeholders are millions of people, and thousands of institutions, organisations and groups. All of them, with their
decisions and opinions, influence the Group and, in turn, are affected by our activities. In addition, these stakeholders interact with each other, creating
a universe of relationships that the Group needs to manage in order to achieve a better understanding of our operating environment and to deliver a
more sustainable performance across our activities.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
4
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
ENGAGING WITH STAKEHOLDERS continued
Our shareholders are also important to us. All shareholder management activities are carried out on our behalf by our ultimate parent company, Iberdrola,
whose shares are listed on all four stock markets in Spain. Iberdrola is committed to dialogue, proximity and actions in favour of shareholders. Iberdrola is
one of the first companies in the world to formalise a Shareholder Engagement Policy focusing upon two-way interaction with the shareholders in order to
forge a sense of belonging and to encourage their engagement in the corporate life of Iberdrola. Iberdrola’s Shareholder Engagement Policy is published
at www.iberdrola.com under ‘Corporate Governance’/ ‘Governance and Sustainability System’/ ‘Corporate Governance’ / ‘Shareholder Engagement Policy’.
“People, our most important asset”
PEOPLE
The Group employs approximately 6,270 employees, working across a range of roles within our Energy Networks, Renewable production, and Customer
business divisions as well as our Corporate function. Our employees make a real difference in determining how successfully we operate. The creativity,
innovation and individuality of our employees enables us to build on our future capability to operate effectively in a competitive market and continue to
have aspirations which are challenging and rewarding. We respect and recognise the importance of individuality as part of our ongoing commitment to
promoting a culture where individuality is celebrated. We also understand that being a diverse organisation goes beyond having legally compliant policies
and practices; it includes a focus on creating an innovative, integrated organisation where people feel valued, inspiring them to perform at their best.
The Group also became an accredited Living Wage employer in 2023. In July 2022 we announced our largest ever green jobs recruitment campaign. Since
then, we have welcomed 1,500 new hires into ScottishPower.
In November 2023, Workday became our primary People IT system for managing key people processes across the entire employee journey. Workday
supports a host of new processes which will change how we attract, manage and develop our people and thus enhance the employee experience.
Employment regulation
We have well-defined policies in place throughout our divisions to ensure compliance with applicable laws and related codes of practice. These policies
cover a wide range of employment issues such as disciplinary, grievance, bullying and harassment, discrimination, absence, performance management,
anti-bribery, anti-corruption and whistleblowing, which all operate in conjunction with the Code of Ethics of Iberdrola and its group of companies (“the
Code of Ethics”) and the ScottishPower Code of Conduct, which both outline expectations for employees’ conduct. We continuously review our
application of our policies and procedures in line with changes to employment legislation, related codes of practice and case law.
Training
We have a continuing commitment to training and personal development for our employees and provided 5,951 training events in 2023 (5,378 in 2022).
Throughout 2023, the focus has been on delivering mandatory health and safety training and enhancing capabilities and competence of new and existing
staff in our core business divisions, supporting the business trainee programmes and other new-starts, while preparing training on the new company safe
system of work (the Fifth Edition Safety Rules) for all existing authorised persons. This programme of briefing and training encompasses circa 10,000
internal and external staff, with some in-person events accommodating up to 200 attendees.
We have also continued to ensure our employees have role-specific training and we have run upskill programmes in relation to Environmental and
Sustainability Programmes, Mental Health First Aid, Data, IT and Cyber Security Skills and launched a ScottishPower Knowledge Academy relating to Agile
Project Management.
During 2023, we have recruited over 230 apprentices, graduates and trainees who are undertaking structured training programmes leading towards the
achievement of nationally recognised trade apprenticeships, other accredited qualifications or specific training programmes. This population have also
received specific training on transferable skill sets and are supported by a development programme and mentors for our graduates. This has included a
group of 44 graduates who have started on our Global Graduate Programme with participants across the Iberdrola Group.
Over 590 employees across all ScottishPower business areas received training in six core leadership topics as part of our Leadership Academy. We have
continued to offer team development support through our Team Effectiveness Toolkit and Team Performance sessions. For our senior leaders, we held
two events further exploring our core value of collaboration and growth mindset.
Linkedin Learning licences have been provided to all our trainee and graduate populations, our first-line people leaders, and those with specific needs
where they have utilised bespoke learning pathways and curated content across a variety of topics and skill sets.
In addition, three new talent programmes were launched in 2023. HerEnergy is an Iberdrola global programme for our female talent population; the
Transformation Leadership Programme focusses on our top talent population, and our Advanced Leadership Programme (EVOLVE) which enables our
leaders to have a global vision and the knowledge to advance their careers.
Employee feedback and consultation
Our employee engagement survey is called ‘the LOOP’. The LOOP provides an opportunity for our employees across the organisation to share their views
on their employee experience and is completed by all employees bi-annually. Our latest survey was launched on 2 November 2023 with a response rate
of 80%, a positive increase from 76% on the previous survey completed in May 2021. With an engagement score of 65% and enablement score of 72%,
the results demonstrated some positive insights in areas such as the continued focus on the importance of health and safety, line managers role
modelling our values and behaviours, clarity on strategic direction of the company by employees, and employees feel that they can be themselves at
work. Areas of opportunity to improve employee engagement included organisation of work, idea-sharing and innovation and employee communications.
As well as employee feedback through the LOOP, we engage regularly with employees and their representatives via a variety of channels, including
business conferences, health and safety committees, Trade Union and employee forums, and employee-led networks.
Inclusion and diversity
We are committed to driving diversity in the energy industry, increasing our diverse and inclusive workforce whilst taking action to address the deepening
skills shortage in the sector.
We want to attract and inspire the best talent regardless of gender, age, sexual orientation, disability, ethnicity or any other factor. We value every
individual’s differences and the insights they bring to how we think, what we believe and who we are.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
5
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
ENGAGING WITH STAKEHOLDERS continued
We recognise the importance of work-life balance, and many of our roles offer hybrid working, allowing employees to split their time between the
office and home. Additionally, as part of our recruitment process, we encourage discussions on flexible working.
We published our latest Gender Pay Report on 8 March 2024 in which we reiterated our commitment to pay for performance equally and fairly. This
continued our focus on breaking down barriers across the employee lifecycle, as over time this will improve our gender pay gap position whilst
widening the inclusion of other under-represented groups. For more information, the latest Gender Pay Report is published at www.scottishpower.com
(“the Corporate website”) under ‘Careers’/ ‘Inclusion at ScottishPower’/ ‘Gender Pay Report’. As part of our commitment to closing our gender pay gap,
and as a Group which has a common framework in all the countries in which it operates on diversity and inclusion, Iberdrola set two targets in 2022 to
break down the barriers for women:
• increase in the proportion of women in senior management positions to exceed 35% by 2030; and
• increase in the proportion of women in responsible roles to exceed 36% by 2030.
At the end of 2023 the proportion of women in senior management position was 33.7% (2022 32.9%) and the proportion of women in responsible
roles was 32.3% (2022 31.9%). This is a positive result set against employee growth across Energy Networks and Renewable production divisions which
have a traditionally male-dominated external talent pipeline.
We have a number of programmes in place to assist further with these goals and progress is monitored on a continuing basis:
• All recruiting managers must complete e-learning and training on unconscious bias before their vacancies are authorised.
• Inclusive recruitment principles such as balanced shortlisting and gender-balanced interviewing are now incorporated into all our external
recruitment campaigns. Recruitment consultants encourage all hiring managers to adopt these inclusive recruitment principles.
• All of our job advertisements are reviewed using gender de-coding (i.e. highlighting masculine and feminine language).
• We continue to share best practice through the Energy Leaders Coalition which comprises 16 of the leading chief executive officers (“CEOs”) from the
UK’s energy sector who have made a public declaration to improve gender diversity in their groups and in the sector as a whole.
• We are a corporate partner of the Women’s Engineering Society to help with the important work that they do in supporting women engineers and
encouraging girls to see engineering as a career option.
• We continue to provide Maternity/Parent Coaching to females within our talent population who are on the maternity journey, whether that be
preparing for, or on, leave, or returning to work. The coaching blends practical support and advice to both the participants and the line mangers as
well as focused career coaching to maximise the participant’s potential for future progression.
• Our ‘New Additions to Your Family’ guidelines provide sector-leading leave benefits for all ScottishPower employees regardless of service. These
include 26 weeks’ full pay for maternity and adoption leave and two weeks’ full pay for paternity leave. Returners from maternity and adoption leave
are also entitled to a phased return where they will receive 100% contractual pay for working 80% of their duties for three months. These guidelines
were designed in collaboration with the Group’s employee network who support parents and carers (“SPACE”).
• Additional guidance on menopause and menstrual health and domestic abuse have been developed and communicated in collaboration with the
ScottishPower’s Connected Women’s employee network.
In 2023 we launched our first ScottishPower Executive Diversity and Inclusion (“D&I”) Committee, a group of senior executives created to lead and
champion diversity across the business. This committee is driving progress on the organisation’s work to reduce the gender pay gap and challenge
unconscious bias. The ScottishPower Executive D&I Committee works in collaboration with the Iberdrola D&I Committee and our D&I working group
made up of our employee-led network chairs and business stakeholders.
In addition, we are promoting gender equality through the STEM engagement initiative. Throughout 2023, we have delivered our STEM message to
primary, secondary, college and university pupils and students via face-to-face events and workshops. We work with a range of partners and events to
communicate our early careers programmes to school children and their families.
The STEM Returners programme aims to help employees returning to work after a lengthy career break to grow and develop their career, offering the
time and support needed to refresh and redevelop their skills to help them in returning to employment on a more permanent basis. The 2023 cohort
saw 14 new returners commence the programme. Four have secured a permanent role within the company.
We continue to work with a number of recognised organisations as part of our commitment to diversity and inclusion. These include: the Business
Disability Forum, the Armed Forces Covenant, Carers UK, ENABLE Scotland and POWERful Women. We are recognised at the highest level of accreditation
of the Armed Forces Covenant (Gold Status) for initiatives we have in place as a ‘forces-friendly’ employer.
We expect all our employees to be treated with respect and we have supporting policy guidance to help ensure equality of employment opportunity for
people with disabilities. We have maintained our Disability Confident Standard and our accredited level at ‘established’ with Carers Scotland.
In 2023, the sixth cohort of the inspirational Breaking Barriers programme commenced. The programme aims to support aspirations for young people
with learning disabilities and provide equal opportunities to access university courses. During 2023, six learners aged between 18 and 24 studied for a
Certificate in Applied Business Skills at the University of Strathclyde Business School. As part of this experience, the learners gained valuable skills and
work experience as part of a placement with the group.
The Group continues to support the growth of our existing employee-led networks:
• Future Connections – to bring people together from across the Group with an appetite to communicate and learn about activities in other business
areas;
• Connected Women – a confident and vibrant network for ScottishPower women;
• SPACE – to give employees access to support and guidance on all aspects of being a parent or carer;
• In-Fuse – to represent LGBT+ colleagues and allies alike;
• VIBE – focussed on ethnicity;
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
6
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
ENGAGING WITH STAKEHOLDERS continued
• SPARC – representing disabled colleagues and their allies; and
• iCan – a platform to encourage, create and promote authentic leadership for climate action in both the professional and personal lives of all
ScottishPower employees.
All of our employee-led networks continue to engage with their members through awareness sessions and celebrating key dates on the inclusion calendar
as well as sharing knowledge to promote personal development. The networks also play a key role in the attraction and retention of new employees from
under-represented groups to maximise engagement and performance. We continue to promote our commitment to inclusive employment through our
external careers website, ‘Inclusion at ScottishPower’. This is a dedicated space on our website which promotes important initiatives that go on internally,
such as our employee networks, involvement with community programmes, partnerships with external organisations and our Gender Pay Report.
Rewards and benefits
As our business continues to change and evolve, it is important that the benefits that we provide to our employees also develop to meet these
challenges. We recognise that the benefit needs of employees are unique to the individual and we want them to be able to tailor benefits to their own
circumstances. We provide a benefits programme, ‘Your ScottishPower Benefits’, which offers employees the flexibility to choose from a range of
benefits, such as participation in the ScottishPower Share Incentive Plan, purchasing a bike through the Cycle to Work scheme, purchasing additional
holidays or participation in the ScottishPower EV Salary Sacrifice Scheme where employees can initially lease, and then purchase, an EV in a cost-effective
manner. Employees can also participate in one of the Group's pension schemes. The Group has a defined contribution plan and two defined benefit
schemes which allow employees to save for their retirement. All employees who have joined the organisation on or after 1 April 2006 have been offered
membership of the defined contribution plan, the Iberdrola Group (UK) Stakeholder Pension Plan.
Health and safety
Employee health and wellbeing, the prevention of harm to employees, contractors and members of the public, and the protection of business assets and
operational capability, are our top priorities. During 2023, we have continued to strive for improved performance. Both internal and external health and
safety assessments have returned positive findings.
We have an established Health and Safety Management System (“HSMS”) to ensure that the Group and its employees meet all applicable internal, external,
legal and regulatory requirements and standards, and which aligns with the Iberdrola global health and safety approach.
This HSMS provides an overview of how health and safety risks are managed across the organisation. The HSMS includes items such as:
• The Health and Safety Policy, which details what we want to achieve with respect to health and safety, who will implement the requirements
(detailing the roles and responsibilities) and how the policy will be achieved.
• How the health and safety programmes (e.g., the annual Preventive Activity Plan, Operational Plans and Communications Plans) have all been
implemented. All of these are aimed at maintaining and improving health and safety performance.
• How compliance is delivered through a governance structure, audits and inspections and external and internal certification.
• An annual training plan is established to ensure employees are competent based on appropriate education, training or experience.
• A risk assessment procedure details how we will manage and control hazards and risks.
• An established annual Health and Safety communication plan.
• At a Group level, a Health and Safety Management Review is completed every six months and a specific report format used to record and
communicate the findings.
To work in conjunction with the Group HSMS, each of our divisions has its own specific HSMS. Each division’s HSMS expands upon the Group HSMS; they
are not intended to duplicate or contradict, but to focus on division-specific scope of works and requirements.
Health and safety performance
We successfully maintained our ISO 45001 certification following a recertification audit in 2023. Total Recordable Injury Rate (“TRIR”) is one of the primary
measurements for health and safety performance and includes lost time, medical treatment and restricted work incidents. The annual ScottishPower
employee accident and incident statistics remained low with five TRIR incidents in 2023, which equates to a TRIR of 0.10. For contactors, there were 19
TRIR incidents which equates to a TRIR of 0.35. Two of the TRIR employee incidents were reported to the Health and Safety Executive under The Reporting
of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations. There were also five Occupational Health cases reported to the Health and Safety Executive
under the same Regulations.
The table below provides the occurrence of TRIR incidents in each business division (including the Corporate functions):
Employees Contractors Total
TRIR incidents* 2023 2022 2023 2022 2023 2022
Energy Networks 5 7 11 14 16 21
Renewable production – 1 4 7 4 8
Customer business – – 4 5 4 5
Corporate – – – – – –
5
8
19
26
24
34
* TRIR incidents include lost time, medical treatment and restricted work incidents.
Based on these figures along with the results from audits and inspections, health and safety standards and performance within the Group remain high.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
7
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
ENGAGING WITH STAKEHOLDERS continued
Public safety
In addition to the physical measures we take to protect the public from electricity, for example secure compounds, safety distances and signage, we also
strive to raise electrical safety awareness with the public and the emergency services via several campaigns and initiatives. During 2023 our main focus
included attending several agricultural shows, liaising with the farming community, forming partnerships with plant hire businesses to develop safety
leaflets and stickers for extendable tools, and with the Federation of Window Cleaners to raise awareness around our overhead line network.
The safety section of our external website has been refreshed and now offers downloadable versions of our Safety Matters leaflets. In 2023 we have
produced new video content around overhead line and underground cable safety which is available to view on our website, and we have been working
on the development of more eye-catching and informative social media content.
We continue to support three public access safety centres where our key health and safety messages are presented to children through substation and
overhead powerline interactive props, presentations and verbal safety advice. In 2023 we saw over 32,000 attendees taking part in our interactive learning
at ‘Crucial Crew’ events and safety centres. Our PowerWise interactive website has continually been promoted to schools and parents as a curriculum-linked
teaching resource to inform young people about the dangers of electricity, which provides free, interactive resources. We have continued to work with the
emergency services, providing them with electrical safety awareness presentations as well as offering support to them when any incidents have occurred.
Employee health and wellbeing
We promote and support the physical and mental health and wellbeing of our employees through a programme of health promotion and information run
by our Occupational Health department. 2023 has seen the establishment and launch of our five priority areas relating to health and wellbeing: healthy
mind, healthy body, healthy weight, healthy eating and healthy behaviours. These support the Health and Safety Essential of promoting health and
wellbeing in and outside of work.
We are continuing our journey towards a mentally healthy working environment that promotes good mental health and wellbeing for all our people,
which includes access to support when this is required. We are progressing with our target of training all our people managers by 2025 in collaboration
with Scottish Action for Mental Health – over 200 were trained in 2023. Our Mental Health First Aid Programme has also been reinforced with the
introduction of more than 45 new Mental Health First Aiders this year, creating more coverage and capacity. This complements the continued
development of our established Mental Health First Aiders who have undergone refresher training and attended Mental Health First Aid Forums to
ensure the support offered is effective and proactive.
Our Occupational Health department has delivered a calendar of campaigns which has a focus on mental health and wellbeing, supporting nationwide
and global campaigns such as Time to Talk, Mental Health Awareness Week and World Mental Health Day. May 2023 saw the launch of our Mental Health
and Wellbeing at ScottishPower video and our Mental Health and Wellbeing portal to coincide with Mental Health Awareness Week. The Mental Health and
Wellbeing portal gives employees access to features including our Employee Assistance Programme, information on a variety of topics relating to mental
health and wellbeing, mindfulness sessions, and recordings of our monthly ‘Looking After You’ webinars, with topics in 2023 including Neurodiversity,
Menopause and Mental Health, and Self-esteem and Confidence.
Our Occupational Health team has also been actively engaging with different business areas and working populations with inputs at inductions, events
and conferences, and the delivery of wellbeing days at our training centres, several of which were supported by our partners at Cancer Research UK.
We recognise the importance of the employee’s voice in informing the delivery of our services and support offered to staff. 2023 has seen the rollout of
the latest Loop survey and an Occupational Health and Wellbeing customer survey which will provide valuable and actionable insight into the experience
of our people and how we can continue to improve in 2024 and beyond.
A key initiative of the Occupational Hygiene team, which is part of the Occupational Health department, was the introduction of an interactive e-book
that enables our people to have an enhanced awareness of workplace health risks in a modern format, which can be accessed via the employee portal. In
addition to the assessment of risk for traditional workplace hazards such as Hand Arm Vibration Syndrome across the different businesses, throughout
2023 greater influence on human factors including fatigue and musculoskeletal disorders has developed alongside the wellbeing and physical activity
programme. This collaboration aims to highlight how closely wellbeing and workplace health are interlinked.
“Putting people first to achieve a better future, quicker”
ENERGY CUSTOMERS
We provide energy and related services to millions of domestic and business customers. Our success depends on our ability to understand and meet the
needs of our customers, and engagement is key to our success in this rapidly changing environment. We seek feedback in several ways including forums,
market research and product testing, as well as via complaints channels and surveys.
Energy Networks
Our customers have every right to expect a good experience when they interact with us – whatever the reason. We are committed to delivering this, and
to improving year-on-year against the standard industry-wide metrics.
Understanding and responding to our customers' needs is not only deep-rooted in our culture, but is also essential to meeting the goals we have
developed with stakeholders to guide our future plans. Our commitment to our customers is reflected in our customer service scores which continue to
trend above Ofgem's targets. In the regulatory year 2022/23, SP Distribution plc (“SPD”) and SP Manweb plc (“SPM”), achieved a customer satisfaction
score of 9.1 and 9.2 respectively against a benchmark of 8.2. For our transmission business, as part of our RIIO-T2 transmission regulatory price control,
we are committed to improving the quality of service as measured through the Quality of Connections Survey, more commonly known as the ‘Moments
that Matter'. For the second year of RIIO-T2 (regulatory year 2022/23) our customers rated us at 8.2, against a benchmark of 7.7.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
8
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
ENGAGING WITH STAKEHOLDERS continued
Delivering for our customers
Power cut support service
Our customers, and especially those affected by situations of vulnerability, tell us that power cuts cause stress, anxiety and can pose a real threat to
their safety and wellbeing. We can help customers manage these challenges by providing quick, clear, and accurate information before and during
power cuts. When an emergency occurs and detriment to customers cannot be wholly prevented, we seek to understand our customers’ needs and
offer a range of welfare support services that include generators, the provision of hot food and a set of tailored support services. Looking to the future,
our state-of-the-art Customer Relationship Management system, introduced in 2023, will further enhance our ability to offer customers timely and
accurate information, cutting our response times, freeing up our colleagues’ time so they can offer proactive and targeted support to those registered
on the Priority Services Register during emergencies.
Engaging with our stakeholders
To ensure our strategy continues to be fit for purpose, we enlist AccountAbility, an independent company, who own the global standard for stakeholder
engagement (AA100000SE), to conduct a full health check audit of our engagement strategy and processes. We do this to support our programme of
continuous improvement and the development of high-quality stakeholder engagement practices.
We achieved 89% in the 2023 AccountAbility audit; obtaining the highest categorisation possible (‘Advanced’). This represents an overall improvement
of 23% since our first audit in 2018. Energy Networks continues to work closely to identify the needs of vulnerable customers and stakeholders as
measured by the Ofgem Stakeholder Engagement and Consumer Vulnerability Incentive. The scores for this incentive scheme for the regulatory year
2022/23 was 4.5 out of 10 for both SPD and SPM. This compares to 5.29 in 2021/22 reflecting a challenging year for the business due to the cost of
living concerns. The business will continue to refine and develop strategy and initiatives in respect of both stakeholder engagement and consumer
vulnerability. Examples include creating Strategic Optimiser teams to act as a conduit between local authorities and the technical optioneering for low-
carbon technology, offering significant time and cost efficiencies, through local authorities having access to expert electricity network knowledge and
the launch of our new Customer Relationship Management system in 2023.
In late 2022, an independent group of energy industry experts was created by Energy Networks to bring the voice of customers and stakeholders into
the heart of its business. The Independent Net Zero Advisory Council brings together 15 external experts to provide challenge and specialist knowledge
to both the distribution and the transmission sides of the business across Central and Southern Scotland, North Wales, Merseyside, Cheshire and North
Shropshire – a first for the industry. The Independent Net Zero Advisory Council is chaired by renowned industry expert, Angela Love, who has over
30 years’ experience of the UK and European gas and electricity markets.
Maintaining a reliable supply of electricity
Society rightly expects to consistently receive a reliable supply of electricity at the flick of a switch, which is why we strived to exceed our regulatory
price control commitments under RIIO-ED1 and continue to do so for RIIO-ED2. We serve our distribution customers with 99.99% reliability levels for
36p per day, protecting the most vulnerable and ensuring supply to critical sites such as hospitals, nursing homes, water treatment works and food
supply businesses.
Ensuring a just transition
Energy Networks published its own Just Transition Strategy in 2023, setting out the steps it will take to embed the principles of a fair and equitable
transition into everything it does. In 2023, Energy Networks also launched the £5 million Transmission Net Zero Fund to support community projects
that are contributing to decarbonisation efforts within the Energy Networks’ transmission area, across Central and Southern Scotland.
Customer business
Customer service
Delivering excellent customer service to our customers when they need to contact us continues to be our key priority. Across our Customer business,
we work hard to ensure the customer is at the centre of everything we do and is everyone's focus. We continually assess our processes and customer
journeys and identify and implement improvements to ensure we meet our expectations and those of our customers. We are relentless in our pursuit
to improve our customer experience. In 2023 we have seen improvements in our key customer services metrics, including average wait times and first-
time resolution of customer queries.
We continue to focus on delivering customer service through a number of digital channels as well as retaining our traditional telephone channels.
Digital tools are the channel of choice amongst most of our customer base with mobile apps now being our most frequently utilised self-service tool,
alongside digital online web chats. Building from our success in 2022 when we were recognised for our digital commitment and awarded eCommerce
‘App of the Year’, we were shortlisted finalists again in 2023 and are delighted to announce that we took the Silver Award for UK eCommerce ‘App of the
Ye a r
’
. This recognises the continued improvements and functionality we are offering customers via this channel. Customers contacting us via webchat
continues to be a popular channel and volumes continued to grow in 2023 with increased use of automation.
2023 has seen the adoption of our digital channels continue to grow and customer experience scores across all channels also improving. A key focus has
been the expansion and stability of our in-app prepayment experience, in line with our smart meter rollout programme to these customers. Supporting
our ambition to expand our digital footprint, we aim to enable a ‘digital for all’ strategy through improving our web accessibility standards. In addition to
the growth of and enhancements to key self-service account tools, there has been a continued focus on leveraging the capabilities of smart meters to
deliver automated services and insights to help customers gain a better understanding of their energy usage. This has been achieved by improvements
such as additional enhancements to our smart meter consumption insights and the launch of our solar and battery insights functionalities.
Customer service contact volumes and service levels were impacted by the cost of living crisis, associated government schemes, and energy price
increases during the period January to March 2023. We responded to this increased contact volume by expanding resourcing and extending our
webchat services operating hours. Contact volumes started to decrease from April 2023. Service levels improved with the overall contact volumes and
average wait times both decreasing and stabilising throughout the remainder of 2023.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
9
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
ENGAGING WITH STAKEHOLDERS continued
Support we are offering
We continue to ensure we support our vulnerable customers through a wide range of support mechanisms – for both financially and non-financially
vulnerable customers. These services include:
• Offering a range of options for customers to get in touch including phone, webchat, and email options. We assess the needs of our customers and
adjust our offering to ensure it meets our customer needs. This includes extending opening hours including for specific potentially more vulnerable
customer groups and over winter periods to make it easier for customers to get in touch.
• Intelligent routing of contacts to specialist support teams to manage customers who are identified as being vulnerable or potentially in need of
additional support. This includes Prepayment Off Supply teams, Affordability teams and our
‘
Extra Care’ teams (linked to customers with additional
support needs).
• To reduce the risk of prepayment customers going off supply, we offer periods of
‘
friendly credit’, where the customer will stay on supply, without
the need to top up their meter. Where this is not technically possible, we offer increased emergency credit.
• We offer a dedicated phone line for Citizens Advice to get in touch on behalf of customers. In 2023, we expanded support for other third parties,
ranging from national organisations like National Energy Action to smaller, local charities such as South Seeds, by launching a Third Party Assistance
Team. This enhanced support has been positively received and is benefiting customers seeking help from third party organisations, in particular by
securing a faster resolution for them.
• Recognising the wider impacts of financial hardship, we have included mental health training across all customer service agents, to allow them to
respond sensitively to customers who are experiencing such difficulties.
• We offer extra help and additional support options under our Priority Services Register for those non-financially vulnerable customers who may find
it more challenging to manage their energy account.
• We have a range of alternative payment options and tariffs for different customer circumstances and offer flexible repayment schemes for those who
have built up debt.
• For customers who may be struggling to manage their energy costs, we offer advice on how to reduce energy consumption through simple actions
by the customer or via the Energy Company Obligation (“ECO”) scheme.
• We also provide signposting to third parties who can offer additional guidance and support including in relation to debt advice and energy efficiency
advice, and we also, signpost to our own Hardship Fund and our Prepayment Voucher Scheme which provides additional non-repayable funding to
eligible customers.
• For our most vulnerable customers, we offer a dedicated team of National Community Liaison Officers whose sole purpose is to provide in-home
support.
Our focus overall is on prompting customers to engage with us as early as possible so that we can provide the support they need, whether that be
within the actions we can take ourselves, or in ensuring those customers who need broader support than we can offer, have direct access to third
parties who can provide it.
We are also raising awareness of the measures customers can take to reduce the impact of increasing energy costs. This includes arranging for a smart
meter to be installed, which is the best way to track energy consumption by showing a customer the cost of the energy they are using and ensures they
only pay for the energy they use by providing us with regular, automatic meter readings.
We further support vulnerable customers with their energy bills through the Warm Home Discount scheme. Now in its 13th year, the Warm Home
Discount scheme is the UK Government’s main policy for tackling fuel poverty. The scheme continues to be delivered by energy suppliers, principally to
qualifying customers, by providing rebates on electricity accounts to help when bills may be higher over the winter period. During scheme year twelve,
which operated from 1 April 2022 to 31 March 2023, we spent £29.9 million providing assistance to 199,532 customers by applying a rebate of £150 to
their electricity account. In addition, £2.2 million of funding was awarded to three third party organisations to deliver industry initiative projects to
provide a range of assistance to domestic customers. Our partners delivered energy efficiency advice, energy efficient white goods, and measures to
improve the energy efficiency of the property where they lived. Other projects focused on further financial support providing fuel debt assistance and
benefit entitlement checks.
Energy efficiency
The delivery of energy efficiency measures continues to be an important responsibility of our business, and 2023 was the tenth year of delivery of the
UK Government’s ECO scheme. The ECO scheme is fundamental to improving the fabric of British homes in our pursuit of achieving net zero and focuses
on reducing heating costs for the most vulnerable customers and improving the energy efficiency of properties. In July 2022, the ECO4 legislation came
into effect with the obligation running until March 2026. The focus of ECO4 is on the most vulnerable households in the least efficient homes (Energy
Performance Certificates (“EPC”) Bands E, F and G) and targets a whole house improvement project based on a fabric-first approach. This will see a drop
in the number of properties treated, however, the majority of those treated will be improved by a minimum of two EPC bands with multiple measures
delivered to each home. Building on our surplus delivery from ECO3, which ensured our supply chain remained active and delivering energy efficiency
measures to customer as soon as practicable, our supply chain commenced formal delivery of ECO4 measures in August 2022, but delivery was initially
cautious while the supply chain and obligated suppliers adjust to the new requirements of the obligation. However, the second half of 2023 has seen a
significant increase in delivery with our supply chain partners delivering almost double the volume of ECO4 savings compared to H1 2023.
In July 2023, the UK Government launched the Great British Insulation Scheme (this was previously known as ECO+). This three-year programme will
look to complement ECO4 by delivering single insulation measures such a loft and cavity wall insulation to hundreds of thousands of the least energy
efficient homes in the lower Council Tax bands, as well as targeting the most vulnerable homes across the country. We expect delivery of this obligation
to gather momentum into 2024 as the supply chains adjusts to the new obligation.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
10
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
ENGAGING WITH STAKEHOLDERS continued
“Being collaborative”
GOVERNMENT AND REGULATORS
Governments and regulators play a central role in shaping the energy sector. We engage with them directly and through trade associations, responding
to issues of concern and providing expertise to support policy development. Through this engagement, we aim to contribute to the delivery of a UK
energy system that functions in the interests of customers now, and in the future, including achievement of the UK and Scottish Governments’ net
zero decarbonisation targets.
We have contributed to the wider external debate about the government and regulatory measures required to tackle the critical backlog in network
connections for new renewables projects. We welcomed Ofgem’s decision to proceed with its ASTI scheme and are working to take forward vital new
transmission infrastructure on the East Coast of the UK under this scheme. We also commenced in April 2023 the RIIO-ED2 five-year price control for
our distribution networks which will involve £3 billion of new investment. In our interactions with the UK Government and the devolved administrations
we have highlighted the need to streamline the planning and consenting process for major new energy infrastructure projects, including updating the
National Policy Statements governing planning applications in England and Wales. We also welcomed the Government’s ‘Transmission Acceleration
Action Plan’, published in November 2023 in response to the Winser report from the UK Government’s first Electricity Networks Commissioner. This
plan sets out reforms which aim to halve the time taken to build new transmission infrastructure from around 14 years to seven years and makes new
proposals for community benefits, including the potential for eligible households to receive bill discounts of up to £10,000 over ten years. Alongside
this, the UK Government published jointly with Ofgem a ‘Connections Action Plan’ setting out reforms which the Government estimates will reduce
overall connection delays from five years to six months and could free up over 100 GW of capacity.
We are also engaging with the UK Government on the need to ensure that the CfD auctioning programme for renewable generation responds
appropriately going forward to accommodate the sharp increase in supply chain costs, resulting from the global economic strains caused by the
pandemic and then by the onset of the Ukraine crisis. As a helpful first step, the UK Government introduced a new full expensing regime in terms of
capital allowances at the Spring Budget 2023 running for three years which allows companies to claim a deduction from taxable profits equal to 100%
of their qualifying expenditure in the year that expenditure is incurred. The Chancellor’s Autumn Statement in November 2023 put the full expensing
regime on a permanent basis, and introduced an investment exemption for new projects under the Electricity Generator Levy covering projects where
the substantive decision to proceed is made on or after 22 November 2023. These kind of policy steps will be important to stay on track with
progressing towards meeting the UK Government’s ambition for 50 GW of offshore wind by 2030, with an immediate focus on the next CfD auctioning
round due in 2024.
Retail energy prices have now fallen back from their peak in Winter 2022/23, taking the Ofgem price cap below the UK Government’s protected Energy
Price Guarantee level of £2,500 per annum for a typical household paying by DD. Nonetheless, energy prices remain around twice the level they were
three years ago, and many consumers are still facing severe cost of living pressures. We continue to work with Ofgem to ensure that the consumers who
are struggling to pay their bills receive appropriate support, particularly the most vulnerable. We have also worked with Ofgem to improve the design of
the price cap so that suppliers can better recover efficiently incurred costs. This has enabled delayed recovery of costs incurred in 2022, with the result
that suppliers are now better placed to achieve the levels of financial resilience that will be required to survive future price shocks.
Further information in relation to engagement with government and regulators is set out in the ScottishPower divisional sections of the Strategic Report.
“Being responsible”
SUPPLIERS AND CONTRACTORS
As part of our mission for a better future, quicker, we are always looking for new suppliers and contractors, and for ways to improve our working
relationships with our existing suppliers and contractors. We have a broad and diverse supply chain with around 3,000 suppliers, and during 2023, we
awarded contracts with a cumulative value of around £6 billion. Our suppliers have a key role to play in the delivery of our projects and services that we
are undertaking to provide a low-carbon future for the UK. We aim to develop and maintain strong relationships across our supply base with a focus on
health and safety, quality, cost and sustainability. We expect our suppliers to operate to a high standard including working in an ethical and sustainable
manner, and we have a range of policies that all suppliers must adhere to, including the ScottishPower Code of Ethics. We have built in cyber security
checks and monitoring as part of our tendering and supply chain relationships.
In 2023, we continued to increase our focus on the Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) credentials of our main suppliers using our supplier
risk management system, Go Supply. This system has provided significant additional insight into ESG factors of our supply chain. We have used this
information to monitor and report to the board of directors of SPL (“SPL Board”) on the ESG credentials of our supply base, and to work closely with those
suppliers that we have identified as having weaker ESG traits to support their development through improvement plans and guidance. During 2023, we
were pleased to report that 93% of our main suppliers are considered sustainable with 94% of the contracts awarded being to these sustainable suppliers.
More broadly, engaging proactively with our supply chain is key in ensuring positive outcomes for both us and our suppliers, and we seek to engage
specifically with suppliers through a variety of methods. For example, we contacted a small sample population of suppliers who showed low ESG scores.
The initiative was designed to see if we could support those suppliers in improving those scores. We were pleased with the overall positive response. We
continue to participate in business update sessions focussed on supply chain and virtual trade events. Our Supplier Awards for 2024 are held later in the
year and recognises excellence in the supply chain along with giving a wide range of suppliers the opportunity to interact with both the Procurement
Team and other ScottishPower employees. Iberdrola held a Global Supply Awards event in 2023 which recognised those suppliers who are assisting the
group to meet its goals.
Engagement with our supply chain is always a critical activity for us but has become even more important as we adapt to the geopolitical and macroeconomic
challenges (refer to the ‘Group principal risks and uncertainties’ section for further details), in addition to the post-pandemic recovery and Brexit transition,
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
11
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
ENGAGING WITH STAKEHOLDERS continued
which have also impacted our supply chain. We are experiencing cost pressures due to high global commodity prices along with increased freight and
labour costs. We are facing longer lead times for some equipment and several of our suppliers have also been impacted by labour shortages. We have
looked to support our supply chain during these challenging times by working collaboratively on forecasting our requirements and we have also
established customs brokerage services.
COMMUNITY AND ENVIRONMENT
Refer to ‘Sustainability’ section of the Strategic Report for further details.
INNOVATION
It is crucial that we continue to innovate and drive forward towards our decarbonised smart energy future. By championing innovative technologies,
bringing down the costs of decarbonisation and ensuring that no communities are left behind on the road to net zero, we continue to lead by example in
making sure clean, affordable energy is available to all.
Our model of open innovation, engaging and collaborating with partners and other organisations, generating ideas and inspiration, continues to drive our
innovation strategy.
We continue to work with the University of Strathclyde and SSE plc through the Technology and Innovation Centre’s Scottish Low Carbon Power and
Energy Partnership. The programme celebrated its tenth year of operation in 2023, a decade of focused engagement directly with academic experts and
industry counterparts, to conduct valuable research and development in areas including the operation and maintenance of wind turbines, digital
electricity networks and enhanced data analytics for optimised energy trading. New areas of research in 2023 have incorporated a strategic approach to
project identification, driving work on areas such as green hydrogen and floating offshore wind. We have concluded work on projects relating to a broad
range of topics, from just transition planning to locational marginal pricing.
In addition, we have expanded our range of academic partnerships, piloting our membership of Imperial College London’s flagship industry engagement
programme, Imperial Business Partners. Not only does this membership facilitate our engagement with another of the best academic research institutions
in the country, it will also provide valuable links for our graduate recruitment teams.
Energy Networks
At Energy Networks, we consistently strive to push boundaries and set new standards, solidifying our position as industry leaders. Energy Networks
has continued to demonstrate our unwavering commitment and ability to exceed expectations in innovation. We carry out innovation with a purpose-
oriented mindset and are proud of our positive impacts on our communities. Throughout 2023, we have made remarkable strides in integrating
innovation into our fundamental operations.
We have become the sole networks company to trial and execute regional network management. This project, which required over £4 million of
investment, tested the frequency response at our distribution network in the Southwest of Scotland. Additionally, we have achieved a significant
milestone with the completion of Distributed Restart, an international project aimed at ensuring the reliability of electricity supply through the
utilisation of new and distributed resources.
Along with our existing leadership in areas such as Power Electronic applications and Network Resilience, we have identified data and digitalisation as one
of our new strategic priorities. Professor James Yu, Energy Networks’ Head of Innovation, led the successful funding bid to develop the first multi-vector
distribution network Digital Twin, along with four leading academic institutions: the Universities of St. Andrews, Glasgow, Strathclyde and Herriot Watt.
This £10 million project enhanced the leadership of Energy Networks in the emerging area of Digital Twin and aimed to contribute to the ongoing
dialogue of quantifying its great potentials for our customers.
Furthermore, our leadership in the digitalisation of electricity transmission substations has been recognised with a £1 million successful delivery reward.
Renewable production
Renewable production business prioritises activities with a high impact on cost reduction, while keeping to our sustainability targets and promoting
health and safety practices overall. This activity can be categorised into three main areas: research and development collaborative programmes;
technology development; and supply chain engagement and support.
Battery storage
We aim to install 0.9 GW of energy storage technology by 2030. As we install more renewable generation on the network, we need to ensure that we can
keep the electricity grid stable and secure during periods where the energy produced by renewable sources does not match the demand BESS allow
renewable electricity to be stored and delivered to the network in response to system needs. This will build on our previous grid stability innovation work
with our world first black start demonstration at Dersalloch Windfarm where we are using cutting edge grid forming technology to restore power in the event
of a total or partial shutdown of the electricity transmission system.
The Whitelee BESS became operational in 2022 and is co-located on our Whitelee Windfarm. This ensures that more electricity generated by the wind farm is
used and provides stability and security to the local electricity network without installing a lot of new infrastructure. We currently have over 100 MW of BESS
in operation, an additional 50 MW in construction and over 600 MW in development.
PING Monitor system trialed in East Anglia
Wind turbine blades are components of critical importance to the availably and performance of wind farms. When it comes to their maintenance, there are
two types: preventive and corrective. To avoid corrective actions and repairs, periodic inspections are carried out to determine the condition of the blades and
identify any potential damage. These checks are made using different techniques from high-precision cameras to climbing the blades with ropes, cranes, and
sometimes remotely using drones.
Alternative monitoring systems are being investigated to prevent operators from having to climb up to the turbines. Structural health monitoring solutions do
bring a number of benefits like reducing costs, repair, and failures, and increasing efficiency, availability, and lifespan. At the offshore business, we are trailing
a novel technology that can potentially detect early damage in wind turbines, PING Monitor. This is a monitoring device that consists of an intelligent listening
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
12
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
INNOVATION continued
sensor that collects signals that can later be attributed to potential damage, its likelihood, and its severity. Only key information is transmitted to the remote
location for further analysis. A number of monitoring system units have been installed on offshore wind turbines as a trial to assess viability for a wider-scale
roll-out.
Customer business
Customer business continues to address the challenges of finding a sustainable and affordable solution for domestic heat. Having already launched a
nationwide installation service for air source heat pumps, solar panels, batteries and EV charging.
Our Smart Solutions Team are supporting communities and organisations on their path to net zero, ensuring that nobody is left behind. Through positive
engagement we are providing advice and supporting communities to deliver energy efficiency initiatives including the installation of low-carbon
technologies such as heat pumps and solar panels. Smart Solutions use their knowledge and expertise, supported by local organisations and people, to
identify and implement local smart energy solutions that reflect the specific needs of each community.
Customer business has been developing an industry-leading home energy management system to give customers better control of low-carbon
technologies and insight on overall energy consumption. The solution will enable customers to automate control and optimisation of their low-carbon
technologies and monitor home consumption with smart meters offering near real-time visibility of energy usage. This will also provide the opportunity
for deeper engagement with customers into the savings that can be achieved through control of their assets based primarily on the greenest and
cheapest times of the day for energy prices. The outcome will provide customers with a product offering that helps them reduce their energy
consumption, carbon footprint and save them money on energy costs by maximising usage during these cheaper energy window.
Customer business is looking to enter into the flexibility market through participation in domestic customer demand response initiatives, such as National
Grid ESO’s Demand Flexibility Service and Project Equinox, an innovative heat pump flexibility trial led by National Grid and funded by Ofgem’s Network
Innovation Competition. Eligible smart meter customers will have access to an app which will notify them of certain peak times and when to reduce their
consumption to help balance supply and demand. As well as reducing their energy usage and having a positive impact on their carbon footprint,
customers will be rewarded for every kilowatt hour (“kWh”) they turn down, when compared to their baseline usage. The Customer business is looking to
expand our flexibility offering to customers in the future via participation in a series of further trials, programmes and demand response events.
ANTI-BRIBERY AND ANTI-CORRUPTION
Bribery is a widespread issue with significant negative impact. We aspire to a strong best practice anti-bribery and anti-corruption framework that allows
us to do business with confidence and minimises the risk of bribery or corruption in our operations.
Our anti-bribery and anti-corruption framework is based on a solid governance structure that creates a senior-level focus on managing compliance risks.
The SPL Board has ultimate responsibility in this area and has designated the ScottishPower Audit and Compliance Committee (“SP ACC”), which is
independent of executives, as having primary responsibility for overseeing compliance activity and reporting to the SPL Board on its effectiveness. A fully
independent Compliance Unit is in place, reporting to the SP ACC, along with an autonomous Internal Audit Division. The Compliance Unit’s remit is
established through a set of internal regulations, which place duties on it to act independently and to report material issues to the SP ACC. The Compliance
Unit also has a duty to co-ordinate with the Iberdrola Group Compliance Unit.
Ethics is at the heart of our business model and is embedded in our corporate governance structure and in our policies and procedures for managing our
suppliers. The SPL Board has fully adopted the Iberdrola Code of Ethics, which establishes the expected behaviours for ScottishPower employees, suppliers
and representatives, and sets a zero-tolerance approach to non-compliance. The SPL Board has also approved a ScottishPower-specific Code of Conduct to
support and supplement the Iberdrola Code of Ethics. This Code of Conduct summarises the expectations on our employees in terms of behaviours, how
they must conduct themselves, and encourages and supports ethical decision-making.
We maintain a strong Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy. Together with our more detailed Compliance and Ethics Manual, this ensures that employees
understand their obligations, have the appropriate means to comply with the policy and create a clear route for action in case of a breach.
The Compliance Unit manages an annual risk assessment process which includes an assessment of fraud, bribery and corruption risks across the Group
and identifies any required actions or mitigation to address those risks. Compliance measures are in place to support employees in their roles, based on
risk, including training and awareness activities, based on employees’ obligations. All employees are asked to undertake our overarching Code of Ethics
training on a regular basis, which includes education on anti-bribery and anti-corruption, and targeted coaching is provided for those functions and roles
which are identified as needing greater focus or guidance.
Anti-bribery and anti-corruption controls are built in at all stages across the supplier management journey, from engagement and selection to contract
award, and ongoing monitoring and improvement. Our suppliers are subject to ongoing compliance risk screening. We utilise a Dow Jones risk screening
tool to assess compliance risks at key points across the supplier life-cycle, starting from the point of initial registration in the system, and daily for the
existing supplier population. New and identified risks are assessed and appropriate action taken to mitigate the risk for that supplier. Information on
supplier compliance risk is held directly in the purchasing and payment systems, allowing appropriate decision-making at each critical process step in the
supplier relationship. This includes an active role for the Compliance Division in reviewing and approving payments to third parties for compliance risks.
We maintain a ‘speaking out’ service, with several routes for employees, suppliers, stakeholders, or the public to raise concerns confidentially or
anonymously. We have a clear policy of non-retaliation for any person who makes a report through the speaking out service in good faith. Our compliance
programme retained Compliance Leadership Verification status in 2023, as assessed by independent firm Ethisphere. We have also obtained ISO 37001
re-accreditation for our anti-bribery and anti-corruption programme in 2023.
The UK Government’s commitment to fighting economic crime was further strengthened in 2023 with the passing of the Economic Crime and Corporate
Transparency Act 2023. Among other reforms aimed at tackling economic crime and prevent fraudulent businesses, this act creates a new corporate
offence of ‘Failing to Prevent Fraud’. The specific effect of this new offence is expected to come into effect in late 2024, once the Government publishes
its associated guidance. We are confident in our commitment to prevent fraud across our organisation and will review our procedures against the scope
of the guidance, once available.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
13
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
HUMAN RIGHTS
Respect for human rights is an intrinsic element of our Governance and Sustainability System, forming part of our core values. We maintain a clear
hierarchy of policies that are designed to ensure that ethical, sustainable values and fair labour practices are at the heart of our business operations,
which includes the Iberdrola Code of Ethics, the Iberdrola Policy on Respect for Human Rights, and our Purchasing Policy.
The term ‘modern slavery’ covers both slavery and human trafficking. We are committed to human and labour rights and to eliminating modern slavery
that could in any way be connected to our business. In accordance with the Modern Slavery Act 2015, we maintain our own Modern Slavery Statement,
which is subject to annual approval by the SPL Board. This statement is published at www.scottishpower.com / ‘Sustainability’/ ‘Sustainable business’/
‘ScottishPower’s Modern Slavery Statement’.
In 2023, we retained our membership of the Slave Free Alliance, a not-for-profit organisation working in collaboration with businesses to enhance and
support their wider framework around ethical trade, sustainability, compliance, corporate social responsibility, and human rights. This membership
provides a valuable opportunity to educate and inform ourselves on how to address potential issues of modern slavery in our supply chain. Through this
membership, we have also been able to be involved in the Utilities Working Group, which is a collaborative forum between utilities and the Slave Free
Alliance, to find a common solution to tackling modern slavery within utility businesses.
For all individuals recruited by us, we check their eligibility to work in the UK (including passport verification) and conduct pre-employment background
checks, which can help to identify concerns or potential forced labour issues.
All third party suppliers are subject to screening for any potential human rights or modern slavery issues, both at the point of registration with us and
during their contract. Specialist third party due diligence will be used in some higher risk contracts when needed. Our suppliers are required to agree to
terms requiring them to operate ethically in relation to the recruitment, management and compensation of employees, in compliance with the Iberdrola
Code of Ethics, as well as relevant modern slavery legislation. Suppliers are required to ensure that any sub-contractors are also obliged to meet these
obligations.
Our confidential ‘speaking out’ service includes an initial control, which requires every report to be assessed for potential human rights impacts before
it can be recorded. Certain categories of claims are automatically considered to have a potential human rights issue and are being recorded as such. We
also monitor suppliers for potential human rights issues as part of our third party screening. In 2023, we admitted twelve claims for processing which
were recorded as having a potential human rights issue based on the root cause. However, we did not identify any claims or cases relating to material or
significant human rights impacts that triggered precautionary measures.
HOW SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC PERFORMED
Financial highlights
• Revenue £9,454.1 million
• Operating profit £1,911.3 million
• Capital investment £1,844.4 million
2023 Group operating performance
The table below provides key financial information relating to our performance during the year. Further detail is provided in the individual divisional
sections of the Strategic Report.
Revenue
Operating Profit
Capital Investment
(Note (a))
(Note (a))
(Note (b))
2023 2022 2023 2022 2023 2022
Financial key performance indicators (“KPIs”) £m £m £m £m £m £m
Scottish Power UK plc 9,454.1 8,434.9 1,911.3 834.5 1,844.4 930.1
(a) The Group’s revenue and operating profit as presented on the Consolidated income statement on page 74.
(b) Additions to Intangible assets (refer to Note 7 on page 92) Property, plant and equipment and reassessment of decommissioning asset within Property, plant and
equipment (refer to Note 8 on page 94).
Revenue has increased by £1,019 million to £9,454 million in 2023. Excluding the £682 million revenue from the sale of EA1 transmission asset (classified
as inventory) in 2022, the underlying revenue increase is from the Customer business. In the year ending 31 December 2022, Customer business gross
margins were materially adversely impacted as the price cap methodology did not allow suppliers to fully recover high energy costs. In the first half of
2023, the domestic revenues of the Customer business division benefitted from specific price cap allowances which facilitated recovery of these prior
year losses. In addition, limited energy cost market liquidity has resulted in an inability to perfectly match the commodity cost element of the quarterly
price cap tariff with resulting gross margin timing impacts across 2022 (adverse) and 2023 (favourable). Energy Networks revenues also increased by
£211 million reflecting higher investment.
Operating profit for 2023 was £1,911 million, an improvement of £1,077 million. This is mainly from the recovery impact of previous year losses in the
Customer business (an estimated £686 million improvement) as well as increased allowable Energy Networks revenues and increased Renewable
production wind output prices.
Capital investment
ScottishPower’s capital investment increased by £914 million to £1,844 million in 2023, primarily reflecting increased Renewable production investment
in offshore development sites as well as a step-up in Energy Networks spend (particularly the transmission business) as we progress through RIIO-T2
and also into RIIO-ED2.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
14
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
HOW SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC PERFORMED continued
Statement of financial position
Net assets of the Group increased by £317 million in the year to £7,384 million. This reflects the impact of the statutory profit of £1,127 million
and favourable movements in the hedge reserve of £516 million due to the unwind of adverse positions offset by total dividends paid of £1,220
million to the parent and non-controlling interests.
Impact of energy market volatility
During 2023, balances created during 2022 due to the energy market volatility and associated government support that was implemented have
unwound.
During the year, the net derivative liability position decreased by £783 million resulting in a net liability of £279 million at 31 December 2023. This
decrease reflects both the delivery of commodity derivative liabilities during 2023 and movements in the value of derivatives for future delivery.
Current trade and other receivables decreased by £346 million in the year. This includes a decrease in the value of collateral posted as a result of
commodity price movements, a decrease in receivables in respect of UK Government assistance schemes as well as a reduction in loans receivable
from other group companies, offset by an increase in receivables from Iberdola Group companies and joint ventures. Current trade and other
payables have decreased by £126 million in the year, mainly as a result of a reduction in the Energy Bills Support Scheme balances with all payments
now made to customers. Current other financial liabilities have increased in the year by £202 million, primarily due to a supplier financing
arrangement. Refer to Note 19 for further details.
Inventories
Inventories increased by £252 million in the year, principally due to the continued construction of transmission assets.
Retirement benefits
The Group’s net pension surplus decreased by £117 million. The defined benefit obligations increased by £50 million, principally due to decreases
in UK corporate bond yields as well as rates of observed inflation and salary increases being higher than the respective long-term assumptions,
offset to a degree by revisions to the mortality assumptions. The fair value of scheme assets decreased by £67 million, principally due to a reduction
in the fair value of the longevity swaps, offset to a degree by deficit reduction contributions and asset returns over the period. Refer to Note 10 for
further details.
Liquidity and cash management
We operate and manage a centralised cash management model within the UK, with liquidity being managed at the Company level. Our liquidity position
and short-term financing activities are integrated and aligned with Iberdrola’s.
The Iberdrola Group’s objective is to retain sufficient liquid resources and facilities to cover anticipated cash flow requirements for a period in excess of
twelve months; currently liquidity in the Iberdrola Group is in excess of €20 billion, which can be utilised, if required, to fund our activities.
Net cash flows from operating activities increased by £652 million to £1,915 million for the year, as detailed on page 76. This has been driven by the
increase in profit in the year. Net cash flows from investing activities have decreased in part due to a reduction in loans receivable from Iberdrola Group
companies. Net cash flows from financing activities have decreased primarily due to a reduction in loans payable to Iberdrola Group companies and
£255 million of external debt maturing during the year.
As detailed in the table below, cash decreased by £710 million to £159 million, including £54 million of restricted cash (2022 £38 million). Overall net
debt increased by £955 million to £6,315 million principally due to utilisation of cash surplus.
2023 2022
Analysis of net debt Notes £m £m
Cash (a) 159.1 869.1
Loans receivable from Iberdrola Group companies
(b) 915.0 1,224.8
Loans payable to Iberdrola Group companies
(c) (5,068.3) (5,011.3)
Loans payable to external counterparties
(c) (1,644.9) (1,866.8)
Collateral held
(d) (15.3) (23.8)
Lease liabilities
(e) (592.1) (523.8)
Accrued interest
(c) (186.4) (75.5)
Interest receivable from Iberdrola Group companies
(b) 100.1 19.5
Cross-currency swap
(f) 17.5 27.6
Net debt
(g)
(6,315.3) (5,360.2)
(a) As detailed on the Consolidated statement of financial position on pages 72 and 73.
(b) As detailed in Note 13 on page 115.
(c) As detailed in Note 20(a) on page 120.
(d) As detailed in Note 19 on page 119.
(e) As detailed in Note 9(c) on page 97.
(f) As detailed in Note 12(c) on page 106.
(g) Net debt is included as a relevant measure as it is the principal measure used to assess credit rating metrics and excludes confirming arrangements.
Capital and debt structure
The Company is funded by a combination of debt and equity; all equity is held by Scottish Power Limited. Our financing structure is determined by
our position in the wider Iberdrola Group. As stated below, we can obtain funding via the liquidity resources maintained at the Iberdrola Group. The
Company holds investment grade ratings with Moody’s Investor Services (Baa1), S&P Global Ratings (BBB+) and Fitch Ratings (BBB+). There are no
financial covenant obligations in relation to our external debt. Details of our financial risk management policy are set out in Note 12.
Dividend policy
The directors have had regard to the key principles of the Iberdrola, S.A. Shareholder Remuneration Policy, as noted by the Company, which include that
shareholder remuneration must: (i) be sustainable; (ii) be compatible with the maintenance of financial strength; and (iii) take account of the financial
profile of comparable companies. During 2023, interim dividends of £780 million were declared and paid to the parent (2022 £715 million).
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
15
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
HOW SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC PERFORMED continued
Investment and funding
The overall funding objective is to maintain a forecast debt position for the various Group entities at least in line with their current credit ratings. As
indicated above in the Capital and debt structure section, the ongoing support of the ultimate parent company for future funding and liquidity provides
a central underpinning for the directors in their assessments of ongoing funding for the Company and Group.
Taxes and other government obligations
To help give an understanding of our contribution to UK taxes and other UK Government obligations, the table below highlights the key taxes and other
obligations in the financial year, on an accruals and cash basis respectively.
Consolidated income
Cash tax paid in
statement expense
the year
2023 2022 2023 2022
Analysis of taxes and other government obligations Notes £m £m £m £m
Social security costs (a) 39.4 35.8 38.4 35.5
Taxes other than income taxes
(b), (c) 368.3 198.1 377.9 192.6
UK Corporation Tax
(d) 230.2 82.2 51.8 22.6
637.9 316.1 468.1 250.7
(a) Consolidated income statement expense detailed in Note 24(a) on page 123.
(b) Consolidated income statement expense detailed in Note 25 on page 124 and includes Electricity Generator Levy of £56.5 million (2022 £nil).
(c) Cash tax paid in the year includes £57.3 million of Electricity Generator Levy (2022 £nil).
(d) As detailed in Note 29 on page 125.
SCOTTISHPOWER DIVISIONS
ENERGY NETWORKS
Introduction to Energy Networks division
Our Energy Networks division is responsible for three regulated electricity network businesses in the UK. These businesses are ‘asset-owner companies’,
holding the regulated assets and the electricity transmission and distribution licences of the Group, and are regulated monopolies. They own and
operate the network of cables, power lines and substations transporting electricity to around 3.5 million connected customers in the Central Belt and
South of Scotland, Cheshire, Merseyside, North Shropshire and North Wales.
One of the regulated businesses, SP Transmission plc (“SPT”), is a transmission network owner. The electricity transmission network consists of the
high voltage electricity wires that transport electricity from power stations to distribution system entry points or, in certain cases, direct to end users’
premises via a national network of high voltage assets.
The other two regulated businesses, SPD and SPM, are Distribution Network Operators. The electricity distribution networks are regional grids that
transport electricity at a lower voltage from the national transmission grid and embedded generators, and connect to industrial, commercial and
domestic users.
All three regulated businesses are natural monopolies and are governed by Ofgem via regulatory price controls. The primary objective of the regulation
of the electricity networks is the protection of consumers’ interests while ensuring that demand can be met and network companies are able to finance
their activities. Price controls are the method by which the amount of allowed revenue is set for network companies over the period of the price control.
Price control processes are designed to cover each company’s efficient costs and allow them to earn a reasonable return, provided they act in an
efficient manner, deliver value for customers, and meet Ofgem targets. Price controls are delivered on a regulatory year basis covering the period from
April to March. Therefore, the majority of Energy Networks' performance and key deliverables are measured and reported on this basis.
Operating review
Transmission business
In April 2023, we moved into the third year of the five-year RIIO-T2 price control period and we are still on track to deliver our agreed outputs during
the remainder of the price control period. The publication of the National Grid ESO’s Holistic Network Design (“HND”) identified a need for strategic
investments of more than £5 billion in Energy Networks’ transmission projects in South and Central Scotland by 2030. We continue to develop plans to
deliver these significant investments which are key enablers to net zero targets. In July 2022, Ofgem approved the Final Needs Case for the multi-
billion-pound Eastern High Voltage Direct Current (“HVDC”) link project. A multi-disciplinary project delivery team has been established to drive the
project forward from design through to construction and operation. In August 2023, SPT acquired 50% of the issued share capital in Eastern Green
Link 1 Limited, a recently incorporated company, to establish an incorporated joint arrangement with National Grid Electricity Transmission plc to deliver
the project and submitted a Project Assessment document to Ofgem. Ofgem formed a positive ’minded to’ position in terms of project allowances in
November 2023 with the signing of significant contracts for the HVDC converter stations and cable taking place around the same time.
Distribution business
In March 2023, the eight-year RIIO-ED1 price control period ended. In terms of RIIO-ED1 performance, the business delivered our agreed outputs and
performed on, or ahead of, targets in our approach to safety, reliability and availability, and customer service. This includes investment in incremental
green recovery projects in the drive towards net zero.
The five-year £3 billion RIIO-ED2 price control period commenced on 1 April 2023. Implementation of the delivery plan has commenced for the
increased volume of activity in RIIO-ED2 including increased recruitment in key areas coupled with external contract placement.
In continuation of the process agreed in 2022 with Ofgem, recovery of supplier of last resort payments to suppliers were included in distribution use
of systems tariffs charged from April 2023, resulting in a broadly neutral cash and earnings profile for 2023.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
16
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
SCOTTISHPOWER DIVISIONS continued
Our values in action
As a network operator serving communities across England, Wales and Scotland, we have a critical role to play in supporting regional and national
decarbonisation ambitions. We are focused on providing a business in direct alignment with the priorities of our customers and stakeholders to tackle
climate change, and deliver the infrastructure and services required to achieve net zero. Our journey to a net zero future is already well underway.
Since the start of RIIO-ED1 price control period, we have achieved a 42% reduction in our combined (SPD and SPM) carbon footprint, excluding losses.
In comparison to regulatory year 2021/22, our carbon footprint (excluding losses) has increased by 41% in SPM and by 30% in SPD. The main reason for
this increase was a one-off caused by a lack of availability of Renewable Energy Guarantees of Origin (“REGO”) tariffs for our unmetered substations
between April and October 2022. This resulted in an increase of around 7k tCO2e (kilotonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent) compared to the period from
April to October 2022 for buildings energy use.
By contrast in regulatory year 2022/23, our transmission business recorded their lowest business carbon footprint to date achieving a total carbon
reduction of 54% since 2013/14. We have achieved our short-term target set in 2013/14 and are on course to achieve the medium-term reduction target
of 80% by 2029/30. Both of these measures exclude losses which are measured as the difference between network units distributed and network units
caused by distribution losses in the transportation of electricity.
Furthermore, we are supporting societal decarbonisation by enabling low-carbon technologies, such as EVs and heat pumps, to be connected to our
network. Energy Networks is a major enabler on the UK journey to net zero and this is embedded in Ofgem’s price control mechanisms including
reductions in our carbon footprint through investment in low-loss transformers.
2023 performance
Revenue Operating profit Capital investment
2023 2022 2023 2022 2023 2022
Financial KPIs £m £m £m £m £m £m
Energy Networks 1,591.0 1,380.4 718.0 599.3 929.3 623.7
Energy Networks’ revenue is £211 million higher than the prior year. Allowable transmission revenues have increased under RIIO-T2 by £129 million
reflecting an increase in allowed revenues as a result of investment in the network. Distribution revenues are £34 million lower in relation to Supplier of
Last Resort levies. There is an equal and opposite variance within procurements. Underlying distribution revenues are £116 million higher than the prior
year reflecting an increase in allowed revenues from a combination of investment in the network and changes in RIIO-ED2 revenue calculation.
Operating profit is £119 million higher than 2022 largely due to increased allowable revenue pricing partly offset by: increased regulatory operating cost
activity, a £36 million regulatory provision (refer to Note 18), and the non-repetition of the 2022 £8 million gain from the sale of Manweb Services Limited.
Energy Networks' capital investment increased by £306 million to £929 million in 2023, primarily due to higher spend by the transmission business.
Higher levels of investment are expected to continue to facilitate UK net zero targets as we progress through RIIO-T2 and also into RIIO-ED2.
The three regulated businesses within Energy Networks are required to prepare regulatory financial performance reporting for years ending 31 March.
Reporting of KPIs is aligned to the regulatory year end. Consequently, the latest available data for the last regulatory year for Energy Networks has been
disclosed in the table below, with the exception of distributed energy which is reported for the years ending 31 December.
Actual Target Actual Target
Non-financial KPIs Notes 2023 2023 2022 2022
Distributed energy (GWh) (a)
- SPD 15,351 N/A 15,626 N/A
- SPM 12,758 N/A 13,109 N/A
Annual reliability of supply (b)
- SPT 99.99% N/A 99.99% N/A
Customer interruptions (c)
- SPD 36.3 49.8 37.2 50.0
- SPM 30.3 35.7 30.3 35.9
Customer minutes lost (d)
- SPD 25.4 39.8 27.1 40.5
- SPM 31.9 35.0 30.9 35.9
(a) Gigawatt hours (“GWh”).
(b) Annual reliability of supply is provided by the system operator, National Grid ESO.
(c) Recorded per 100 customers.
(d) Average number of minutes our customers had their supply interrupted.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
17
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
SCOTTISHPOWER DIVISIONS continued
Policy and regulation
Strategic transmission projects (including ASTI)
A ministerial-led working group has been created with senior Transmission Operator representatives to agree and implement the recommendations
from the UK’s Electricity Networks Commissioner published in August 2023. This focusses on items such as the need for a national campaign on the
need for transmission infrastructure, supply chain and order book reform, common standards and harmonisation spatial planning developments,
planning and consenting reform coupled with a community benefits framework and workforce growth. The UK Government published its response to
the Networks Commissioner Report, coinciding with the Chancellor’s Autumn Statement, which set out support for the recommendations. Planning
reform in Scotland was the significant omission from the UK Government’s publication, on which we are continuing to engage with Ofgem and UK
Government. SPT holds a senior seat upon the working group and is liaising with the Ofgem CEO office on all aspects of the national campaign.
Strategic connections development
Transmission
The extraordinary growth in connections applications means the ‘first come first served’ model is no longer fit for purpose. More than 500 GW is in the
‘contracted’ and ‘connected’ queue. This is significantly more than the current Future Energy Scenarios or winter peak demand requirements. Following
National Grid ESO’s five-point plan to speed up the current connections queue, DESNZ and Ofgem have published the Connections Action Plan, setting out
the new framework for transmission connections. Key actions of the Transmission Action Plan include raising entry requirements for connecting parties,
removing stalled projects from the connection queue, and better utilising and allocating existing network capacity. Ofgem has also confirmed
the inclusion of a new queue management process within the Connection and Use of System Code. This will introduce a right for National Grid ESO to
terminate contracted projects which are not progressing against agreed milestones. The last five years has seen a 300% increase in connection offers
issued. In addition, connection customer complaints are at risk of increasing as timescales to their projects increase. There is also an increased volume of
connections applications. This is a highly political subject and network companies are at risk of becoming known as blockers. An external connections
delivery board oversees the process.
Distribution
Energy Networks is party to the Energy Network Association‘s (“ENA”) Strategic Connections Group (“SCG”) which focusses on distribution queue
management, boundary interface management, and the battery storage workstream which is being led by Energy Networks is making the most
significant progress. Energy Networks is leading this workstream. Ofgem and DESNZ have committed to reviewing and improving the enforcement of
existing connection milestones at distribution level and have acknowledged the work of the ENA’s working group. Again, this is a highly political subject
– network companies are at risk of becoming known as blockers. SCG oversees the process.
Outlook for 2024 and beyond
We will continue to progress development of the Eastern HVDC link project including the monitoring of engineering, procurement and construction
turnkey contracts for converter stations and cables. In addition, pre-construction planning and procurement activity for other direct current links as
part of the HND suite of projects will also be progressed.
A key focus for 2024 will be the targeted delivery of increased activity associated with regulatory outputs for the second year of RIIO-ED2 and the next
year of RIIO-T2. RIIO-ED2 will be particularly significant for the decarbonisation of transport and domestic heating, and the connection of low-carbon
electricity (additional 5 GW) as the business drives towards net zero goals building in innovation whilst maintaining high levels of asset stewardship.
RENEWABLE PRODUCTION
Introduction to Renewable production
Renewable production is responsible for the origination, development, construction, operation and decommissioning of renewable generation plants,
principally onshore and offshore wind, with a growing presence in technologies such as battery storage and solar.
Renewable production currently has more than 40 onshore operational sites and our EA1 and WoDS offshore wind farms, totaling 3 GW of operational
capacity across our portfolio. We have taken positive investment decisions in 2023 resulting in us currently having five projects in construction phase
across on and offshore wind, battery storage and solar.
We also have a strong programme of future projects following expansion in 2023 of the UK pipeline out to 2035, including: more than 6 GW of potential
onshore wind, solar and battery storage projects; 2.9 GW of offshore wind within the East Anglia zone; and seabed rights for three offshore wind
projects in Scotland with a total capacity of 7 GW, being one fixed-bottom site and, in partnership with Shell, two floating sites. We continue to consider
further opportunities to invest more widely in renewable generation and storage, and to also explore opportunities to repower our existing fleet.
Operating review
Our assets continued to perform well throughout 2023 with good availability. Production was down from the previous year as a result of lower than
expected wind speeds. Our Operations and Maintenance teams continue to develop their Operational Model and Asset Management Strategies,
including internal capabilities, in order to increase operational efficiencies and performance in line with increasing capacity and the integration of new
technologies.
Offshore wind
Renewable production continues to operate the EA1 (a 60/40 jointly-owned arrangement between Renewable production and Bilbao Offshore Holding
Limited respectively) and WoDS wind farms (a joint arrangement with Orsted) whilst developing the 2.9 GW East Anglia Hub (“EA Hub”) which consists of
three offshore wind farm projects: EA3, East Anglia One North (“EA1N”) and East Anglia Two (“EA2”). Updates in relation to these projects are outlined
overleaf.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
18
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
SCOTTISHPOWER DIVISIONS continued
In 2022, Renewable production secured CfDs (in three phases) for the EA3 project. The final investment decision (“FID”) to progress was taken during
February 2023 and all key contract scopes including foundations, export cable, wind turbine supply and installation were secured during Q2 of 2023.
Construction activities are ongoing: foundation fabrication has commenced, the onshore civils works for the grid connection are on track with the
foundations being built for the main electrical equipment, and the offshore converter station is nearing completion for the main structure with the
electrical outfitting due to commence in Q2 2024.
The EA1N and EA2 development consent orders are subject to judicial reviews.
At COP28 in Dubai in 2023, Iberdrola and Masdar announced a €15 billion strategic partnership agreement to evaluate the joint development of offshore
wind and green hydrogen projects in key markets including Germany, the UK and the USA.
Following success in the ScotWind seabed leasing round in 2022, three offshore projects with a total capacity of 7 GW are at the early stages of
development; two large-scale floating projects in partnership with Shell (3 GW MarramWind and 2 GW CampionWind) and one 100% owned fixed-bottom
project (2 GW MachairWind).
Early development works are progressing on all three of these projects. Surveys have been carried out on all sites in 2023, in order to inform
Environmental Impact Assessments for the consenting process. Bird and marine mammal surveys have been completed on both MachairWind and
MarramWind and commenced on our CampionWind site, with the latest project also contributing to regional-scale surveys with other developers.
Seabed site investigation surveys were carried out on MarramWind and MachairWind in 2023, in order to assess physical and environmental seabed
conditions for consenting purposes and also to increase our technical understanding of the seabed for foundations and cables. All three projects will
continue development activities, progressing towards the submission of planning applications.
Onshore Renewable production
Renewable production took its FID on the Hagshaw Hill Repowering and Cumberhead West projects in June 2023 allowing preparatory construction
works to commence with the award of the turbine contracts for both projects. Decommissioning of the original Hagshaw Hill Windfarm has progressed
well and by repowering this site (which was Scotland’s first commercial wind farm) we will be replacing the original turbines with models that provide
five times the original generating capacity.
On 7 March 2023, we completed the purchase of 28% of the share capital in Cumberhead West Wind Farm Ltd, bringing the company 100% into
ScottishPower ownership.
Harestanes BESS is under construction with the main building civil works complete. The BESS and electrical installation works will continue throughout
2024. Other battery storage opportunities continue to be explored for both co-located and standalone sites.
The main construction works for Coldham solar, which is co-located with our Coldham wind farm, are complete, with final commissioning underway
ahead of expected commercial operation date at the end of Q1 2024.
All of this means that as at the end of 2023, we have four onshore projects, including a large-scale solar site, under construction.
On 21 June 2023, Renewable production completed the purchase of 100% of Pipplepen Solar Limited (previously known as EEB37 Limited), a 32 MW
solar development project in Dorset, Southwest England, being the last of the solar acquisitions from Elgin Energy as part of a deal signed in January
2022.
In the last quarter of 2023, Renewable production impaired four projects in its development pipeline due to limiting factors relating to consent or land,
which prevent these projects from proceeding (refer to Note 8(a)). One of these projects was Douglas West Extension, which resides in its own project
company Douglas West Extension Limited (
“
DWE Ltd”). Renewable production’s 72% shareholding in DWE Ltd has subsequently been sold in early
2024 to the minority interest shareholder.
2023 performance
Revenue Operating profit Capital investment
2023* 2022 2023 2022 2023 2022
Financial KPIs
£m £m £m £m £m £m
Renewable production 1,310.0 1,714.0 632.7 469.6 755.3 163.8
* Revenue for 2022 includes £682 million from the sale of the EA1 transmission asset which was classified as inventory.
Renewable production revenue decreased by £404 million to £1,310 million in 2023. Included in this decrease is £682 million related to the 2022 sale of
EA1 transmission asset which was held as inventory. Underlying revenues increased by £278 million. Wind output decreased by 5% (£24 million),
reflecting weather conditions. Offsetting this decrease, revenue increased due to higher energy and REGO prices as well as annual indexation increases
for Renewables Obligation Certificates (
“
ROCs”) and CfDs. These price increases were reflected in sales, primarily to the Customer business.
Operating profit increased by £163 million to £633 million in 2023. Higher underlying revenues were partially offset by £40 million Transmission Use of
System charges (“TNUoS”) for EA1 following the sale of the transmission asset in 2022 and the non-repetition of its £20 million gain on sale, and the
introduction by the UK Government of the Electricity Generator Levy (£57 million).
Capital investment increased by £592 million to £755 million in 2023 primarily reflecting increased investment in offshore sites.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
19
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
SCOTTISHPOWER DIVISIONS continued
Non-financial key performance indicators (“KPIs”)
Notes 2023 2022
Wind
Output (GWh)
(a) 7,454 7,824
Installed capacity (MW)
(b) 2,879 2,895
Availability
(c) 95% 96%
Solar
Output (GWh)
(a), (d) 5 7
Installed capacity (MW)
(b), (d) 10 10
Battery storage
Installed capacity (MW)
(b), (e) 101 104
(a) Output is a measure of the electrical output generated in the year, which in turn drives the revenues of the business.
(b) Installed capacity represents the total number of MW installed within the sites. This includes all sites constructed irrespective of whether they are generating or not.
(c) Availability is a measure of how effective the business is at ensuring wind generating plant is available and ready to generate.
(d) Solar capacity and output in respect of Carland Cross, which commenced operations in January 2022.
(e) Installed capacity relates to Gormans BESS, Whitelee BESS and Barnesmore BESS.
Policy and regulation
We continue to engage with the UK Government and devolved administrations on a number of priority issues which have implications for the investment
of renewable energy projects.
In November 2023, the UK Government published core parameters to support preparation for the CfD Allocation Round 6 auction (which is due to open
for applications in late March 2024) which reflect recognition of increases in supply chain costs faced by the industry and the impact of global economic
strains caused by the pandemic and geopolitical issues. We continue to engage closely with the UK Government on the need to ensure that the final
parameters (including the auction budget) for the CfD annual auctions for new renewable capacity are set to maximise the deployment of offshore wind,
onshore wind and solar PV projects.
The ten-year review of the Capacity Market will be due to be published by summer 2024 and we are engaged with the UK Government’s evidence
gathering process that will inform this, as well as considerations in relation to shorter-term improvements to improve security of supply and align with
net zero.
In 2023, we were a part of the taskforce that resulted in the independent report of the Offshore Wind Champion and the recommendations from the UK’s
Electricity Networks Commissioner which we welcomed, and look forward to the implementation of both sets of recommendations aimed at accelerating
the deployment of offshore wind and related energy infrastructure. We also sit on the Scottish Offshore Wind Energy Council Developer Group bringing
wind developers together to work with the Scottish Government on shared challenges. Similarly, we are also part of the Offshore Wind Industry Council, a
senior government and industry forum established to drive the development of the offshore wind sector in the UK.
We signed the Offshore Renewable Energy Declaration at the North Sea Summit in April 2023, signifying our commitment to working with other industry
players and governments to create a greener energy future in Europe.
We anticipate the next steps in the wide-ranging Review of Electricity Market Arrangements will gather pace through the course of 2024, once the
second consultation by the UK Government (expected in the first half of the year) is published. This will consider long-term reforms to market
arrangements including the CfD scheme and the Capacity Market. The purpose of the reforms is to ensure energy security and to provide for the
efficient operability of, a decarbonised power system by 2035.
In November 2023, the UK Government, following two years of consultation, laid the final version of Revised Energy National Policy Statements EN 1-5
(“NPSs”) in parliament for final scrutiny and approval. In comparison with previous drafts the final NPSs provide for ‘Critical National Priority’ status in
the planning system for all forms of low-carbon energy generation and transmission networks. The updated NPSs are expected to play a crucial role,
underlined within the UK Government’s consenting Action Plan (2023), in facilitating the more efficient delivery of offshore wind projects through the
development consent order process, from 2024 onwards.
Following publication of the Scottish Government’s revised Onshore Wind Policy Statement in December 2022, we have led an Onshore Wind Sector
Working Group’s engagement with Scottish Ministers to agree an ’Onshore Wind Sector Deal’ which was published in September 2023. We are now
committed to working with the Scottish Government and other stakeholders to deliver on a range of commitments outlined in the Sector Deal aimed
at maximising the investment, supply chain growth, and employment opportunities from achieving Scotland’s ambition to deploy 20 GW of onshore
wind by 2030. The Scottish Government, alongside the industry, have now produced a delivery plan which will see the sector, government agencies
and relevant third parties deliver on agreed individual or collaborative milestones over the course of 2024 and 2025. Alongside the Strategic Leadership
Group, a number of specialist working groups have now been formed where we are represented by relevant business leads. These working groups
include planning, consenting and environmental assessment, peat and peatland habitats, aviation mitigation and lighting.
In Northern Ireland, following their 2023 Consultation on design considerations, we are also looking forward to the Department for Economy
developing a new renewable energy support scheme as it seeks to meet its decarbonisation goals.
In the Autumn Statement published in November 2023, the UK Government affirmed its commitment to the net zero transition as being vital to the
UK’s energy security and long-term prosperity. To support continued investment in the UK’s renewable generation capacity, the Autumn Statement set
out that the UK Government will legislate for new projects for which the substantive decision to proceed is made on or after 22 November 2023 will be
exempt from the EGL. The Government also confirmed that capital allowances for full expensing, including the 50% first-year allowance for special rate
assets have been made permanent.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
20
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
SCOTTISHPOWER DIVISIONS continued
Outlook for 2024 and beyond
With all major contracts now signed, EA3 construction is well underway with completion expected in 2026. Development of EA1N and EA2 continues
with the focus on the route to market and analysing agreements with the supply chain for the key contracts before taking FID.
In addition, we will consider new origination opportunities, and in particular large-scale seabed leasing opportunities with the launch of The Crown
Estate’s Celtic Sea Auction Round 5 at the end of 2023. Renewable production continue to explore this opportunity before the end of the application
window for the auction round.
Renewable production continues to look for opportunities in future CfD auctions, with Allocation Round 6 scheduled to open in March 2024 as well as
engaging with other partners to create possible power purchase agreements which deliver a route to market for our onshore and offshore projects.
During 2024, we look to continue to grow Renewable production with construction scheduled throughout the year on new onshore wind farms which
secured CfDs under Allocation Round 4. We are also progressing development of viable solar projects which secured CfD contracts, with some expected
to begin construction throughout 2024 and 2025.
In addition, we will explore opportunities to deploy technologies, including solar and BESS projects at existing wind farms where appropriate to do so,
in addition to new project locations. Work will continue on our Harestanes BESS in 2024, which will be co-located at Harestanes Windfarm, and we also
expect to reach Commercial Operation Date in late Q1 2024 on our Coldham solar project (adjacent to Coldham wind farm). We’ll continue to develop
more BESS projects as we look to expand our energy storage portfolio in response to system requirements for flexibility and ancillary services.
Throughout all of our operations, we will continue our commitment to health, safety and the environment; ensuring everything we do is with the safety
of our people, contractors and communities in mind whilst recognising the importance of biological diversity and cultural heritage, respecting natural
resources and striving to enhance the environment around our developments.
CUSTOMER BUSINESS
Introduction to our Customer business
Our Customer business is responsible for the supply of electricity and gas to domestic and business customers, including customer registration, billing
and handling enquiries in respect of these services. It is also responsible for the associated metering activity including the smart meter installation
programme and managing our smart solutions offerings. During 2023, an average of 4.6 million gas and electricity customers were supplied by the
Customer business. At 31 December 2023, the Customer business supplied 4.5 million gas and electricity customers. In the Customer business, we aim
to deliver a top-class experience for our customers, one which is hassle-free, making it easy for customers to contact us through a range of routes, and
provides flexibility to meet all of our customer needs.
The energy sector is evolving, and as a responsible energy supplier we continue to innovate to ensure our service offering meets the needs of
customers as those needs and market conditions change. We aim to do this through:
• supporting the decarbonisation of the energy market through innovative offerings;
• providing additional support to our most vulnerable customers;
• taking a holistic approach to customer needs through good quality smart solutions; and
• linking our smart solutions with our competitive energy tariff offerings.
The Energy Management function continues to focus on managing the Group’s exposure to the UK wholesale electricity and gas markets on behalf of
the Customer business and Renewable production divisions. Energy Management is primarily responsible for managing wholesale margins through the
purchase of external supplies of electricity and gas for onward sale to customers and the sale of electricity from internal and external renewable power
purchase agreements to wholesale market participants in the UK. It also sources green certificates which ensure compliance by the Customer business
with its regulatory and commercial obligations. Energy Management has contributed to the Group’s navigation of the volatile energy markets through its
trading strategies, in addition to ensuring the continued security of gas supply through safe and optimal utilisation of its Hatfield Moor gas storage facility.
Operating review
Supply and market conditions
The energy supply market and regulatory environment continues to be challenging for all suppliers in the industry. The sustained absence of a product
market has resulted in most households in our portfolio now being on the standard variable tariff (“SVT”) which is subject to the Ofgem price cap.
Changes to the price cap methodology enabled suppliers to recover some of the 2022 costs incurred for price-capped customers during 2023. Although
energy prices fell during 2023, they remain almost double the level of previous years. This presents vulnerable customers with financial challenges. The
Customer business continues to be concerned about customer affordability, particularly considering the likely increase of energy usage and associated
costs during the winter months.
With customer bills high, our operational focus remains on prompt cash collection, the retention of customers on secure payment plans, and
supporting our customer base to manage their debt position. In early 2023, Ofgem began a market-wide review of suppliers’ approach to switching
customers to prepayment meters without consent as a means to recovering debt, covering both prepayment meter installation under warrant and
remote change of smart meter mode. This review followed the temporary pause of this activity by all suppliers from 3 February 2023 to allow
agreement of a new voluntary approach for the use of prepayment meters to reclaim debt without customer consent with the Code of Practice
published on 18 April 2023. After consultation, Ofgem introduced mandatory new rules and guidance which came into effect on 8 November 2023
replacing the Code of Practice. Suppliers must demonstrate readiness to comply with the new rules ahead of restarting the use of prepayment meters,
and on 8 January 2024, Ofgem announced that three suppliers, including ScottishPower, had met these conditions and could restart this activity. The
business continues to engage with Ofgem on all aspects, including the recovery of additional debt created as a result of the moratorium and the new
rules which extend the group of customers who are deemed not suitable for prepayment.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
21
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
SCOTTISHPOWER DIVISIONS continued
The suspension of involuntary prepayment installations has limited the options available to us to recover debt and has also had a significant impact on
our ability to secure difficult to recover debt on a reasonable repayment plan as we cannot use prepayment meters without customer consent which, in
the absence of the suspension, is the last resort of the debt journey. The adverse impact of the temporary suspension and the introduction of the licence
conditions for ‘involuntary’ (i.e. without consent) prepayment installations has yet to be fully determined. The business is lobbying Ofgem to ensure that
any adverse costs resulting from these actions are recovered in a fair and reasonable manner.
Following our decision to exit the Industrial and Commercial (“I&C”) supply market in 2022, the business continues to service its remaining customer base
but does not offer new fixed-term contract terms at the point of renewal. I&C customers have the option of either leaving ScottishPower at point of contract
renewal or continuing to receive a supply at default SVT prices. As a result of this policy, the I&C portfolio has continued to decrease in size during 2023.
Recognising the UK Government’s green hydrogen target of 10 GW by 2030, the business is developing a significant portfolio of green hydrogen
production opportunities. Developments include the 10 MW Whitelee project and the 15 MW Cromarty joint development project, with partner Storegga,
which were both successful in the UK Government’s Hydrogen Allocation Round 1 (“HAR1”). Also, the 100 MW Felixstowe Port project (located within
the UK’s busiest container port), has been successfully awarded a Net Zero Hydrogen Fund grant.
Government support
The Energy Bills Support Scheme (“EBSS”) which provided support by giving a credit to domestic electricity customers ended in March 2023. The UK
Government’s Energy Price Guarantee (“EPG”) scheme provided a discount to domestic customers during the first half of 2023, ensuring that a typical
DD household in the UK paid an average of £2,500 a year for their dual fuel energy bill. From July 2023, the discount only applies if prices rise above
£3,000 per annum for a typical household, however, the price cap is currently below this level and therefore in general the scheme is not currently
providing support to customers other than being used by the UK Government to provide a discount to prepayment customers which levelises the price
with those for the DD payment method from 1July 2023. The EPG scheme is scheduled to end on 31 March 2024. Meanwhile, the Energy Bill Relief
Scheme (“EBRS”), which ran from October 2022 to March 2023 for non-domestic customers has now ended and was superseded by the Energy Bill
Discount Scheme (“EBDS”) which will provide a lower level of support to these customers until 31 March 2024.
The Customer business’ position remains that enduring government assistance is required to ease the burden on domestic households most at risk. To
this end, we continue to engage with the UK Government and Ofgem, to champion a targeted approach to support the most financially vulnerable
customers, such as the introduction of a social tariff.
UK Energy Management
Energy Management continues to purchase forward power and gas requirements on behalf of our Customer business and sell forward power generated by
Renewable production, to provide price certainty in an environment where commodity markets have continued to experience substantial price volatility.
Considering the commodity market conditions over recent years, these hedging activities have played a key role in the earnings of both businesses. The
Energy Management business has continued to optimise its credit and collateral positions with market counterparties to protect shareholder value.
The Energy Management business is also responsible for the Hatfield gas storage facility where its focus is on the safe operation of the asset, optimisation
of injections and withdrawals to contribute to GB security of gas supply and the creation of financial value. Following unprecedented market price
volatility through 2022 which resulted in significant year-on-year movements in the Consolidated statement of financial position, earnings from gas
storage are back to more normal levels in 2023.
Our values in action
During 2023, governments and Ofgem continued to focus strongly on the need for suppliers to deliver a positive consumer experience for all customer
groups, recognising that suppliers are required to identify the needs of their customers, especially those in vulnerable circumstances. Ofgem’s focus has
been on introducing additional protections for customers via new policy and regulatory developments (Refer to the ‘Policy and regulation’ section below
for further details), and also via compliance activity with Ofgem continuing to issue market-wide reviews of supplier compliance, largely dominated by
the review of the use of prepayment meters in the debt journey. The impact of rising energy prices combined with the broader cost of living crisis has
seen a real challenge for our customers, with the Customer business taking a number of actions to ensure our customer service offering can deliver for
our customers in this challenging environment. This includes the actions we have taken to support customers directly, as well as supporting customers
in accessing support from relevant third parties and influencing the UK Government to implement support interventions. Refer to the ‘Energy customers’
section of the Strategic Report for further details.
2023 performance
Revenue Operating profit/(loss) Capital investment
2023 2022 2023 2022 2023 2022
Financial KPIs £m £m £m £m £m £m
Customer business 7,757.2 6,586.2 561.4 (234.5) 135.2 123.1
Customer business revenue increased by £1,171 million to £7,757 million in 2023, primarily driven by domestic revenues.
The Customer business’ 2022 operating loss improved by £796 million to an operating profit of £561 million in 2023. In the year ending 31 December
2022, the Customer business’ retail gross margins were materially adversely impacted as the price cap methodology did not allow suppliers to fully
recover high energy costs. In the first half of 2023, gross margins benefitted from specific price cap allowances which facilitated recovery of these prior
year losses. In addition, limited energy cost market liquidity has resulted in an inability to perfectly match the commodity cost element of the quarterly
price cap tariff with resulting timing impacts across 2022 (adverse) and 2023 (favourable). These two factors have contributed an estimated £686
million of the £796 million year-on-year improvement.
Countering the improved gross margin position, costs increases were seen in ECO scheme costs and in bad debt. Higher ECO costs reflect an increase
in delivery requirements for the ECO4 scheme as well as new obligations under the Great British Insulation Scheme (formerly known as ECO+ and which
commenced in July 2023). Higher bad debt costs reflect recent higher tariffs but are primarily as a result of the suspension of involuntary installations
of prepayment meters for the majority of 2023, as well as adherence to the rules for the protection of vulnerable customers.
Capital investment in the Customer business increased by £12 million mainly due to IT billing system spend.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
22
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
SCOTTISHPOWER DIVISIONS continued
Non-financial KPIs Notes 2023 2022
Volume supplied (GWh) (a) 33,072 38,199
Customer service performance
(b) 2nd 3rd
Smart meters in portfolio
(c) 57.0% 51.2%
Customers (thousands)
(d)
– Electricity 2,753 2,862
– Gas 1,866 1,934
4,619 4,796
(a) Reduced demand driven by customer behaviour and milder weather, in addition to lower customer numbers and the continued withdrawal from the I&C market.
(b) Based on the Citizens Advice Domestic Energy Suppliers’ Customer Service Report. Rankings reflect ScottishPower’s position relative to the other ‘Big Seven’ energy
companies. We have continued to invest in our customer service teams with a key focus on improving our timely management and resolution of complaints, coupled
with an overall focus on service quality across all of our advisors.
(c) Percentage of relevant Customer business customer base with a smart meter.
(d) Customer numbers are based on the average number of Meter Point Administration Numbers for electricity customers and Meter Point Reference Numbers for gas
customers during the year to 31December.
Policy and regulation
Ofgem’s key focus during 2023 for the retail sector focused on three key strategic priorities; ensuring prices are fair, creating resilience in across the
energy sector, and monitoring and enforcing performance standards for consumer standards and protections. In delivering these priorities, during the
year its work included:
• introducing new financial resilience requirements for suppliers, to ensure suppliers are financially robust and limit disorderly exits from the market as
experienced in 2021;
• making further amendments to the default price cap methodology to reflect changes to the market since the cap was introduced and recovery of
historic costs incurred by suppliers as a result of temporary changes to the market;
• consulting on proposals on improving consumer standards within customer service and debt processes; and
• introducing new rules and guidance for the use of prepayment meters in the debt journey.
We have continued engagement with Ofgem on all policy areas via bilateral engagement and via broader industry routes to aim to influence the proposals
in the best interests of ScottishPower and its customers.
Ofgem published its decision in April 2023 requiring suppliers to protect Renewable Obligation payments from November 2023, and also introduced
additional reporting and monitoring on suppliers and new powers for Ofgem that could result in a requirement for suppliers to protect customer credit
balances in certain situations. Ofgem also published its decision in July 2023 to require minimum capital requirements for suppliers which must be in
place by March 2025.
Ofgem published a decision to amend the approach to the allowance for earnings before interest and tax (“EBIT”) margin in the price cap effective from
October 2023, and to introduce an additional temporary allowance for increased credits provided to prepayment customers as a result of the continued
costs of living crisis. It continues to consult on further changes to the price cap methodology including a review of debt-related costs (including as a result
of the moratorium during 2023 on the use of prepayment meters in the debt journey), operating costs, and wholesale costs. They have also consulted on
proposals to levelise payment methods related to price differentials which if implemented would come into effect from April 2024.
Ofgem published its decision in October 2023 to introduce new rules from December 2023 to improve consumer standards with a focus on three areas;
having a customer service operation that meets consumer needs and protects and prioritises vulnerable customers, ensuring early engagement with
customers who are struggling to make payments for their energy, and providing better visibility to consumers of their suppliers’ consumer satisfaction
performance.
During 2023 we have continued to engage with the UK Government on a number of areas including the remaining government support schemes, the
need for future support for domestic financially vulnerable customers, the future of the UK Government’s energy efficiency schemes and the smart
meter installation programme.
The Customer business continues to make significant efforts and investments in a challenging environment to support smart meter rollout and meet its
regulatory target. As at December 2023, smart meters accounted for 57.02% of relevant meters in our portfolio.
Outlook for 2024 and beyond
During 2023, we saw a strong recovery of prior year losses within the default tariff cap segment as well as a change in EBIT allowance methodology
implemented by Ofgem in October 2023. During 2024, we are expecting to see developments surrounding existing consultations on operating cost
allowances and bad debt recovery associated with the losses from the new licence obligation in relation to restricting prepayment warrant activity.
The business will continue to engage with the UK Government and Ofgem to ensure the regulatory framework is fair and fit for purpose. All policies must
enable the business to deliver the service and solutions needed to support its customers and deliver net zero. This will include continuing to focus on
adjustments to the price cap and the use of alternative mechanisms to allow suppliers to recover efficient costs.
Whilst the Customer business is experiencing less volatility in wholesale market prices than it has over the past couple of years, there is still uncertainty
surrounding where the product market will reach and how much certainty customers are looking for, which will result in customers switching from SVT
to fixed products. It is recognised that whilst most suppliers are now selling fixed products there is less aggressive pricing than we have seen historically.
Consequently, there is a number of fixed-term products available on the market, albeit not to anywhere near the same degree as in previous years.
The business has concentrated making the adoption of smart solutions even easier by offering financing solutions for solar panels, as well as improving
the design, quote and ordering experience. Focus remains on developing our public charging network for EVs and smart solutions. The key to future
engagement will be to take advantage of using energy flexibly in line with the energy system, consequently smart solutions are developing new services
to enable customers to remotely manage their smart devices.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
23
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
SCOTTISHPOWER DIVISIONS continued
The UK Energy Management function continues to trade in line with forward hedging strategies as approved by the Customer business and Renewable
production divisions. These strategies seek to create comparative value relative to competitors while adhering to strict limits on market, credit and
collateral risk, and anticipating the potential impacts of variable demand and generation volumes.
ScottishPower is committed to continuing its work to develop a green hydrogen economy. In 2024 we expect to take the FID on both the Whitelee and
Cromarty green hydrogen facilities, which have both been awarded government funding from HAR1, subject to various factors including a positive
outcome in both planning applications. When constructed these projects will be among the UK’s first and largest green hydrogen production facilities,
supporting the decarbonisation of industry and heavy transport with clean green fuel.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
24
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
GROUP PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
The delivery of our strategy requires the Group to conduct business in a manner benefitting customers through balancing cost and risk, while delivering
shareholder value and protecting our performance and reputation by prudently managing the risks inherent in the business. Risk management within
the Iberdrola Group, and so the Group, is based on foresight, independence, commitment to the Group’s business objectives, and the engagement of
senior management and the SPL Board. To maintain this strategic direction, the Group develops and implements risk management policies and
procedures, and promotes a robust control environment at all levels of the organisation.
During 2023, the governance structure was supported by risk policies approved by the board of directors of Iberdrola (“the Iberdrola Board”) and
adopted by the SPL Board. Our business risk assessment team and independent group risk management function supported the SPL Board in the
execution of due diligence and risk management. In addition, the Group is represented at the Iberdrola Risk Management Committee to ensure that the
business risks are adequately assessed, monitored, mitigated and managed. Further details of the Group’s governance structure and risk management
are provided on page 35 and in the Directors’ Report.
The principal risks and uncertainties of the Group, that may impact current and future operational and financial performance and the management of
these risks are described below:
REGULATORY AND POLITICAL RISKS
RESPONSE
– IMPACTS THE GROUP
Compliance with regulatory obligations especially
Positive and transparent engagement with all appropriate stakeholders to ensure
in the context of sudden changes of policy, or
that long-term regulatory stability and political consensus is maintained, and
interventions outside established regulatory
public backing is secured for the necessary investment in the UK energy system.
frameworks.
Providing stakeholders with evidence of the risks of ad hoc intervention in
markets.
Specific areas:
Price controls – impacts Energy Networks
Mitigating actions include formulating detailed investment, resource, outage,
Failure to deliver the Energy Networks’
contingency plans supported by an extensive procurement strategy and having a
transmission and distribution outputs agreed with
funding strategy in place to support delivery. Good communication and coordination
Ofgem in their respective price controls under the
of activities across the business is integral to success, complemented by a
RIIO framework.
comprehensive monitoring regime that provides early warning of potential issues.
CfD indexation – impacts Renewable production
Engaging with UK Government on their proposal to update the strike price
CfD strike price is indexed by consumer price index
indexation methodology to reflect the produce price index during the construction
(“CPI”) annually. Limited protection from supply chain
phase to protect developers against macroeconomic shocks, whilst in parallel
cost increases.
employing a procurement strategy that secures significant portions of a project’s
capital expenditure at or before the time of FID.
Structural market uncertainty – impacts
Engagement with key industry stakeholders including both Ofgem and various
Customer business
government departments regarding the requirement for suppliers to recover all
Structural uncertainty resulting from regulatory
costs, and the need to make fundamental changes to the market to ensure efficient
market interventions including review of price cap
suppliers can recover costs in the future particularly focused on increased bad debt
allowance and changes in the licence conditions for
costs. Engagement includes responding to consultations, and proactively lobbying key
use of prepayment in the debt journey.
stakeholders providing evidence on our costs and preferred regulatory amendments.
Smart meter programme – impacts Customer
Dedicated project team focused on ensuring adequate business processes and
business
systems are developed. The team is responsible for ensuring the rollout capability
The potential for non-compliance with the UK
is secured to enable deployment of meters.
Government’s mandate to complete the rollout of smart
metering to customers in accordance with prescribed
timescales.
UK general election – impacts the Group
Constructive and transparent engagement with all appropriate stakeholders to
A UK general election is likely to take place during
understand the nature and scope of any proposed changes, and to ensure that
2024, with energy policy expected to be an important
risks and opportunities arising from these are managed appropriately.
area of debate. A new government would seek to
deliver manifesto commitments which may result in
regulatory and policy changes.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
25
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
GROUP PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES continued
GLOBAL FINANCIAL MARKET VOLATILITY
RESPONSE
RISKS – IMPACTS THE GROUP
Impacts arising from market and regulatory reactions
Positive and transparent engagement with all appropriate stakeholders to ensure
to events including the Ukraine war. As well as positive
that long-term regulatory stability and political consensus is maintained, and public
or negative changes in the UK economy these could
backing is secured for the necessary investment in the UK energy system. Providing
include:
stakeholders with evidence of the risks of ad hoc intervention in markets. In
• increased volatility on the value of Sterling and
addition to monitoring ongoing developments, the Group has specific procedures
foreign currencies;
in place to manage these key market risks. Further details are as follows:
• movement in the market price of electricity and gas
• a treasury risk management policy (comprising foreign currency, liquidity and
and associated impact on collateral requirements on
interest rate risk) is in place to hedge financial risks which are discussed further
trading positions; and
in Note 12;
• increased volatility and estimation uncertainty risks
• the mitigation of energy market risk are discussed further in Note 12(e) and
on factors affecting the pension schemes including
consideration has been given to appropriate levels of collateral due to current
asset values and key assumptions.
market conditions (refer to Note 12(e)); and
• the pension scheme valuation risk is discussed further in Note 10.
CLIMATE CHANGE RISKS – IMPACTS THE
RESPONSE
GROUP
The risk that Iberdrola’s and the Group’s strategy,
ScottishPower’s and Iberdrola's commitment to tackle climate change is reflected
investments or operations have a significant impact on
in our strategy.
the environment and on national and international
Refer to the ‘Non-financial and sustainability information statement’ section of
targets to tackle climate change, or that climate change
the Strategic Report and Iberdrola’s latest Integrated Report and Sustainability
has a significant impact on our assets.
Report for further details.
Refer to ‘Non-financial and sustainability information
statement’ section of the Strategic Report for further
details.
HEALTH AND SAFETY RISK – IMPACTS
RESPONSE
THE GROUP
A major health and safety incident in the course of
The Group has certified management systems in place to deliver activities as
operations could impact staff, contractors,
safely as possible. In addition, a ScottishPower Health and Safety function exists
communities or the environment.
and provides specialist services and support for the businesses in relation to
health and safety. A comprehensive framework of health and safety policy and
procedures, alongside audit programmes, is established throughout the Group,
which aims to ensure not only continuing legal compliance but also to drive
towards best practice in all levels of health and safety operations. Further details
are provided in the ‘Employees’ section of the Strategic Report.
RECRUITMENT AND RETENTION OF STAFF
RESPONSE
RISKS – IMPACTS THE GROUP
Increased and appropriate resources with the correct
Extensive focus on retention and strategic workforce planning in order to build
capabilities are required to grow our businesses.
key capabilities and future skills with targeted learning and development
opportunities.
In Energy Networks, the increased retiral rate and
challenging RIIO-ED2 and RIIO-T2 programmes require
Design and implementation of appropriate retention enhancement strategies.
substantial recruitment in the coming years.
Increased size and skill set of our recruitment team and onboarded offshore
In Renewable production, attracting resources is a
agencies for niche hard-to-fill roles within Renewable production.
challenge with the complexity of a competitive market
with scarce skilled resource.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
26
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
GROUP PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES continued
CYBER SECURITY RISKS – IMPACTS THE
RESPONSE
GROUP
We operate within an environment where there is the
We continue to focus on our enterprise security risks through enhanced internal
presence of sophisticated and opportunistic cyber
governance, complemented by the adoption of a ‘three lines of defence’ model
security threat actors motivated to identify and take
with clear roles and responsibilities established across the Group. This has involved
advantage of flaws and weaknesses in our cyber
the appointment of a ScottishPower Chief Information Security Officer as well as
security defences. ScottishPower, in alignment with UK
the appointment of a Business Information Security Officer in each of our
Regulation, takes the protection of our Data and the
businesses.
provision of our essential services very seriously. We
These risks are managed in accordance with the basic principles defined in internal
continue to invest significantly in our people, processes,
cyber security rules promoting the safe handling of data, use of IT and
and technologies to enhance our capabilities to prevent,
communications systems, use of operational technology systems and assets, and
detect and respond to security threats.
other cyber assets, reinforcing detection, prevention, defence, and response
The main risks are:
capabilities against possible attacks.
• Operational technology used to manage the
The Iberdrola Group currently has specific insurance against cyber risks, under the
Renewable production, management and distribution
terms allowed by the insurance market, which is revised and updated periodically
of energy, or physical safety systems (fire protection,
in view of the rapid evolution and wide variety of cyber risks.
CCTV, alarm reception centres).
• IT that enables us to operate critical services.
• The confidentiality, integrity, and availability of our
key information assets.
• Other cyber security risks impacting reputation.
SUPPLY CHAIN RISKS – IMPACTS THE GROUP RESPONSE
Interruption due to post-lockdown inabilities to
Identifying potential shortages, delays and gaps in the supply of products,
restart efficient supply chains, made worse by the
equipment and labour. The supply chain is advised by the Procurement department
Ukraine war, higher costs due to commodity prices,
in conjunction with advice from the Compliance, Legal and Risk departments. The
increased risk of supplier failure due to the
upward pressure on costs due to the macroeconomic environment is managed, and
deterioration of industrialised economies and excess
strategies, such as hedging and expanding our supplier base, are developed and
demand over supply.
implemented. The risk is spread through supply chain engagement, especially with
new suppliers in new business areas and technologies.
We are monitoring and consulting with suppliers on any extended delivery times
due to the disruption to the freight route through the Red Sea. We have not been
notified of any price increases or programme delivery impacts.
PROJECT DELIVERY RISK – IMPACTS ENERGY
RESPONSE
NETWORKS AND RENEWABLE PRODUCTION
Failure to deliver large and complex projects on time
ScottishPower and Iberdrola have a strong track record in delivering large-scale
and within budget.
engineering projects with significant experience from developing numerous
onshore and offshore wind farms and Energy Networks projects. Project delivery
is supported by the use of established and experienced suppliers and advisors,
along with robust financial management including appropriate foreign exchange
hedging and funding strategy.
Continue constructive engagement with Ofgem on plan deliverability and regulatory
regime around HND projects.
REDUCED SECURITY OF SUPPLY RISKS
RESPONSE
– IMPACTS THE GROUP
Reduced security of supply due to potential asset
Risk-based asset investment programme in place, business continuity and
failures alongside decreased generation capacity.
emergency planning well established including Electricity System Restoration
Strategic spares policy in place. Continuing engagement with Ofgem on GB
Reduced security of supply has the potential to
resilience. Focus on deepening relationship with customers through increased
disrupt many of our customers, in both our own
product holding and other value-add features and benefits, designed to improve
licence areas and beyond.
customer engagement and retention, and growth in capacity of our sales
channels.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
27
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
GROUP PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES continued
RISKS OF INTERRUPTIONS TO NET ZERO
RESPONSE
TIMESCALES – IMPACTS ENERGY NETWORKS
Low-carbon technology uptake
Network operators are key facilitators to governments’
Mitigating actions influencing developments at industry forums, undertaking
net zero ambitions and the failure of Energy Networks
scenario modelling of the impact of low-carbon technologies, considering
to respond to customers’ changing requirements
technical and commercial innovation projects, engaging with key stakeholders
and owning a clear Distribution System Operator (“DSO”) vision.
through the low-carbon transition (for example EVs,
distributed generation and storage) could result in a
failure to meet these targets.
COST OF LIVING CRISIS RISKS – IMPACTS
RESPONSE
CUSTOMER BUSINESS
Increased focus on affordability due to the cost of living
We continue to deliver on improvement actions in relation to vulnerability and
crisis creates a greater number of consumers at risk and
affordability. Engagement continues with the UK Government, third parties and
a greater burden on suppliers to service and support
Ofgem, on the challenges facing suppliers in supporting customers during the
customers. The future level of support offered by the
ongoing cost of living crisis, and the need for more targeted consumer
UK Government which deliver benefits to customers
protection for our most vulnerable customers.
struggling with their energy bills may be lower.
There are measures in place across the Customer business to manage the key
Increase in the level of overdue debt specifically in our
drivers of overdue debt, assess and implement remedial and preventative
Customer business, driven by the impact of rising bills,
action, and to establish key metrics to monitor progress in reducing debt levels.
high cost of living and deterioration in the economy,
Refer to Note 12(e) for further details.
impacting on the level of debt write-off required.
MARKET POSITION RISK – IMPACTS
RESPONSE
CUSTOMER BUSINESS
Impact of competition on the Customer business’
Constantly managing our operating cost base to ensure that our profitability
market share and profitability.
is protected and focusing on growth through organic and other acquisition
opportunities.
Focus on deepening relationship with customers through increased product
holding and other value-add features and benefits, designed to improve customer
engagement and retention, and growth in capacity of our sales channels.
NON-FINANCIAL AND SUSTAINABILITY INFORMATION STATEMENT
The table below demonstrates, by cross-reference, how the non-financial reporting regulations within UK company law have been met. A description of
our business model can also be found on page 1.
NON-FINANCIAL TOPIC OUR POLICIES, PRINCIPAL RISKS AND KPIs
PAGE REFERENCE
RELATING TO EACH TOPIC
Environmental matters • Environmental strategy and policies
Refer to pages 34 to 36 and 38
• Environmental risks
Refer to pages 39 to 41 and 44 to 45
Refer to pages 47 to 50
• Environmental KPIs
The Group’s employees • People strategy and policies
Refer to pages 5 to 8
• People-related risks
Refer to page 26
Refer to pages 5 to 8
• People KPIs
Social matters • Community-focussed strategy and policies Refer to pages 51 to 54
Human rights, anti-corruption
• Human rights and anti-slavery policies
Refer to pages 13 to 14
and anti-bribery
• Compliance and whistleblowing policies
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
28
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
SUSTAINABILITY
An energy model in harmony with nature and people
As the first integrated energy company to generate only 100% green electricity, sustainability sits at the heart of all we do and is embedded across
our businesses. Whether serving millions of customers across the UK, employing thousands of people, or investing billions of pounds in the UK
economy, our commitment to sustainable development is one we take seriously.
Our sustainable energy business model places a strong emphasis on environmental stewardship, combating climate change, and aligning with the
United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals (“UN SDGs”). Of these goals, two stand at the core of our mission, where we can exert the most
significant influence: SDG 7 (affordable clean energy) and SDG 13 (climate action). These goals closely mirror our business aspirations to generate
renewable energy, connect to our customers, and provide them with the solutions that allow them to cut the environmental footprint of their homes
and businesses.
However, our contribution to the UN SDGs extends beyond what we do and shapes how we work. We embed sustainable development into our
internal operations, supply chain requirements, and relationships with customers and stakeholders.
Launched during our inaugural Sustainability Festival in April 2023, as part of a series of events and initiatives, Action 2030, ScottishPower’s first-ever
Sustainable Development Strategy, encapsulates this and sets out our vision and ambitions for the change that we can deliver together by the end of
the decade.
Across six key themes and 28 targets that link to the UN SDGs, Action 2030 sets out a clear pathway reflecting the potential contribution of everyone
at ScottishPower to make a positive impact that will ensure we continue to deliver for a sustainable future.
Aligned with Iberdrola’s comprehensive set of global ESG targets introduced in November 2022, we are already making a substantial impact over our
six key sustainability themes – clean energy, climate action, biodiversity and ecosystems, circular economy, our communities, and work and skills –
but with collective will and effort, we aim to go further and faster than ever before.
CLEAN ENERGY
CLIMATE ACTION BIODIVERSITY AND ECOSYSTEMS
CIRCULAR ECONOMY
OUR COMMUNITIES WORK AND SKILLS
Since the launch of Action 2030, we have been working towards our long-term targets. Our progress as at 31 December 2023 is outlined in the
following tables.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
29
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
SUSTAINABILITY continued
Clean energy
Vision 2030: ScottishPower is leading the UK’s transition to cleaner and more
affordable energy.
Treble onshore Renewable
Treble offshore Renewable
Deliver 500 MW of green
production capacity by 2030
production capacity by 2030
hydrogen capacity by 2030
Throughout 2023 we have continued
Through our EA1 and WoDS wind
We were successful in being offered
to look to develop the portfolio and
farms we currently have capacity of
government contracts for two initial
make progress receiving consent to
1.1 GW. EA2 and EA1N are in
projects to support decarbonisation of
repower and modernise turbines
development, whilst EA3 is due to
industry and transport. Further projects
increasing capacity whilst reducing
start construction during 2024.
in development for participation in
footprint.
recently announced future rounds.
Provide 4.8 million smart
Investing £4.5 billion in Energy
solutions by 2030
Networks by 2028
In 2023 we launched new additional
Our Energy Networks transmission
solutions including a solar buy back
and distribution investment is on
tariff and home emergency insurance
target with our plans, and will
bundle. An enduring marketing
accelerate in 2024 as we look to
campaign commenced in November
modernise the network for future
2023 to increase awareness of
demands.
ScottishPower Smart Solutions.
Climate action
Vision 2030: ScottishPower has reduced its direct and indirect value chain greenhouse
gas footprint in line with climate science, while strengthening our business adaptation
and resilience to climate change.
Reduce Scope 1, 2, and 3 emissions
Reduce absolute Scope 1 and 2
Reduce Scope 3 (cat 3) emissions
from fuel and energy related
GHG emissions 47% by 2030 from
from all sold electricity 100% per
activities and use of sold products
a 2019 base year
megawatt hour (“MWh”) by 2030
64% by 2030
from a 2019 base year
We launched our GHG Emissions
Our Scope 1 and 2 combined
We achieved a 5% reduction in all
Reduction Plan (
“
ERP”), laying out
emissions increased by 12% during
Scope 3 sold electricity emissions
our actions to deliver science-based
2023, due to increased UK grid mix
this year, and these emissions have
greenhouse gas reductions.
intensity. However, we have achieved
decreased by 6% since 2019, despite
a 23% reduction since 2019 and we are
challenging energy market conditions.
on track to achieve our 2030 target.
Reduce absolute Scope 3 GHG
100% sustainable light vehicle
emissions from use of sold
fleet by 2030
products by 28% by 2030
We achieved a 13% reduction in
In parallel with our strategy on
Scope 3 use of gas sold emissions this
vehicle transition and the needs of
year and we have achieved a 29%
the business, we are currently
reduction since 2019, surpassing our
determining our requirements for
2030 target.
EV charger deployment.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
30
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
SUSTAINABILITY continued
Biodiversity and ecosystems
Vision 2030: ScottishPower has delivered a net positive impact on
biodiversity and ecosystems.
Deliver net positive impact
Conserve, restore and plant
on biodiversity by 2030
5 million trees by 2030 against
a 2020 baseline
Following COP15 in December 2022
We have conserved, restored, and
we piloted a biodiversity metric,
planted over 890,000 trees since our
started development of detailed
2020 baseline.
biodiversity action plans, and set up
our Nature Working Group.
Circular economy
Vision 2030: ScottishPower has minimised resource use and waste and established
circular processes that keep materials in use at high value for the long-term.
Develop a detailed circular
Zero waste to landfill by 2030
economy action plan by 2025
We completed a circular economy
We achieved 95% diversion from
baselining and opportunities project
landfill exceeding our 2023 target
and set up our Circular Economy
of 91%.
Working Group to drive the
development of our action plan.
Achieve 50% sustainable steel use
100% wind turbine blade
by 2030 and 100% net zero steel by
recycling by 2030*
2050
We further developed our
Work has commenced to assess our
understanding of existing and
current steel position, and review
emerging opportunities for blade
supply chain capability and readiness
recycling via research, consultation,
to support the implementation of a
and participation in two collaborative
sustainable steel policy.
industry bodies.
* Subject to finding a commercially viable solution.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
31
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
SUSTAINABILITY continued
Our communities
Vision 2030: ScottishPower is actively developing resilient, empowered communities
with our partners.
33% increase in employee
Raising £40 million for Cancer
Installation of 12,650 Public EV
volunteering by 2030
Research UK
charging points by 2030
Strong progress has been made in
We have achieved our goal of raising
We are in the process of establishing
2023 towards our target via increased
£40 million for Cancer Research UK in
a new framework of hardware
reporting, more large group
Q4 of 2023 as part of our long-
providers and installation partners to
volunteering events and inclusion
standing partnership which began
build on the available chargers already
of our people’s family and friends
back in 2012.
deployed, and to scale up delivery of
in volunteering events.
these assets from 2024.
£25 million benefits to vulnerable
Deliver over £100 million in
and disadvantaged customers in
community benefit funding to
fuel poverty and to support the
communities over the lifetime
transition to net zero in our
of our onshore wind farms
distribution network by 2028
We are progressing against plan and
In line with our planned projections,
currently working on formalising the
for the 2023 year end, we have just
commercial contracts that will allow
hit the £60 million milestone of
acceleration of delivery in 2024.
community benefit contributions.
Work and skills
Vision 2030: ScottishPower has a high performing representative
workforce and a resilient supply chain capable of meeting our current
and future needs.
Access to mental health
More than 90% of purchases from
More than 36% female
awareness training for all line
sustainable suppliers by 2030
representation at middle
managers by 2025
management roles by 2030
Training has commenced and is
Having implemented a purchasing
At the end of 2023 the proportion of
progressing on track, with over 31%
model to monitor, and support the
women in middle management roles
of line managers having undertaken
development of, the sustainability
was 33.0% (2022 31.9%).
awareness training.
credentials of suppliers we are already
exceeding the 90% target.
More than 35% female
Employee training exceeding
Recruited over 1,000 people
representation in senior
55 hours per year
by the end of 2023
management roles by 2030
At the end of 2023 the proportion
55 hours of training per employee is a
In 2022, we launched a recruitment
of women in senior management
material increase in our commitment
drive for 1,000 green jobs by end of
position was 33.7% (2022 32.9%).
and investment in our people. At the
2023 and at the end of the year had
end of 2023 we are at 60.5% against
recruited 1,500 roles.
our target of 55 hours per employee.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
32
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
SUSTAINABILITY continued
Our commitment to collaboration extends to our active engagement with external partners, peers, and stakeholders. We are members of influential
organisations such as the Corporate Leaders Group UK, the Aldersgate Group, and the UN Global Compact. In Scotland, we proudly support the Climate
Emergency Response Group and remain an active member of the Scottish Business Climate Collaboration. We are also involved with the Sustainable
Glasgow Green Economy Hub, and the Edinburgh Climate Compact.
The following sections provide an overview of the progress we achieved in environmental and social impact during 2023, encompassing:
• Environment
• Climate, including Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures and Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting;
• Nature; and
• Circularity
• Social Impact.
ENVIRONMENT
We are committed to reducing our environmental footprint and responding to the risks and opportunities of climate change by:
• reducing emissions to air, land and water and preventing environmental harm;
• identifying and managing climate risks and opportunities, and implementing adaptation measures where required;
• minimising energy consumption and use of natural and human-made resources;
• sourcing material resources responsibly, cutting waste and encouraging reuse and recycling; and
• protecting natural habitats and restoring biodiversity.
Climate
The Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”) was established by the Financial Stability Board in 2015 to develop a set of
consistent, climate-related financial risk disclosures to be used by companies and certain other public-interest entities to provide meaningful
information to their investors and other stakeholders on the climate-related risks and opportunities facing their organisation. These recommendations
have been adopted by the UK Government as the basis for implementing climate-related financial disclosures across the economy, via amendment
of sections 414C, 414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006 – The Companies (Strategic Report) (Climate-related Financial Disclosure) Regulations
2022. These regulations are effective for SPL for year ended 31 December 2023, and are now a mandatory disclosure requirement. We have included
this information for the Group on a voluntary basis.
The four pillars of TCFD are: Governance; Risk management; Strategy; and Metrics and targets. This disclosure builds on the TCFD-related material we
voluntarily disclosed in last year’s Annual Report and Accounts. Going forward we will continue to look for ways to enhance future disclosures as our
understanding develops, including likely interactions between climate and nature disclosures.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
33
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
ENVIRONMENT continued
This table outlines where our consideration of each climate-related financial disclosure requirement can be found within the Strategic Report:
REQUIREMENT PAGE REFERENCE
Governance Description of our governance arrangements in relation
Refer to pages 34 to 36
to assessing and managing climate-related risks and
opportunities.
Risk management Description of how we identify, assess, and manage
Refer to pages 37 to 38
climate-related risks and opportunities.
Description of how the processes for identifying, assessing,
Refer to pages 37 to 38
and managing climate-related risks are integrated into our
overall risk management process.
Strategy Description of the principal climate-related risks and
Refer to pages 39 to 41
opportunities arising in connection with our operations
and the time periods by reference to which those risks
and opportunities are assessed.
Description of the actual and potential impacts of the
Refer to pages 39 to 41
principal climate-related risks and opportunities on our
business model and strategy.
Analysis of the resilience of our business model and
Refer to pages 42 to 46
strategy, considering different climate-related scenarios.
Metrics and targets Description of the targets used by us to manage climate-
Refer to pages 47 to 48
related risks and to realise climate-related opportunities
and of our performance against those targets.
Description of the KPIs used to assess progress against
Refer to pages 47 to 50
targets used to manage climate-related risks and realise
climate-related opportunities and of the calculations on
which those KPIs are based.
Governance
Climate change is integrated into many aspects of our corporate governance and is visible throughout ScottishPower. The corporate governance
system applied by the Company is known as the ScottishPower Governance and Sustainability System (“SP GSS”), which is approved by the SPL Board.
The SP GSS was reformulated in 2020 and is now expressly structured around ESG standards to navigate the constantly evolving regulatory landscape
and international standards, as well as directly referencing the UN SDGs. The SP GSS comprises five chapters: By-laws, Purpose, Environment and climate
action, Social commitment, and Corporate governance (the latter three chapters corresponding to ESG considerations respectively). Refer to the
‘Corporate governance system’ section of the Directors’ Report for further details on the SP GSS.
Each of the boards of the Heads of Business Sub-holding companies SPENH, SPREL and SPRH (as defined on page 1) approve their own Governance
and Sustainability System (“Business GSS”) for their division, Energy Networks, Renewable production, and the Customer business respectively. Each
Business GSS is directly modelled on the SP GSS, and principally adopts the core policies and documents of the latter as they relate to each division,
subject to specific business requirements and respecting each divisions’ corporate autonomy. For further information regarding these bodies, refer to
the ‘Administrative, management and supervisory bodies’ subsection under the ‘Corporate governance’ section of the Directors’ Report.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
34
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
ENVIRONMENT continued
Policies for managing climate-related risks and opportunities
There are policies within the Purpose and Environment and climate action chapters adopted within the SP GSS that are used to assess and manage
climate-related risks and opportunities. The General Sustainable Development Policy (“GSDP”), along with the Stakeholder Engagement Policy, constitute
the general framework, guidelines, instructions and criteria against which all the other specialised (environmental, social, risk or corporate governance)
policies are held. The GSDP underpins Iberdrola’s strategy regarding sustainable development around the ESG criteria and objectives, and how its
business activities will be carried out to attain sustainable business value especially in relation to UN SDGs 7 and 13 regarding the supply of accessible
and clean energy and the fight against climate change, respectively.
Our environment and climate action policies (Sustainable management, Environment, Climate action, and Biodiversity), are aligned with the goals and
the path established by the Paris Agreement and the UN 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. These policies constitute ScottishPower’s approach
to environmental challenges such as climate change and biodiversity loss, while helping to identify and take advantage of the climate-related
opportunities arising from the energy and ecological transition. For example, our Climate Action Policy establishes a framework for articulating our
strategy and business model in a manner consistent with our commitment to the fight against climate change. To implement our commitment to
climate action, the following are some of the principles applied in our business activities:
• Set and review short, medium and long-term emission mitigation targets in line with the Paris Agreement and subsequent updates deriving from
climate change science.
• Integrate climate change into internal strategic planning and decision-making processes, as well as into the analysis, management and reporting of
long-term risks, taking into account the recommendations of the TCFD and other leading organisations regarding climate governance and the
reporting of climate risks and opportunities.
• Promote suppliers' awareness of climate change and encourage them to adopt practices consistent with those of ScottishPower in this area, and
particularly with regard to reducing their carbon footprint.
• Have an environmental management system, which allows for evaluating, analysing, managing and reducing environmental risks, as well as
improving the management of resources and optimising investments and costs, and which incorporates all relevant climate variables.
• Encourage research and the development of methodologies in the evaluation and design of adaptation measures, and take appropriate measures to
mitigate the impacts of climate change on the production of energy from renewable sources, integrating climate science into the setting of objectives
and internal procedures.
ScottishPower Group Structure, the SPUK Board, and the SPL Board and its Committees
Overview of climate governance framework
The board of directors of the Company (“SPUK Board”) makes decisions and dispenses with matters in accordance with its own terms of reference and
the Company’s Articles of Association (both which are deemed to form part of the SP GSS as adopted by the Company), including the approval of the
Company’s non-financial information, which has been prepared in accordance with the following description of the applicable group governance
provisions. Refer to the ‘Corporate governance’ section of the Directors’ Report for further details. As SPL is the holding company of ScottishPower,
the SPL Board is accountable for the governance arrangements we have in place in relation to assessing and managing climate-related risks and
opportunities. For example, it receives relevant updates from the ScottishPower CEO and the divisional CEOs, which include key climate issues of strategic
significance (e.g. Action 2030, our science-based targets and TCFD). The SPL Board is also responsible for approving updates to the SP GSS (including the
adoption of the latest iteration of the climate action and environmental policies), approving environmental risk insurance on an annual basis, approving
the SPL Annual Report and Accounts in which certain climate information is disclosed, and reviewing and approving ScottishPower’s non-financial
information (such as progress towards reducing Scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG emissions) which is reported in the Iberdrola Group Sustainability Report (Statement
of Non-Financial Information). Non-financial information is also noted at each of our respective sub-holding Boards. The SPL Board receives relevant
climate updates at least bi-annually, and at each meeting it is presented with a procurement summary which includes suppliers’ ESG compliance scores
for the previous period’s high-value contracts. Scoring is based on, among other things, compliance with environmental legislation including GHG
management and climate risk management processes, providing the SPL Board insight into how effectively parts of our supply chain manage climate risk.
Scottish Power Limited
SPL Board CEO
SP ACC
ScottishPower Management
Action 2030 · ESG targets
Committee (“SPMC”)
GHG ERP
Action 2030 · ESG targets
Non-financial information
GHG ERP
Climate Key Risk Report (“KRR”)
Climate KRR
Sustainable Development
and Reputation (“SDR”)
Committee
Action 2030 · ESG targets
GHG ERP · Non-financial
information
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
35
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
ENVIRONMENT continued
In recent years, the SPL Board adopted the following updates to the SP GSS:
• The latest version of the Iberdrola Sustainable Development Policy.
• The latest suite of ScottishPower risk policies, including the General Risk Control and Management policy which cites climate change as an
operational, technological, environmental, social and legal risk factor.
• A new ScottishPower internal protocol for the incorporation of ESG considerations into decision-making by the SPL Board and those charged with
governance.
These updates, insofar as they directly relate to the Company, form part of the SP GSS as adopted and applied by the Company. Achievement of net
zero is integrated within the decision-making process at all levels under Iberdrola’s target to be net zero in Scopes 1, 2 and 3 before 2040. Directors of
Iberdrola, have assumed ultimate responsibility for the fight against climate change, approving, supervising and reporting on the climate action plan.
ESG reporting including climate targets, green hydrogen production, and EV charging points is prepared and input by ScottishPower and submitted for
Iberdrola Board approval on an annual basis.
In 2023, the Iberdrola Non-Financial Information Internal Assurance Committee was established, mirroring the process for financial reporting, and
demonstrating the importance we place on non-financial reporting. Iberdrola’s consolidated statement of non-financial information is prepared
according to the information provided by ScottishPower, which is approved by our Board of Directors.
SP ACC
The SP ACC is an independent internal committee of the SPL Board with no executive powers. Refer to the ‘SP ACC’ section of the Directors’ Report for
further details. In respect of providing oversight to the SPL Board of climate-related risks and opportunities, some of its functions include:
• The supervision of the sustainable development activities of the Group and, particularly, whether its environmental and social practices conform to
the global strategy and policies of Iberdrola, and of the Group, and report on the same to the SPL Board.
• Ensuring that the main environmental risks in accordance with the general monitoring and risk management policy, are identified, managed and
adequately reported.
• Promoting a strategy in which risk is a key factor to be taken into account in all decisions and at all levels within ScottishPower.
ScottishPower Sustainable Development and Reputation Committee
The SDR Committee, chaired by the Head of Climate Change and Sustainability, is a non-executive, cross-business working group set up to promote
compliance with sustainability policies and guidelines, in accordance with its own terms of reference. It is also responsible for overseeing the
development and implementation of Action 2030 which contains the Group’s GHG emissions reduction strategy. SDR Committee membership consists
of representatives from across ScottishPower, including the Chief Compliance Officer, the Director of Internal Audit, the Director of the CEO’s Office, as
well as representatives from Energy Networks, Renewable production and the Customer business.
Strategic integration of ESG function
In 2023, in response to ever increasing ESG reporting requirements, we created a new ESG Reporting and Performance team within the ScottishPower
CEO Office with responsibility for navigating future ESG regulations and disclosure requirements that impact the Group, either directly or indirectly
through our parent company Iberdrola. This includes the coordination of ScottishPower’s contribution to Iberdrola’s European Sustainability Reporting
Standards (“ESRS”) implementation project required to meet the new EU Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (“CSRD”). We will provide non-
financial information to Iberdrola for their first applicable accounting period of the ESRSs which commenced on 1 January 2024. Our newly-appointed
Head of ESG Reporting and Performance will also jointly chair the SDR Committee from 2024 onwards and provide regular updates on the development
and implementation of activities in response to continually expanding ESG reporting requirements.
Within the CEO Office, working alongside the ESG Reporting and Performance team, the Climate Change and Sustainability team continue to drive
sustainable development initiatives that will help us play a leading role in tackling the climate crisis and contributing to the UN SDGs. The Head of Climate
Change and Sustainability meets with the CEO regularly throughout the year, giving sight of our GHG scorecard and regular opportunities to review
progress and highlight barriers. The Heads of ESG Reporting and Performance and Climate Change and Sustainability both attend the SPL ACC and SPMC
at various points throughout the year to provide updates on climate-related risks and opportunities, Action 2030, ESG targets, non-financial information,
and the GHG ERP. Monitoring of the aforementioned is undertaken by both teams, and related data is reported quarterly via our sustainability data
management workflow tool Sygris.
We are constantly striving to improve, which is why in consultation with the SPMC, the Climate Change and Sustainability team identified that a deeper
level of understanding and awareness of climate changes risks and opportunities was necessary. This resulted in a tailored training programme of climate
education-themed ‘Leadership Conversations’ provided by the University of Edinburgh, which was attended by our CEO and executive management team,
focusing on corporate leadership in climate change, the disclosure landscape, and climate adaptation and impacts.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
36
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
ENVIRONMENT continued
Risk management
The SPL Board and senior management is strongly committed to, and engaged in, the management of ScottishPower’s risks including those related to
climate. ScottishPower adopted Iberdrola’s ‘Three Lines Model’ as our internal control system (illustrated below), to ensure all significant risks are
adequately identified, measured, managed, controlled, and regularly reported to all relevant internal and external stakeholders. Our Three Lines Model
is based on an assurance system combined around three lines, providing a comprehensive view of how the different parts of the organisation interact
in an effective and coordinated manner, increasing the efficiency of the processes for management and internal control of the entity’s significant risks.
SPL Board
SP ACC
Energy Networks, Renewable production,
UK Internal Audit
Customer business, Corporate functions
Independent assurance
First line roles:
Second line roles:
Third line roles:
Divisional businesses
Monitoring and challenge
Independent and objective assurance and
provision of
on risk-related matters
advice on issues related to the achievement
products/services to
(e.g., Internal control,
of objectives
client; managing risk
Risk Management, UK
Compliance)
Key
Accounting,
Delegation, direction,
Alignment, communication,
reporting
resources, oversight
coordination collaboration
* Sustainability disclosures within the Annual Report and Accounts do not obtain external assurance, with the exception of the GHG inventory assurance review.
We review and approve acceptable levels of risk tolerance on an annual basis through risk policies and limits that establish the qualitative and
quantitative risk appetite at the Group level and at each of the divisions. Compliance with the approved risk policies, limits and indicators is monitored
periodically throughout the year along with various exposures, significant risks and threats.
Integration of climate risks into our Enterprise Risk Management (“ERM”) framework
As a Group principal risk, the identification, analysis and management of the risks and opportunities arising from climate change is integrated into our
established and mature ERM framework. Risks are identified and addressed through a multi-departmental and multi-level process coordinated by our
Risk Management department, involving significant collaboration between divisions and corporate functions.
The KRR is a repository for our risks representing our ERM framework to assist in achievement of both our short and long-term goals. Effective
application of the KRR facilitates the ongoing informed decision-making required to meet our business objectives. Risk reporting is well embedded
within the business, and climate change risks are identified and assessed as part of the KRR process and are considered in line and with the same
templates and standards as any other risk.
Each of the divisions and corporate functions compile their transition and physical climate change risks at least on a quarterly basis and submit to Risk
Management who review the initial assessment of each risk and the mitigation strategy. To assess each climate-related risk, information related to the
following is provided in each KRR template:
• Description – the specific climate change issue and how that causes the Group down-side risk along with the implications.
• Mitigation – the plan(s) to reduce the impact of this risk or remove it altogether.
• Owner – the owner accountable for managing the climate-related risk.
• Probability – the likelihood the risk crystalises.
• Short-term impact – an estimate of the financial impact in the next twelve months, if any.
• Long-term impact – an estimate of the financial impact beyond the next twelve months, if any.
• Reputation – consider if there is a direct reputational impact for the business.
• Evolution – whether the risk has increased, decreased or remains the same since the last quarter.
• Risk Factor – consider if the risk manifests itself as market, operational, business, credit or regulatory.
• Priority – climate-related risks are ranked high, medium or low in the context the specific division or corporate function.
The KRRs are then consolidated by Risk Management, who provide consistency checks, and report based on materiality twice a year at the SP ACC,
and quarterly at Iberdrola Group Risk and Supervision Committee and SPMC.
External assurance providers*
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
37
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
ENVIRONMENT continued
Our KRR process is illustrated below:
• Given assurance main environmental risks are identified, managed and reported
• Reports to the SPL Board on the internal control and risk management systems
SP ACC
• Overall coordination
• Review assessment and mitigation strategy of risks
• Check consistency of submitted climate KRRs
Risk Management
• Consolidate and report based on materiality bi-annually to SP ACC and
quarterly to the SPMC and Iberdrola Risk and Supervision Committee
• Identify climate risks and opportunities
• Assign risk owner
Divisions and corporate functions
• Assess and prioritise each climate risk
• Agree mitigation strategy considering any existing controls
Strategy
This section outlines our overall strategy and approach to the management of climate-related risks and opportunities together with an indication of
the principal transition and physical risks and opportunities. It then goes on to examine transition risks and opportunities and how different climate
scenarios would impact us. There follows an examination of physical risks and opportunities and how physical risks could evolve over time. The section
ends with a description of the mitigation, adaptation and resilience activities underway to manage transition and physical risks and opportunities.
Our strategy for effectively managing climate-related risks and opportunities is founded on a long history of proactive action. For the last several
decades, we have been a disruptor and innovator in the UK energy market. Our actions included spearheading the widespread adoption of onshore
and offshore wind generation, returning Scotland to a coal-free energy system with the closure of the Longannet and Cockenzie power stations and
becoming the first major UK energy firm to completely drop fossil fuel generation in favour of renewables, have enabled us to reduce climate risk and
realise opportunities to create sustainable value. We are now also driving the accelerated adoption of low-carbon storage, green hydrogen, EV charging
technologies, and smart solutions, supported by an increasingly flexible and smart electricity network.
Being an early mover in these areas has created an element of business and physical risk but has also enabled us to realise significant business
opportunities that otherwise would not have been open to us. As the impacts of climate change become ever more tangible, it is important that our
strategy for risk and opportunity management continues to evolve in order to maintain a strong and competitive business in the short, medium,
and long-term.
Our approach to the management of climate-related risks and opportunities considers all of the relevant time horizons for our divisions. The policies
within the SP GSS guide our actions within the time horizons related to the UN SDGs (i.e. 2030), compliance with ESG requirements (which are diverse
and continually evolving) and goals established by the Paris Agreement (i.e. 2050). The strategies that we develop to operationalise the SP GSS therefore,
align to these time horizons as well as other technology or location-specific horizons (such as the Scottish 2045 net zero target or UK regulatory
timelines). Given the key role that the energy industry must play in the low-carbon transition, and the resulting Science-Based Targets Initiative 2040
net zero requirement for companies such as ours, our group-wide strategic vision lays out our long-term propositions to 2040, with milestones at 2025
(short-term) and 2030 (medium-term). To meet these strategic milestones we also take into account asset lives (as many assets installed today will still
be operational in 2040) and regulatory and planning timelines.
Our assessment and management of climate risk and opportunities considers risks over the short, medium, and long-term time horizons. Transition,
physical and other climate risks are managed using this process and mitigating actions carried out as required. Transition and physical risks and
opportunities are considered in the medium and long-term through a process of scenario analysis, with potential impacts indicated over the medium-
term (i.e. out to 2030) horizon for transition risks and opportunities, and over the medium to long-term (i.e. out to between 2030 and 2059) for
physical risks.
Our analysis in the short, medium, and long-term indicate that our business is in a strong position to respond to the potential effects of, and realise
the opportunities related to, climate change.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
38
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2022
ENVIRONMENT continued
Principal risks and opportunities
Climate change represents business, systemic and global risks, and opportunities over a range of time horizons. These can be categorised into three
broad groups:
TRANSITION PHYSICAL OTHER
Associated with the global decarbonisation
Stemming from possible material impacts
These may arise as a result of physical
process, such as the evolution of:
on facilities and the supply chain as a
and transition risks, including:
• strategy;
result of the evolution of climate variables,
• those relating to deterioration in the
• legislation;
such as:
credit of counterparties (suppliers,
• policy;
• heatwaves;
banks, others);
• regulation;
• drought and increased dust;
• social phenomena (humanitarian crises,
• markets and supply chains;
• rising sea levels and temperatures;
impacts on crops and fishing, refugee
• technology;
• rising flooding levels and increased
crises, epidemics);
flooding re-occurrence;
• greater competition for financial
• competition;
resources; and
• financial;
• changes in weather patterns; and
• greater drive for efficiency and
• reputational developments;
• invasive species.
transparency.
• demand; and
• reporting requirements.
Transition risks and opportunities
Our anticipation and management of transition risks and opportunities over the past decades has been central to cementing our position as a leader
in renewable energy and the fight against climate change. The following table outlines the high priority transition risks and opportunities identified
as the most relevant to our products and markets, and the most likely to materialise, together with a description of our current approach to mitigating
these risks and related strategic impacts. Relevant timeframes have been identified (short-term, medium-term and long-term), however, all of these
high priority risks and opportunities have the potential to crystallise over all timeframes.
MARKET
Risks and opportunities Approach and management Strategic impact
RISK
• Expert unit in charge of making forecasts
• Broad and diverse supply chain with
Change in the cost and availability of
and preparing long-term paths with
around 3,000 suppliers, awarding
raw materials, parts and emission rights,
consideration of decarbonisation plans.
contracts with a cumulative value of
customer demand and supply chain
• Supply chain monitoring and engagement,
around £6 billion in 2023.
uncertainty may impact our ability to
particularly with new suppliers and
• Strong relationships across our supply
deliver net zero through network
technologies.
base with a focus on health and safety,
development and renewable generation.
• Maintaining component stock levels and
quality, cost and sustainability.
limit single sourcing.
Relevant in short, medium, and long-
• Proactive management of upward
term.
pressures on costs due to the
macroeconomic environment.
• Engagement with key industry
stakeholders such as Ofgem and
governments.
• Development and implementation of
strategies for hedging and supplier base
expansion.
• Refer to ‘Group principal risks and
uncertainties’ section of the Strategic
Report for further details.
OPPORTUNITY
• Strategic partnership with WWF to help
• Designing and delivering an energy
Economic decarbonisation requires an
accelerate the UK’s transition to net zero,
system to facilitate and encourage the
increase in the electrification of heat and
pursuing a programme of policy advocacy
growth of EVs and clean heating
transport primarily through heat pumps
to champion low-carbon energy solutions
solutions.
and EVs.
and to call for ambitious climate action.
• Delivering a comprehensive set of
• Establishment of smart solutions and
smart energy solutions.
Relevant in short, medium, and
hydrogen functions to facilitate the
• Facilitating the decarbonisation of
long-term.
uptake of low-carbon technologies and
hard-to-electrify sectors such as heavy
fuels.
industry and transport, through the
development and application of green
hydrogen solutions.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
39
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
ENVIRONMENT continued
REGULATORY
Risks and opportunities Approach and management Strategic impact
RISKS
• Risk associated with climate change is
• Strong corporate stakeholder relations
considered in typical analysis of
strategy.
Changes to consenting or emissions
regulatory risks and our investment
legislation.
approach.
Long timelines for constenting.
• Engagement with all appropriate
Uncertainty as to the financing
stakeholders to ensure that long-term
framework and aid for the development
regulatory stability and political
of renewable energies.
consensus is maintained, and public
backing is secured for the necessary
Relevant in short, medium, and
investment in the UK energy system.
long-term.
• Engagement with all appropriate
stakeholders to minimise consenting
timelines and barriers.
• Providing stakeholders with evidence
of the risks of ad hoc intervention in
markets.
• Refer to ‘Group principal risks and
uncertainties’ section of the Strategic
Report for further details.
OPPORTUNITY
• Increase capital spending in the UK.
• Investing in renewable energy
Economy-wide shift from fossil fuels
Building on more than £1.8 billion invested
generation, principally onshore and
to renewables.
as part of the previously announced
offshore wind, solar and battery
£6.7 billion programme between 2023
storage, to address the climate
Relevant in short, medium, and
and 2025, the Group plans over £7 billion
emergency and reduce the cost of
long-term.
more investment between 2026 and 2028.
electricity generation.
This amounts to a £12 billion investment
programme between 2024 and 2028.
FINANCIAL
Risks and opportunities Approach and management Strategic impact
RISK
• ScottishPower’s business model
• Strategy and business model aligned
contributes to the decarbonisation of
with the fight against climate change.
Increase in the cost of capital for
the economy.
investments in technologies or business
models that are deemed to be unrelated
• We continually monitor the views of
in the fight against climate change.
investors and work to ensure our
business model remains aligned with
Relevant in short, medium, and
best practice in sustainability.
long-term.
OPPORTUNITY
• Consideration of early engagement with
• Sustainable development embedded
Advantages in terms of attracting financing
ESRS to provide best practice, including
in business strategies.
for companies with sustainable and resilient
climate, nature and circular economy,
• Strong focus on business adaptation
business models.
and Taskforce on Nature-related Financial
and resilience.
Disclosures requirements.
Relevant in short, medium, and
long-term.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
40
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
ENVIRONMENT continued
TECHNOLOGICAL
Risks and opportunities Approach and management Strategic impact
RISK
• Established renewables technology is
• Championing innovative technologies,
mature and less exposed to cycles.
bringing down the costs of
Uncertainty about technological
decarbonisation and ensuring that no
development. Innovation and anticipation
• Technical and performance analysis.
communities are left behind on the
regarding the development and
• Technological and prospective analysis.
road to net zero.
implementation of new technology.
• Influencing developments at industry
Relevant in short, medium, and
forums.
long-term.
OPPORTUNITY
• Undertaking scenario modelling of the
• Investing in networks to make them
Increasing importance of networks (in
impact of low-carbon technologies.
smarter and more resilient, and
terms of greater digitalisation, smart grids,
creating a platform for the UK’s
• Considering technical and commercial
system flexibility) under electrification
sustainable electric future.
innovation projects.
scenarios – transition to DSO.
• Engaging with key stakeholders and
Relevant in short, medium, and
owning a clear DSO vision.
long-term.
REPUTATIONAL
Risks and opportunities Approach and management Strategic impact
RISKS
• Engagement with all appropriate
• Building a sustainable development
stakeholders.
strategy.
Change in the behaviour and preferences
of stakeholders, with pressure on
• Development and delivery of credible
• Science-based decarbonisation
unsustainable companies (risk of lawsuits).
business decarbonisation.
pathways.
Non-compliance with reporting
• Expert teams responsible for
• Strong corporate stakeholder relations
requirements.
compliance with reporting requirements,
strategy.
underpinned by Three Lines Model.
Relevant in short, medium, and
long-term.
OPPORTUNITIES
• Sharing information with our customers
• Supporting and guiding domestic and
on the actions they can take to reduce
business customers through their
Improved energy efficiency and associated
their usage.
journey to help them decarbonise and
benefits for consumers, and an improved
be more efficient in their energy
relationship with them.
• Delivering our ECO4 and Great British
consumption.
Insulation Scheme programmes.
Strengthened stakeholder relationships
for companies acting on climate change.
• Continue to engage with the UK
Government on the effective and timely
Relevant in short, medium, and
delivery of energy efficiency measures
long-term.
to achieve UK consumption reduction
ambitions.
• Engagement with all appropriate
stakeholders.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
41
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
ENVIRONMENT continued
Transition scenario analysis
The resilience of our global group business model and strategy to transition risks, and our ability to realise opportunities, is assessed on an annual basis.
We have carried out a UK-specific analysis that uses a range of scenarios selected to be the most relevant for our business whilst being sufficiently varied
to cover a range of relevant outcomes. Our choice of scenarios includes a business-as-usual scenario aligned to the UK’s 2050 net zero target, a scenario
that goes faster, and a scenario which does not achieve net zero by 2050.
We have chosen to undertake this transition scenario analysis using the medium-term time horizon of 2030 and the analysis identifies both qualitative
and quantitative potential impacts under each scenario at this timepoint.
The analysis has been carried out in four steps, which align with the relevant TCFD Technical Supplement:
• analysis and selection of reference climate scenarios;
• selection of the key scenario parameters to be used in the analysis of each transition scenario;
• identification of the most relevant operational indicators for each division operated by the Group; and
• analysis of the impact of the two alternative scenarios with respect to our business-as-usual scenario.
When selecting relevant scenarios, we reviewed the International Energy Agency scenarios and the UK-specific National Grid Future Energy Scenarios
(“FES”). We decided to use the FES as they provide a UK-specific view and because we use these in the development of our investment plans. We used
the following scenarios, which take account of both Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change assessments and the Paris Agreement climate targets:
• Consumer transformation – This scenario is characterised by electrified heating, consumer behaviour change, high energy efficiency and demand
side flexibility and is aligned with the UK’s 2050 net zero target.
• Leading the way – This scenario goes beyond consumer transformation and assumes the fastest credible decarbonisation, significant lifestyle
change, and a mixture of hydrogen and electrification for heating. This scenario is also aligned with the UK’s 2050 net zero target.
• Falling short – This scenario falls behind the other two scenarios and does not achieve the UK’s 2050 net zero goal. It is characterised by the slowest
credible decarbonisation, minimal behaviour changes, and decarbonisation in power and transport but not heat.
When assessing impacts related to its distribution business, Energy Networks used geographically granular Distribution Future Energy Scenarios,
based on FES, which also took account of UK Climate Change Committee Sixth Carbon Budget Scenarios and drew on extensive engagement with
stakeholders including devolved governments in Scotland and Wales. The baseline planning scenario for the network distribution licences was
therefore broadly consistent with the FES consumer transformation scenario but with regional adjustments due to geography and network
characteristics.
We considered key parameters related to these scenarios:
• final electricity demand;
• installed renewable capacity across different technologies;
• renewable share of generation mix;
• total domestic electricity generation;
• annual natural gas demand for home heating;
• investment in networks; and
• installed gas capacity.
We then identified the operational indicators most sensitive to potential changes in the climate scenarios:
• Energy Networks – EV and heat pump uptake (millions), installed generation capacity (GW)
• Renewable production – Installed renewable capacity (GW)
• Customer business – Electricity and gas demand (terawatt hour (“TWh”))
The tables overleaf lay out the potential impacts under the two alternative scenarios for each division in 2030. There is no impact analysis for
consumer transformation as this is our base case and therefore would have no impact upon our metrics. Impacts are indicated in 2030 as a single
point in time rather than cumulative or average over the period from 2023 to 2030 in order to facilitate comparability. Operational indicators have
been assessed as high, medium, low or not significant based on variance to the indicator in our base case, while we have assessed the financial
impact of scenarios using a change in Earnings before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation (“EBITDA”) from base case.
The operational and financial impacts of climate identified by our scenario analysis are nominal, with the exception of Energy Networks, as explained
further overleaf. Under the falling short scenario, Energy Networks would experience low operational and financial downsides. Under the leading the
way scenario, Energy Networks would see a medium operational upside and low financial upside. Further descriptions of the impacts are provided
overleaf.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
42
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
ENVIRONMENT continued
2030 impact
Falling short scenario
Leading the way scenario
Not
Not
Business Impact type
Low
Medium
High
Low
Medium
High
Significant
Significant
Energy Networks EV uptake per million
/heat pump uptake per
million/GW
Renewable GW
production
Customer TWh
business
EBITDA 2030 impact
Falling short scenario
Leading the way scenario
Not
£m
£m
£m
Not
£m
£m
£m
Business Impact type
Significant
<100
100-300
> 300
Significant
<100
100-300
> 300
Energy Networks EBITDA 2030
Renewable EBITDA 2030
production
Customer EBITDA 2030
business
Key
Positive impact
No significant impact
Negative impact
• Energy Networks – Under the falling short scenario, a slower transition would mean a delay to a number of high-cost major transmission projects
coupled with reduced investment in low-carbon technologies, leading to a lower in-year EBITDA in 2030. Under the leading the way scenario,
there is limited additional need for high-cost transmission interventions beyond those already planned in the baseline scenario as the generation
export requirements to the wider GB transmission system are broadly similar in both scenarios. The related transmission investment, which
represents a significant proportion of Energy Networks’ EBITDA, therefore remains similar to the baseline plan. The majority of increased
expenditure is associated with the distribution networks to accommodate EVs and heat pumps.
• Renewable production – While UK-wide the falling short and leading the way scenarios both indicate material changes in overall renewable
generation capacity, the impact of these changes upon Renewable production would be minimal in 2030, due to the scale and maturity of our
projects and the timelines related to them. However, there would potentially be impacts beyond 2030 in terms of increases or decreases to our
long-term renewables pipeline. Offshore projects can take up to a decade to plan and construct and so, barring any significant changes to
planning policy, our pipeline to 2030 would remain stable under either scenario. Whilst onshore projects typically have shorter planning and
construction timelines and, would therefore be able to respond more quickly to increased UK targets or policy changes, they represent a small
proportion of our renewable capacity and expenditure, and therefore the impact of the scenarios would be minimal in terms of our overall
portfolio and financial impact.
• Customer business – Both the falling short and leading the way scenarios indicate minimal impact for our Customer business, assuming no
significant change in customer numbers. Under the falling short scenario, more customers will continue to use gas as their source of primary
heating, increasing the forecasted gas volumes and decreasing electricity volumes. Under the leading the way scenario, a faster transition will
see more customers move to heat pumps, solar panels and other technologies, decreasing the use of natural gas but increasing electricity use
for heat, and representing an opportunity in terms of a growing market for our smart solutions.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
43
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
ENVIRONMENT continued
Physical risks and opportunities
ScottishPower monitors and manages physical risks using climate science and applies the learning to procedures, with a focus on planning, execution,
control, and continual improvement. Physical risks are specific to each division or site, gradual, associated with each technology, and occur over
relatively long periods. The following table outlines the acute and chronic physical risks and opportunities identified as the most relevant to our
products and markets, together with a description of our current approach to managing them.
ACUTE
Risks Approach and management
Heatwaves / fires
• Climatic studies carried out during project planning to identify
potential future production uncertainties.
• Greater technical losses from electrical assets; stronger and more
frequent peak loads resulting in outages.
• Enhanced design criteria.
• Infrastructure damage due to the greater risk of fires; reduced
• Application of new materials that can withstand higher
efficiency.
temperatures.
• Design of overhead power lines for operation under conditions
Relevant in short, medium, and long-term.
stricter than those mandated by regulations.
• Installation of high efficiency solar modules.
• Installation or upgrade of high efficiency cooling, detection and
warning, and firefighting systems.
Cold snaps
• Effective trading strategies.
• Higher demand.
• Dynamic forecasting and monitoring of actual consumption.
• Additional volatility in trading market.
• Burial of power lines.
• Damage and outages / ice and snow accretion.
• Enhanced prediction, detection and warning systems.
• Reduced production / performance losses.
• Improved emergency plans.
Relevant in short, medium, and long-term.
Extreme precipitation (flooding and/or landslides)
• Analysis of flood risk and vulnerability to extreme events
mentioned in the Environmental Impact Assessments.
• Possible physical damage to infrastructure, e.g. electrical cabling.
• Flood mitigation asset upgrades.
• Sediment deposition.
• Burial of power lines.
Relevant in short, medium, and long-term.
• Enhanced prediction, detection and warning systems.
• Auto-protection plans; flood management emergency plans.
Storms and high winds
• Vegetation management.
• Damage to infrastructure such as overhead lines caused by
• Power line automation.
falling trees.
• Enhanced prediction, detection and warning systems.
• Unable to access certain sites during storms.
• Specific location and siting studies.
Relevant in short, medium, and long-term.
• Installation of more robust technologies as they become
available.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
44
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
ENVIRONMENT continued
CHRONIC
Risks Approach and management
Average temperature variations
• Application of new materials that can withstand high
temperatures.
• Greater technical losses and less flexibility.
• Design of overhead power lines for operation under conditions
• Reduced solar panel efficiency / variability of solar resource.
stricter than mandated by regulations.
• Variability of wind resources.
• Installation of high-efficiency solar modules.
Relevant in long-term.
• Geographic diversification.
• Consideration of climate variability in investment planning.
Sea level rise
• Specific analysis of the flood risk of substations.
• Potential effects on substations due to risk of flooding.
• Flood protection structures.
• Damage to equipment and infrastructure.
• Monitoring and control.
Relevant in long-term.
OPPORTUNITIES
• Greater digitalisation and automation.
• Minimisation of response times.
• Reliable and resilient electrical power supply.
• Contributions to local communities.
• Innovation, research and development for new technology and tools.
• More resilient designs and equipment.
• Minimisation of environmental impact.
• Support for start-ups.
• Increased development of renewables and networks.
• Investment in storage technology.
• Seasonal climate trends that increase overall demand for electricity.
Physical scenario analysis
Physical risks are analysed regularly using relevant climate projections. The 2022 assessment was carried out in line with the requirements of the EU
Taxonomy for sustainable activities and is still relevant for 2023, as there have been no significant changes from the previous year. This analysis used
the most recent and relevant projections and takes ScottishPower’s existing and planned physical assets into account. We undertook this analysis using
average projections from 2030 to 2059 in line with the following three-stage process:
• Sensitivity screening – screening assets by technology group to identify which physical climatic risks may affect their performance throughout
expected asset lives.
• Impact analysis – where an asset is identified as being sensitive to a climatic risk, assessing its exposure to these risks and potential impacts under
relevant climate projections and locations.
• Adaptation measures – an assessment of adaptation measures already in place, future adaptive capacity and the remaining level of threat
requiring additional measures.
The following sources were used for historical averages, today’s baseline and future projections:
• UK climate projections – Wind speed, maximum and minimum air temperature, precipitation rate and amount of new snow on the ground.
• Third UK Climate Change Risk Assessment – Relative sea level rise and change in intense rainfall.
• Copernicus – Average danger over fire season, change in the duration of heatwaves and flood recurrence.
This impact analysis identified that sensitivities largely do not crystallise into potential future impacts under current projections, however, the
evolution of acute risks such as heatwaves, flooding and changes in intense rainfall could lead to some impacts without the implementation of relevant
adaptation measures. The following diagram indicates potential future impacts by risk, technology and location. Technologies and locations marked
green indicate no expected impact under the climate scenarios. Those marked amber indicate areas where there is low expected impact under the
climate scenarios. Our adaptation actions seek to mitigate these potential impacts. There are no areas that would have more significant potential
impacts requiring more significant adaptation actions.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
45
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
ENVIRONMENT continued
RisksPotentialfutureimpactsbylocation
Max air temp anomaly
Heat waves
Change in heat waves
Average danger over fire season
Min air temp anomaly
Cold waves
Snow on ground
Precipitation rate anomaly
Flood recurrance
Extreme winds
Change in intense rainfall
Wind speed anomaly
Sea level rise
KEY
No expected impact under the climate scenarios
Low expected impact under the climate scenarios
Significant potential impact under the climate scenarios
Risk mitigation, adaptation and resilience
Transition
ScottishPower’s current positioning as a result of our investment focus on grids and renewable energy puts us in a favourable position for facing
transition risks. We believe that the opportunities stemming from the decarbonisation of the global economy (growth in renewables, investments in
integrated smart grids, electrification of transport, green energy, etc.) outweigh the risks.
Our overarching risk management mechanisms and mitigating actions relating to the transition include:
• A strong business model with financial capacity to deal with change.
• Integration of climate change in management and corporate governance activities.
• Early action to transform the business model to adapt to climate change, allowing it to minimise transition risks and take advantage of the related
opportunities.
• Management of risks deriving from climate change embedded in business processes, such as emergency and business continuity plans.
• Consideration of climate change in investment decision-making.
• Regulatory and insurance coverage.
• Diversity, including geography, technology and age of assets.
• Proactive engagement, partnership and dialogue on adaptation and climate science to deliver cost-efficient resilience solutions.
• Strong innovation focus.
Physical
Based on the impacts noted above (which take account of the current uncertainty associated with climate projections) and the existing mitigating
factors, it is expected that the physical risks of climate change may not have a material, permanent impact on the consolidated figures of the Group,
which is expected to be resilient.
The generally low risk of impacts is due, in a large part, to the robustness of existing concept, location, design, planning and operation specifications,
which aim to anticipate and prepare for changing climate conditions. Progressive renewal and evolution of assets enables adaptation to medium-to-
long-term impacts. Specifications for new equipment take account of future weather scenarios and technical improvements to extract greater lifetime
value from new projects.
Where potential future impacts are identified, adaptation plans are developed and delivered, including:
• Temperature-related events.
• Multi-year on-site and historical studies of climate parameters are made during project planning and considered in the selection and evolution
of the project.
• Location-specific studies to assess the uncertainty of production under potential climate variations with working hypotheses updated
continuously.
• Design criteria being optimised to improve efficiency and durability under evolving climatic conditions and temperature ranges.
• Operations and maintenance and risk prevention policies consider maximum operating temperatures.
• Early warning systems forecast meteorological phenomena including increasing temperatures, enabling advance notice for resilience measures
to be deployed.
• Flood recurrence and change in intense rainfall.
• Design criteria being optimised for resilience.
• Sites being selected carefully with climate impacts in mind.
• Secondary protective measures being deployed.
• Liaison with external planning and response agencies.
• Flood mitigation programmes being delivered, taking account of network climate adaptation reporting and climate resilience strategy as well
as site-specific risk assessments.
• Alternative access routes are reviewed.
Onshore wind farms
N Scotland
E Scotland
W Scotland
N Ireland
Wales
NW England
NE England
E England
SW England
Ireland (North)
Offshore wind farms
NW England
E England
Solar
SW England
Transmission and distribution
W Scotland
E Scotland
NW Scotland
Wales
Battery storage
W Scotland
SW England
Ireland (North)
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Ireland (Dublin)
46
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
ENVIRONMENT continued
Metrics and targets
The realisation of climate-related opportunities and the management of climate-related risks is central to our business strategy and model and is
therefore embedded in our business targets. These targets show the direction of the future operations of the Group and are measured by a suite of
relevant metrics. Details of these targets and metrics and our progress against them is featured throughout this report. The following table summarises
the key targets and related metrics including timeframes where possible. It links these to the risks and impacts identified in ‘Strategy’ section above
and provides references to where target performance is discussed throughout this report.
Target Metric Related risks and opportunities (T = transition,
Further information
P = physical, R = risk, O = opportunity)
Treble onshore renewables
GW onshore
TR – Changes to consenting or emissions legislation
‘Renewable production
capacity by 2030 (includes
renewables
TR – Long timelines for consenting
– operating review’ and
wind and solar, 2022
‘Outlook for 2024 and
TR – Uncertainty as to financing and aid for renewable
baseline)
beyond’ section
development
of the Strategic Report
TO – Transfer of energy from fossil fuels to renewables
on pages 18 and 21
Treble offshore renewables
GW offshore
TO – More attractive financing for companies with
respectively.
capacity by 2030 (2022
renewables
sustainable and resilient business models
baseline)
TO – Strengthened stakeholder relationships for
companies acting on climate change
PR – Infrastructure damage due to increased fire risk
PR – Reduced production or performance
PR – Unable to access certain sites during storms
Deliver RIIO-T2 and RIIO-
% Reliability
TR – Increase to cost of capital for businesses not
‘Energy Networks 2023
ED2 commitments on
delivering on climate change
performance’ section of
Customer
network reliability,
TR – Long timelines for consenting
the Strategic Report on
interruptions
availability and network
page 17.
TO – More attractive financing for companies with
Customer
resilience by 2026
sustainable and resilient business models
minutes lost
(transmission) and 2028
TO – Increased electrification of heat and transport
(distribution) respectively
TO – Transfer of energy from fossil fuels to renewables
TO – Increasing importance of networks in terms of
digitalisation, smart grids and system flexibility –
DSO transition
TO – Strengthened stakeholder relationships for
companies acting on climate change
PR – Greater technical losses, stronger and more frequent
peak loads resulting in outages
PR – Infrastructure damage due to increased acute events
PR – Higher demand due to cold snaps
PR – Reduced performance or efficiency
PR – Unable to access certain sites during storms
Deliver our Great British
Properties
TO – Improved energy efficiency and associated benefits
‘Energy customers –
Insulation Scheme
treated
for consumers, and an improved relationship with
Customer business’
obligations by 2026
them
section of the Strategic
TO – Strengthened stakeholder relationships for
Report on page 9.
companies acting on climate change
By value, at least 90% of
% of total
TR – Higher cost of raw materials
‘Suppliers and contractors’
purchases awarded to
purchase value
TR – Supply chain uncertainty
section of the Strategic
sustainable suppliers by
Report on page 11.
2030
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
47
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
ENVIRONMENT continued
Target Metric Related risks and opportunities (T = transition,
Further information
P = physical, R = risk, O = opportunity)
Reduce absolute
GHG inventory,
TO – More attractive financing for companies with
‘Greenhouse gases’
Scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG
tCO
2
e
sustainable and resilient business models
section of the Strategic
emissions by 64% by
TO – Strengthened stakeholder relationships for
Report on page 48.
2030 from a 2019
companies acting on climate change
base year
Reduce GHG emissions
GHG inventory,
TO – Increased electrification of heat and transport
‘Operating review –
from use of sold
tCO
2
e
TO – Improved energy efficiency and associated benefits
Customer business’ section
products by 28% by
for consumers, and an improved relationship with
of the Strategic Report on
2030 from a 2019
them
page 21.
base year
TR – Uncertainty about development and implementation
of new technologies
Reduce GHG emissions
GHG inventory,
TO – Improved energy efficiency and associated benefits
‘Greenhouse gases’
from use of sold
tCO
2
e
for consumers, and an improved relationship with
section of the Strategic
electricity by 100% by
them
Report on page 48.
2030 from a 2019
TO – Strengthened stakeholder relationships for
base year
companies acting on climate change
TO – Increased electrification of heat and transport
TO – Improved energy efficiency and associated benefits
for consumers, and an improved relationship with
them
Provide 4.8 million
Number
TO – Increased electrification of heat and transport
‘Operating review –
smart solutions by
of smart
TO – Improved energy efficiency and associated benefits
Customer business’ and
2030
solutions
for consumers, and an improved relationship with
‘
Innovation’ sections of
them
the Strategic Report on
pages 21 and 12
TR – Uncertainty about development and implementation
respectively.
of new technologies
100% sustainable light
% deployment TO – Increased electrification of heat and transport
‘Greenhouse gases’
vehicle fleet by 2030
TR – Uncertainty about development and implementation
section of the Strategic
of new technologies
Report on page 48.
Deliver 500 MW green
MW of green
TO – Increased electrification of heat and transport
‘Customer business –
hydrogen capacity by
hydrogen
TR – Long timelines for consenting
operating review’ section
2030
capacity
of the Strategic Report
TR – Uncertainty about development and implementation
on page 21.
of new technologies
Greenhouse gases
Iberdrola has made a strong commitment to decarbonisation, setting a strategic goal to become net zero in Scopes 1, 2 and 3 before 2040. This
commitment to a net zero path is central to Iberdrola’s sustainable business strategy and aligns with the UN SDGs.
In 2022, ScottishPower set a science-based target, complementing the targets set by Iberdrola. The target commits ScottishPower to reduce absolute
Scope 1, 2, and 3 GHG emissions from fuel and energy-related activities and use of sold products by 64% by 2030 from a 2019 base year. This includes
a Scope 1 and 2 absolute reduction target of 47% by 2030 from a 2019 base year (which is consistent with reductions required to keep global-warming
to 1.5°C) a Scope 3 absolute reduction in category 3 emissions from all sold electricity of 100% from a 2019 base year and a Scope 3 absolute reduction
in GHG emissions from use of sold products of 28% over the same timeframe.
Much work is already underway on our GHG reduction journey, supported by our GHG ERP and reporting and delivery structures across ScottishPower.
Inventory
Overall, we have seen a 8% reduction in GHG emissions in 2023 compared to 2022 and a 20% reduction since our 2019 baseline year. The table and the
accompanying footnotes overleaf presents the value chain GHG emissions of the ScottishPower Limited Group for 2023.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
48
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
ENVIRONMENT continued
2023
2022*
2019
tCO
2
e tCO
2
etCO
2
e
Notes kWh (Note (a)) kWh (Note (a)) (Notes (a),(b))
Scope 1 Combustion of natural gas** (c),(d) 9,800,667 1,793 39,309,916 7,176 5,406
Combustion of fuel for transport**
(c),(d) 31,171,188 7,472 30,608,423 7,862 8,011
Combustion of fuel for generators**
(c),(d) 14,421,291 2,593 10,744,011 2,483 220
Fugitive emissions (SF
6
, CH
4
***
and refrigerants) (c),(d) – 21,209 – 14,236 21,264
Total Scope 1 55,393,146 33,067 80,662,350 31,757 34,901
Scope 2 Purchased electricity for own use – location-based**
(c),(d),(e),(i) 84,442,869 17,486 78,396,682 15,160 19,624
Purchased electricity for own use – market-based
(c),(d),(e),(i) 84,442,869 10,913 78,396,682 9,707 20,534
Network losses – gross
(c),(d),(f),(h) 3,042,475,181 630,018 2,907,000,000 562,156 824,300
Network losses – net (c),(d),(f),(g),(h) 2,331,818,393 482,860 2,193,265,823 424,134 N/A
Total scope 2 location-based 3,126,918,050 647,504 2,985,396,682 577,316 843,924
Total scope 2 market-based 3,126,918,050 640,931 2,985,396,682 571,863 844,834
Scope 3 Business travel – vehicles (employee-owned and leased)**
(d),(j) 8,200,626 2,004 7,698,123 1,914
5,847
Business travel – other (rail, flights and hotel)
(d),(j) – 1,575 – 862
Emissions associated with the supply chain
(d),(h),(j),(k),(l) – 468,828 – 589,000 983,352
Crew transfer vessels
(d),(k),(p) 24,202,073 5,787 30,056,419 7,248
Fuel and energy-related activities (including
(d),(h),(j),(m) – 698,515 – 798,166 815,308
product related upstream emissions)
Waste generated in operations
(d),(h),(j) – 1,937 – 1,511 6,599
Employee commuting
(d),(h),(j),(n) 10,949,301 3,068 26,891,477 6,745 2,743
Investments
(h),(k),(o) – 29,313 – 28,576
Sale of electricity to end users
(d),(j) 14,726,682,000 4,890,590 17,083,801,000 5,167,148 5,181,525
Sale of gas to end users
(d),(j) 18,345,262,000 3,355,879 21,114,939,000 3,854,321 4,749,765
Total Scope 3 33,115,296,000 9,457,496 38,263,386,019 10,455,491 11,745,139
Total location-based 36,297,607,196 10,138,067 41,329,445,051 11,064,564 12,623,964
Total market-based 36,297,607,196 10,131,494 41,329,445,051 11,059,111 12,624,874
* 2022 figures have been restated in response to settlements and improvement in data collection. The most significant change relates to sale of electricity to end users,
where green electricity sold was previously calculated on a April to March basis, but is now calculated on a calendar year basis.
** Mandatory disclosures required by The Companies (Directors’ Report) and Limited Liability Partnerships (Energy and Carbon Report) Regulations 2018. The remaining
information is disclosed on a voluntary basis
*** SF
6
– sulphur hexafluoride. CH
4
– Methane.
(a) tCO
2
e is a metric used to compare the emissions from various GHGs on the basis of their global-warming potential in comparison to the global-warming potential of
carbon dioxide (“CO
2
”). The main GHG are CO
2
, CH
4
, nitrous oxide and fluorinated gases.
(b) Baseline value chain footprint related to our science-based target.
(c) We use the GHG Protocol Corporate Reporting Standard and account for Scope 1 and 2 emissions from operations over which we have control, or the relevant proportion
for jointly controlled arrangements.
(d) Data was calculated using relevant Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs (“Defra”) Government conversion factors for company reporting of greenhouse gas
emissions.
(e) Electricity consumption related to ScottishPower owned EVs charging at ScottishPower owned sites is accounted for in ‘Purchased electricity’.
(f) All data reported is based on January to December except for losses data, which is based on figures provided on a regulatory year basis (1 April to 31 March).
(g) Scope 2 losses emissions net of our own green generation are presented for information.
(h) Estimated.
(i) Scope 2 emissions are presented as both location-based (based on the GB-wide Defra conversion factors) and market-based (taking account of the impact of moving our
own electricity use to a green tariff).
(j) We use the GHG Protocol Corporate Value Chain (Scope 3) Standard for calculating Scope 3 emissions.
(k) Emissions categories reported for the first time this year. Investments are reported a year in arrears.
(l) 2019 calculation of supply chain emissions used spend multiplied by relevant environmentally extended input-output factors. 2022 and 2023 supply chain emissions
were calculated from an average of the actual emissions of our suppliers.
(m) This category includes upstream emissions (product, fleet, own gas and other fuels), well-to-tank emissions and transmission and distribution related emissions.
(n) Our process for estimating commuting emissions was updated in 2022 to include staff survey data.
(o) Crew transfer vessel fuel emissions were previously estimated within supplier emissions.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
49
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
ENVIRONMENT continued
Scope 1 covers direct emissions from owned or controlled sources. In 2023, Scope 1 emissions represented less than 1% of total emissions reported.
Overall, Scope 1 emissions increased by 4% between 2022 and 2023, largely driven by an increase in fugitive emissions. Scope 1 emissions in 2023 were
5% lower than in our 2019 baseline year.
Scope 2 covers indirect emissions from generation of purchased electricity. In 2023, Scope 2 emissions represented 6% of total emissions reported.
Scope 2 emissions have increased by 12% between 2022 and 2023, primarily driven by an increase in energy transported and distributed and an
increase in the UK electricity grid mix emissions intensity. However, since 2019, Scope 2 emissions have reduced by 24%, meaning that we are currently
on track to achieve our combined Scope 1 and 2 science-based target.
Scope 3 represents all other indirect emissions that occur in our supply chain. In 2023, Scope 3 emissions represented 93% of total emissions reported.
Overall, Scope 3 emissions have decreased by 9% between 2022 and 2023 and 20% since 2019, largely driven by a decrease in the gas supplied to
customers. Emissions from gas supplied have seen a 29% reduction since our 2019 baseline year, surpassing our target of 28% reduction by 2030.
The following factors provide carbon intensity metrics for both the electricity that we generate and the energy that we supply. These are both calculated
using the guidance in the mandatory Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (“SECR”) emissions as required by entities in scope, as well as by using
the full value chain emissions figures to provide a more comprehensive view.
2023
2022 (Note (b))
Note
tCO
2
e/kWh tCO
2
e/kWh
Carbon Intensity of electricity generated (based on SECR-only data) (a) 0.000004 0.000004
Carbon Intensity of energy supplied (based on total Scopes 1to 3: location-based) (a) 0.00031 0.00029
(a) Presented in tonnes in line with SECR guidance.
(b) 2022 figures have been restated to show actual emissions. There has been no significant change.
SECR
We are committed to producing meaningful climate disclosures in line with those required by The Companies (Directors’ Report) and Limited Liability
Partnerships (Energy and Carbon Report) Regulations 2018 (“the 2018 Regulations”). The tables above relating to the Scottish Power Limited Group,
include the mandatory disclosures required by SECR, in addition to value chain GHG emissions which are disclosed on a voluntary basis. The information
required by the 2018 Regulations has been independently verified by Mabbett & Associates Ltd on a limited-level assurance basis.
Throughout 2023, we have carried out a range of energy efficiency initiative measures, including:
• Implementation of additional environmental requirements in tender and contract specifications to encourage energy efficiency through our supply
chain.
• Energy monitoring at 15 transmission substation sites as part of our programme to deliver energy efficiency refurbishments on 48 major substations
by 2026.
• EV chargers installed across a further three offices and depots.
• Analysing ‘grey fleet’ mileage (business miles travelled in employee-owned cars) to identify opportunities to improve data and reduce emissions.
• Carrying out a programme to identify and eliminate leakages at our Hatfield Moor gas storage site.
• Continuing delivery of a transmission losses reduction programme, including replacement of ageing equipment such as transformers, shunt and
series reactors and overhead lines with new lower-loss equipment.
Nature
ScottishPower outlined its vision to deliver a net positive impact on biodiversity and ecosystems in its sustainable development strategy, Action 2030.
The targets to deliver this are:
• deliver a net positive impact on biodiversity by 2030; and
• conserve, restore and plant 5 million trees by 2030 against a 2020 baseline.
In 2023, ScottishPower participated in the Iberdrola-led pilot of species and ecosystem accounting metrics. We established a ScottishPower-wide Nature
Working Group to provide an internal forum for developing and driving the implementation of activities to meet our nature related targets. We also
began work to develop a detailed Nature Plan by 2025.
In the reporting year, we had four facilities covering over 297 hectares (“ha”) and over 4758 km of networks in Protected Areas and Areas of High
Biodiversity Value with 204 key species identified within our areas of operation.
During 2023, 52 programmes to monitor, protect and enhance biodiversity were started or ongoing and 51 were completed, including:
• monitoring of birdlife and chiroptera;
• monitoring of terrestrial and aquatic flora;
• research and ecological studies;
• protection of flora and vegetation management; and
• partnerships, collaborative projects and awareness initiatives.
As of 2023, we had conserved, restored and planted over 890,000 trees since our 2020 baseline.
Energy Networks worked in partnership with BugLife, an invertebrate conservation trust, to restore 260 hectares of ancient and damaged lowland raised
bogs as part of the Slammanan Peat Bog Enhancement. In collaboration with their partner, Supply Chain Sustainability School, Energy Networks
developed and delivered biodiversity awareness training to 36 of its people. Energy Networks also worked with NatureScot through the Scottish Linear
Infrastructure Group, as part of a collaboration to develop a standardised Scottish biodiversity tool.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
50
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
ENVIRONMENT continued
Renewable production onshore completed a programme of 150 ha of peatland restoration across Scotland in 2023. This included the commencement
of a large-scale peatland restoration project at Halsary Windfarm in Caithness, where 360 ha will be restored in total. 2023 saw the implementation of
tree planting management activities across six wind farms, with a total annual spend of around £300,000. Renewable production onshore participated
in the Sanger Institute’s cutting-edge BIOSCAN project which involves the monthly capture of insects for DNA analysis with the aim of identifying the
species present, and over time monitoring how species diversity and abundance is changing at Whitelee Windfarm.
Renewable production offshore carried out an array of survey work for the Scotwind Development Project, including benthic surveys and digital aerial
surveys for birds and marine mammals. Compensation work carried out as part of EA1N and EA2 included the construction of artificial nests for
kittiwake at Lowestoft. The EA3 project saw the deployment of twelve passive acoustic buoys for the monitoring of marine mammals.
Circularity
In 2023, ScottishPower laid out a range of targets and actions for circularity within its Action 2030 strategy. These include:
• develop a detailed circular economy action plan by 2025;
• 100% wind turbine blade recycling by 2030, subject to the existence of a commercially feasible solution;
• zero waste to landfill by 2030; and
• achieve 50% sustainable steel use by 2030 and 100% net zero steel by 2050.
In 2023, the amount of waste generated increased by 67%, due to both increased programmes of work and more complete reporting. We achieved 95%
diversion from landfill.
Working with Zero Waste Scotland and Eunomia Research & Consulting, we completed a significant project to calculate a baseline of our resource use
across Energy Networks and Renewable production. Along with interviews with key industry stakeholders and targeted workshops, this was used to
identify a long list of possible opportunities to enhance existing circularity, and interventions to remove barriers to increased circularity. The outputs of
this project will form the basis of our Circular Economy Action Plan, which will be developed during 2024 and 2025, led by our newly-formed Circular
Economy Working Group. The Action Plan will drive the further evolution of our strategy, governance, targets and metrics and data and reporting and it
will lay out our time-bound action plan for delivery.
Energy Networks has continued to work to achieve their circular economy commitments during 2023. One notable example of waste avoidance and
reuse of assets was the Mossmorran 132 kilovolts (“kV”) switchgear replacement project. Following an inspection, the concrete foundations were found
to be in a condition that they could be refurbished and reused. The foundations were cleaned, repaired, and treated with an epoxy layer providing
shielding from the elements, adding around 40 years to the lifespan of the concrete. This avoided the need to demolish and transfer the waste off site,
reducing the potential carbon emissions from the works. By refurbishing the existing assets, 247m
3
of concrete was reused and 106 tCO
2
e was saved,
equivalent to the running of 39 households for one year.
Renewable production further developed its understanding of existing and emerging opportunities for blade recycling via research, consultation and
participation in two collaborative industry bodies (Coalition for Wind Industry Circularity and SusWIND (Accelerating sustainable composite materials
and technologies for Wind Turbine Blades)). Renewable production also chaired the G12/S5 Onshore Wind Sector Working Group which is a key part of
the development of the Scottish Onshore Wind Sector Deal. The deal includes a commitment for collaborative sector action to deliver a blade treatment
facility in Scotland by 2030.
Operational since 1995, Renewable production’s Hagshaw Hill wind farm in South Lanarkshire was at the forefront of wind energy production in
Scotland, generating more than 895 MWh over its 28-year lifespan. In 2023, work commenced to repower the 16 MW site, becoming home to 14 new
wind turbines with a combined capacity of over 79 MW. Once complete, the wind farm will be capable of producing around five times the amount of
clean, green energy than it did before, from just over half the number of turbines. The Hagshaw Hill repowering project is part of Renewable
production’s wider ambition to maximise the efficiency of its existing sites by replacing older turbines with new, more powerful and efficient models.
Decommissioning of the turbines has involved careful planning to identify reuse and recycling routes for components. Commercially available market
solutions for blade reuse or recycling are currently in their infancy in the UK, due to the composite structure of blades and the limited availability of
decommissioned blades as feedstock to date. Renewable production and its decommissioning contractors are exploring a number of reuse, recycling
and research routes to ensure that materials from decommissioned blades maintain as high value as possible in their next life and to stimulate the
blade circularity market.
SOCIAL IMPACT
We place great importance on our relationship with local communities, recognising them as key stakeholders in our operations. Engaging with these
communities is not just a priority but a fundamental aspect of our commitment to collaboration, and central to our core values.
Our aim is to be a trusted, respected, and fully-integrated part of these communities. We look to achieve this by operating with the utmost integrity and
transparency, actively participating in the community, and fostering strong relationships. We are dedicated to ensuring that our activities are conducted
responsibly and making a positive and lasting impact on society.
Investing in the community
Our history reflects a longstanding commitment to supporting the communities we serve through sharing our resources and the skills of our people.
We regularly contribute to community-based organisations and engage in activities that address a range of broader issues within the communities
where we operate. This voluntary engagement with charitable organisations or activities that extends beyond our core business is commonly referred
to as ‘community investment.’
As part of the Iberdrola Group, ScottishPower utilises the Business for Societal Impact framework (the global standard in measuring and managing
social impact) and formerly known as London Benchmarking Group, to assess our community investment initiatives. This framework, adopted by
leading businesses worldwide, offers a comprehensive and consistent approach to measuring the genuine value and impact of corporate community
investment on both business and society.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
51
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
SOCIAL IMPACT continued
Through this framework, in 2023, we voluntarily contributed £12.3 million (2022 £12.7 million) to support community activities. This contribution
includes cash, time, in-kind support, and the management costs associated with running community programmes.
Further to this an additional £9.7 million has been provided through sponsorships, as well as initiatives to support our most vulnerable customers.
As part of our onshore wind farm operations, we actively support 36 community benefit funds, empowering communities across the UK to decide how
to best utilise these funds to serve their local needs. In 2023, our Renewable production division contributed over £7.6 million (2022 £6.9 million) to
communities neighbouring our wind farms, bringing the total provided to date to over £60 million.
Community engagement and consultation
Community engagement is part of our culture at ScottishPower and we actively encourage volunteering, with everyone having the opportunity to take
one day's paid leave each year to volunteer. In 2023, 1,706 of our people (2022 1,215) participated in volunteering activities organised by ScottishPower,
collectively contributing over 13,300 working hours.
ScottishPower maintains a substantial presence in many communities across the UK and engages in consultations with these communities in various
instances. These consultations occur when we plan developments, decommission assets, or conduct routine maintenance work. Key areas of
community interaction include the siting of new facilities like wind farms, the presence of transmission and distribution lines, the decommissioning
of older plant, and routine maintenance work. We proactively provide landowners, stakeholders, and customers with accurate information from the
pre-planning stage through to project completion.
We place great emphasis on ensuring that those affected by our work are well-informed in advance of our activities. We have developed enduring
relationships with community groups, elected representatives, interest groups, and individuals, creating various communication channels for
community input. Our community consultation processes encompass representation at community meetings, in-person and virtual public information
days, information published on our website, and engagement through social media. Our facilities also host visits from community groups, maintain
visitor centres, and run local liaison committees that facilitate discussions between our organisation and community representatives.
Given that many of our assets are located on land we do not own, we have implemented policies to maintain the safety and integrity of our facilities
while respecting the needs of landowners, the local community, and the general public. An example of this is within our Energy Networks business
where they, and those acting on our behalf, adhere to a publicly available Land Code of Conduct, which outlines our commitment to grantors and has
been developed in consultation with key stakeholders.
We work closely with the UK Government and devolved administrations to shape policy on community engagement and benefit, ensuring adherence
to all voluntary codes of good practice.
ScottishPower Foundation
The ScottishPower Foundation (“the Foundation”) was established in 2013 to reinforce our commitment to charitable work throughout the UK. It is a
registered Scottish charity (SC043862) and a company limited by guarantee (SC445116). The Foundation provides funding to registered charities for the
following purposes:
• the advancement of education;
• the advancement of environmental protection;
• the advancement of the arts, heritage, culture or science;
• the prevention or relief of poverty and the relief of those in need by reason of disability or other disadvantage; and
• the advancement of citizenship and community development.
Decisions to award funding are made by an experienced Board of Trustees who have a special interest in the above areas. The Foundation confirmed
its continued support for the Restoration Forth project for a third year, beginning in December 2023. This project received the first grant to be awarded
from the Foundation’s Marine Biodiversity Fund when it launched in 2021 and will receive up to £600,000 over a three-year period. The project is
managed by WWF in partnership with scientists, charities and local community groups. Together they will design a blueprint to restore and sustainably
manage seagrass and oyster habitats for a thriving Firth of Forth on the East Coast of Scotland.
In 2023, the Foundation awarded funding of almost £1.2 million to 19 registered charities to support their work in the UK. Glasgow Science Centre is
helping young people from disadvantaged backgrounds learn about climate change and become climate advocates. Techniquest, in Cardiff, is providing
free access to children from some of the most deprived areas in Southeast Wales to learn about how to protect marine life from pollution. The Renewal
Programme is tackling food waste and food insecurity in the London borough of Newham, partnering with local restaurants, shops and market vendors
to secure surplus food that would otherwise be wasted and redistributing it to local foodbanks using low emission cargo bikes. Givin’ It Laldie is
providing fun, accessible and free group singing sessions in sheltered housing and dementia units, reducing loneliness and improving physical and
mental health for the older generations living in the Gorbals in Glasgow.
The annual ScottishPower Foundation awards were announced at an awards ceremony on 30 October 2023 and provided £60,000 of additional funding
to projects through four award categories including the Charity Champion Award, which gives special recognition to individuals working in the
charitable sector for personal dedication. Following a competitive application process for funding of projects, 20 applicants were shortlisted by the
Board of Trustees in October 2023 and are intended to be awarded funding for projects to be delivered in 2024 subject to budget and contract.
Energy Networks
Energy Networks has shaped its business around geographical districts, enabling them to be closer to the communities they serve and allowing
communities to have influence upon the delivery of projects in their area.
Supporting local communities to achieve net zero
Close collaboration with stakeholders has been instrumental in shaping projects that facilitate the energy system transition, from design to delivery, and
enabling us to invest in the right initiatives, at the right time and in the right place to maximise customer impact and remove the barriers to achieving
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
52
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
SOCIAL IMPACT continued
net zero. For example, stakeholders across a range of sectors including local authorities, emergency services, businesses, and housing developers have
told us the decarbonisation of transport and heat are priorities for them. We are supporting the shift to EVs by creating new EV charging infrastructure
along some of the UK’s busiest motorways; building a new primary substation at First Bus’ Caledonia Depot in Glasgow, supporting the charging
infrastructure needed for a new fleet of 300 electric buses; and we also introduced the ConnectMore tool to provide customers with more insight into
optimal locations for EV charging connections.
For heat, we have upgraded the heat network in Tanygrisau, Wales, to be greener; reinforced the local infrastructure in Moodiesburn in Scotland to allow
new housing to employ heat pumps; and gained key insights into customer behaviour through the Re-HEAT initiative, empowering our planners to
remove barriers to the rapid take-up of heat pump technology. We have also developed a framework for the use of large-scale thermal energy storage
across the UK that could reduce heating costs and provide valuable balancing for the energy system.
Community engagement – keeping our communities safe
Our public safety engagement continues around the four key themes (Customers, Agriculture, Construction and Specialist Trades) focusing on the
information driven by current data/trend analysis and planning for our 2023 engagement. We are looking to maximise the use of social media,
influencers, and online channels to ensure the right people are seeing the safety advice and continue our support and partnership working with the ENA.
During 2023, we attended several events such as the Royal Cheshire show, the Royal Highland show, and the Oswestry Hot Air Balloon festival. These
events provide us with an excellent opportunity to speak to farm workers and contractors, lorry drivers and hydraulic crane operators and with new
technology on the rise we now also engage with pilots and drone operators.
Supporting the vulnerable in our communities
Ongoing engagement with stakeholders and people in vulnerable situations, complemented by a sophisticated data strategy, have led us to build a
comprehensive and accurate picture of our customers’ needs. These needs are complex, diverse and multi-dimensional; addressing them all requires
the involvement and support of many bodies and organisations across the private and public sectors. At the same time, as a regulated network,
everything we do is funded by our customers so it is essential that our efforts in tackling vulnerability focus on the areas where our customer base and
our expert stakeholders believe we can have the most impact. Over the years, we have worked closely with them to define our role in supporting
customers in vulnerable situations; for example, we have learned that our customers want us to support people in times of hardship but do not believe
it is our role to provide direct financial support.
Collaboration with customers and stakeholders led us to focus on the following three needs:
• protect the mental and physical welfare of customers when a power cut occurs;
• tackle the root causes and consequences of fuel poverty and access immediate help to deal with wider social issues; and
• access the benefits and opportunities of low-carbon technologies and navigate a changing energy system.
While our consumer vulnerability programme is focused on addressing these core needs, we have taken new steps to ensure that our vulnerable
customers can access 360-degree support that truly makes a lasting impact on their wellbeing and their quality of life. Our Coalition of Partners model
gives us the means to directly connect those in need of extra help with tailored support from organisations with the expertise and resources necessary
to make a difference. This model complements our portfolio of support, allowing us to focus our efforts where we can be more effective while leaving
no stone unturned to support our vulnerable customers.
Renewable production
As a responsible developer, Renewable production maintains a clear focus on engaging with the communities around our operational sites as well as in
new areas of growth. We are committed to being a good neighbour throughout the development, construction and operational phases of our projects
and to ensuring that the benefits of our projects are realised in local areas through helping to create local employment and enabling improvements to
local infrastructure and services.
Local community engagement
Throughout 2023 we delivered a variety of engagement activities with local communities. From sponsoring a number of Odgen Energy internship
students, to sponsoring stage 5 of the Tour of Britain cycling event through Suffolk – enabling us to build relationships with those who will be local to
our EA Hub development. We also hosted a STEM event for children in Bowmore, on the Isle of Islay, to help them learn more about offshore renewable
energy with our MachairWind team and provided funds to enable Suffolk County Council to offer a Bikeability training course for pupils from Phoenix
St. Peter Academy in Lowestoft.
We have also supported a number of initiatives our people have taken the lead on, including charitable monetary and gift collections at Christmas and
volunteer beach clean-up activities.
In addition, Renewable production continues to provide community benefit funds to those living near to our operational onshore wind farms and in
2023, reached a major milestone of £60 million of funding having been shared with these communities. We believe that local people are best placed
to make decisions about the initiatives that will be of greatest value to them and empower them to make decisions about how to allocate their funds.
Funds can be used for the purposes of community facilities, skills and employment, community or local events, sport and recreation, environmental
improvements, youth and education, and heritage. Moving forward, we are also encouraging communities to use their funding to focus on initiatives
that will help them to reduce their overall carbon footprint and become net zero as a community. For example, this could be through the installation
of solar panels on communal buildings, purchase of EVs to provide support services or for shared community use, the installation of EV charging points
for the benefit of local residents and to support tourism in rural areas.
Environment
Renewable production also spends over £1 million every year to adaptively manage and monitor around 10,000 ha of land. This includes approximately
9,000 ha of peatland restoration and 1,000 ha of native woodland creation and management. This activity provides many benefits for a range of
associated species such as breeding waders, black grouse, hen harriers, merlin and golden eagles.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
53
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
SOCIAL IMPACT continued
We also maintain a robust Environmental Management System (ISO 14001 accredited) to support the business in managing environmental risks
throughout the project life-cycle in a robust and externally recognised manner.
Whitelee Visitor Centre
Whitelee is the UK’s largest onshore wind farm hosting 215 turbines with a total capacity of 539 MW; enough to power 350,000 homes. Whitelee
Windfarm also has a visitor centre that has welcomed nearly 950,000 people to date, providing an opportunity to see first-hand how local communities,
the natural environment and renewable energy can be successfully co-located.
The visitor centre at Whitelee is managed by Glasgow Science Centre on behalf of Renewable production and offers a free hands-on interactive
exhibition, a café, cycle facilities, car parking and EV charging points. The visitor centre team offer guided tours on an electric bus to explore the wind
farm, learn more about the history and ecology of the site and get close to the wind turbines. The centre also hosts an extensive education programme,
with free curriculum-based sessions from nursery to further education and various free craft sessions for families during the school holidays. Part of the
community benefit fund at Whitelee pays for Whitelee Countryside Rangers (employed by East Renfrewshire Council) who promote responsible access
within the wind farm and host free events including guided woodland walks, pond searches, wildflower apothecary and summer holiday clubs. Whitelee
Windfarm was presented with an international Green Flag Award for a third consecutive year in 2023. It is the only wind farm to receive the accolade,
which recognises spaces that meet the needs of the communities they serve, and was awarded specifically for the work with the Whitelee Countryside
Rangers to provide a positive environmental legacy by enhancing ecological habitats for native bird species and restoring natural peatland.
The wind farm is the host location for an annual ‘Run the Blades’ running festival incorporating a 10 km, half marathon and 50 km ultramarathon, as well
as numerous smaller charity events such as sponsored dog walks and Duke of Edinburgh’s Award activities. It is also host to a number of community
events such as Renewable production’s annual Community Day which welcomes over 5,000 people to learn more about the wind farm and its benefits,
as well as being able to enjoy other interactive activities with a variety of organisations who join Renewable production and exhibit on the day.
Utilising Whitelee Windfarm and the visitor centre as a means of supporting the net zero movement and educating on the role of renewables
technology within this is a priority and we have seen the visitor centre continue to host a number of visits from UK and international delegates including
UK and Scottish Government bodies.
Customer business
Our Smart Cities team within Smart Solutions department are focused on helping decarbonise at a community level working mainly with local
authorities but also with other community groups, such as housing associations. Smart Cities can reach consumers where a private financial investment
may be unachievable; through local authorities and community groups they can access low-carbon technologies. In addition, by deploying at scale, we
can reduce the price per solution.
In addition to supporting our customers, we also support the charity sector, particularly our longstanding relationship with Cancer Research UK. During
this difficult period for charities, customers on our ‘Help Beat Cancer’ tariffs continue to make a vital contribution to the incredible work that Cancer
Research UK does. We have raised over £40 million to date through a combination of sponsorship of events like Stand Up to Cancer, sales of our
‘Help Beat Cancer’ tariffs, and fundraising activities.
We engage regularly with the key industry stakeholders such as Ofgem, Citizens Advice and Ombudsman Services, to keep them fully updated of our
community actions.
We are one of the remaining suppliers that have National Community Liaison Officers (“CLOs”). Our CLOs focus on supporting customers who have
concerns over their energy consumption or billing to ensure clear understanding. They also provide support for those struggling with their energy bills.
This is done in the customer’s home. Our CLOs also provide locational support to our business customers.
Our Hydrogen department is working with businesses across the UK to help support their strategic aims to decarbonise their operations. Since 2021,
we have supported the Scottish Schools Hydrogen Challenge with the purpose of educating young people about the importance of green hydrogen in
tackling the climate emergency.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
54
Group Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
SECTION 172 STATEMENT
Statement by the directors in performance of their statutory duties in accordance with
section 172 of the Companies Act 2006
The Companies (Miscellaneous) Reporting Regulations 2018 requires the directors of Scottish Power UK plc to give a statement which describes how
the directors have had regard to the matters set out in section 172(1) of the Companies Act 2006 when discharging their duty under that section.
The directors acknowledge and understand their duties and responsibilities, including that, under section 172 of the Companies Act 2006, a director
of a company must act in the way he or she considers, in good faith, would be most likely to promote the success of the company for the benefit of its
members as a whole, and in doing so have regard (amongst other matters) to:
(a) the likely consequences of any decision in the long-term;
(b) the interests of the company's employees;
(c) the need to foster the company's business relationships with suppliers, customers and others;
(d) the impact of the company's operations on the community and the environment;
(e) the desirability of the company maintaining a reputation for high standards of business conduct; and
(f) the need to act fairly as between members of the company.
The delivery of the strategy of the Group, of which the Company acts as the holding company, requires the Group to conduct business in a manner
benefitting customers through balancing cost and risk while delivering shareholder value and protecting the Group’s performance and reputation by
prudently managing risks inherent in the business. In carrying out this strategy, the directors’ duties under section 172 of the Companies Act 2006
have been considered.
The directors strongly believe that effective and meaningful engagement with stakeholders is key to promoting the success of the Company. The SPUK
Board regularly reviews the operational performance and risk issues for the Group, and also to approve certain reserved matters as defined under the
terms of reference of the SPUK Board.
The Company identifies and interacts with its stakeholders directly, and indirectly via its principal subsidiaries of the three divisions operated by the
Group during the year, being Energy Networks, Renewable production, and Customer business, which are owned by their respective Head of Business
Sub-holding companies: SPENH, SPREL, and SPRH, as summarised in the ‘Who we are’ sub-section of the Strategic Report, on page 1. In addition, please
refer to the ‘Engaging with stakeholders’ section of the Strategic Report which sets out the SPUK Board’s oversight of the consideration given to the
Company’s, and its divisional businesses’, engagement with key stakeholders.
Details and examples of engagement with the Company’s key stakeholders (both direct and indirect) who are considered by the SPUK Board in its
decision- making with respect to matters reserved to it are as follows:
• Customers: details of how the Group engages with its customers are explained in the ‘Energy customers’ sub-section of the Strategic Report, on
page 8. Whilst the Company does not have direct customers of its own, during the year, the SPUK Board received and considered the service KPIs
reported in the ‘Energy customers’ sub-section of the prior year’s Strategic Report approved by the delivered by the SPUK Board.
• People: details of how the Group engages with its people are set out in the ‘People’ sub-section of the Strategic Report, on page 5. During the
year, the SPUK Board considered and approved the adoption by the Company of the 2022 ScottishPower Modern Slavery Statement.
• Communities and the environment: details of how the Group engages with communities and considers the environment are set out in the
‘Environment’ and ‘Social Impact’ sub-sections of the ‘Sustainability’ section of the Strategic Report, on pages 33 and 51 respectively. During the year,
the SPUK Board approved the provision of voluntary disclosures in accordance with the TCFD requirements and recommendations as reported in the
‘Sustainability’ section of the prior year’s Strategic Report approved and delivered by the SPUK Board.
• Suppliers and contractors: details of how the Group engages with its suppliers are set out in the ‘Suppliers and contractors’ sub-section of the
Strategic Report, on page 11. During the year, the SPUK Board considered and approved key contract awards made by the Company.
• Government and regulators: details of how the Group engages with governments and regulators are set out in the ‘Government and regulators'
sub-section of the Strategic Report, on page 11. During the year, the SPUK Board considered ScottishPower, and the Company’s, engagement with
the UK Government and Ofgem in connection with the economic and regulatory implications of the retail and wholesale markets as reported in the
‘Government and regulators’ sub-section of the prior year’s Strategic Report approved and delivered by the SPUK Board.
In addition, details of how the Company interacts with its shareholders is described in the introduction to the 'Engaging with stakeholders' section of
the Strategic Report on page 4.
The directors, both individually and together as a board, consider that the decisions taken during the year ended 31 December 2023 in discharging the
function of the SPUK Board were in conformance with their duty under section 172 of the Companies Act 2006.
The SPUK Board is assisted in considering key stakeholders as part of the decision-making process by including stakeholder considerations in board
papers as appropriate, and board papers are carefully reviewed and considered by all directors.
BY ORDER OF THE SPUK BOARD
Marion S Venman
Secretary
19 March 2024
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
55
Directors’ Report
The directors present their report and audited Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2023.
Information contained within the Strategic Report
The directors have chosen to disclose information on the following, required by the Companies Act 2006 to be included in the Directors’ Report,
within the Strategic Report, found on pages 1 to 55:
• information on financial risk management and policies;
• information regarding future developments of the Group;
• information on charitable donations;
• information in relation to innovation activities; and
• information on employee regulations and policies.
In addition, energy and carbon reporting disclosures, as required by entities in scope of the 2018 Regulations are included in within the Strategic Report
on pages 47 to 50.
Results and dividend
The net profit for the year attributable to the equity holders of the parent amounted to £1,126.8 million (2022 £487.0 million). A dividend of £780.0
million was paid during the year (2022 £715.0 million). Refer to Note 30 for further details.
Taxation
The Iberdrola Board has explicitly acknowledged its responsibility for tax policy and strategy in all of the companies that it controls. The Iberdrola Board
has approved a Corporate Tax Policy which forms part of the Governance and Sustainability System and sets out that board’s commitment to
responsible tax practices throughout the Iberdrola Group. The Corporate Tax Policy was first approved by the Iberdrola Board in 2010 and is regularly
updated.
The Group applies the Corporate Tax Policy as adopted by the SPL Board and the ScottishPower Tax Strategy as approved by the SPL Board’s Audit and
Compliance Committee (“SP ACC”), which accords with the Corporate Tax Policy and, as required by UK law, is published on the Corporate website under
’About Us’/‘Company Reporting’.
We are a responsible tax payer and seek to be open, honest and transparent in dealings with the tax authorities and to comply with both the letter and
the spirit of tax laws set by the UK Government and devolved administrations in Scotland and Wales. We remit taxes due on a timely basis, and have a
relationship with HMRC based on mutual trust and cooperation. Payment of taxes is our principal contribution to sustaining public expenditure and one
of our contributions to society.
Further details on taxes and other government obligations can be found in the Strategic Report on page 16.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Statement regarding the corporate governance arrangements of the Group
As required by the Companies (Miscellaneous) Reporting Regulations 2018, the directors of the Company have set out a statement of the corporate
governance arrangements of the Company.
The ultimate parent of the Company is Iberdrola, S.A., whose shares are listed on all four stock markets in Spain and traded through the electronic
continuous market of the Spanish Stock Exchange. The Company, which is wholly owned by SPL, does not apply a corporate governance code on the
basis that the SPL Board, in accordance with its terms of reference and the Policy for the Definition and Coordination of the Iberdrola Group and
Foundations of Corporate Organisation (“the Group Governance Framework”), has approved its own rules and principles which are based on widely
recognised good governance recommendations, and which consequently apply to the Company. Those rules and principles that applied to the
Company and its group during 2023 are set out in this statement.
The SPL Board's terms of reference and the Group Governance Framework are published on the Corporate website under ‘Corporate Governance’/
‘Governance and Sustainability System’/ ‘Corporate Governance’ and further define the responsibilities and powers of the SPL Board, such as they
may affect the definition of the corporate governance arrangements described in this statement which apply to the Company.
Corporate governance system
The Company is governed by the SPUK Board, which consists of directors who bring a broad range of skills and experience to the Company. The SPUK
Board is regulated in accordance with the Company's Articles of Association (adopted on 7 July 2016) which are registered at Companies House.
In discharging its responsibilities and in the exercise of its decision-making powers, and in accordance with the Group Governance Framework, the
Company’s Articles of Association and the SPUK Board’s terms of reference, the SPUK Board has adopted the ScottishPower corporate governance
system, also known as the SP GSS, which is approved by the SPL Board, and which consequently applies to the Company.
The SP GSS includes the Iberdrola Group’s internal corporate rules (for example, the purpose and values of the Iberdrola Group, the Code of Ethics,
corporate policies and other internal codes and procedures) that consistently apply within the corporate governance systems of the Iberdrola Group.
The SPL Board, having reviewed the same, has expressly adopted these internal corporate rules as part of the SP GSS, as well as the specific rules and
regulations required to implement or supplement it.
In addition, the SPL Board routinely considers and takes into account those parts of the corporate governance system of the Iberdrola Group (of which
the Company is part) which may have direct or indirect application to ScottishPower. Furthermore, the SPL Board actively considers and adopts specific
policies and rules which apply to ScottishPower. Such policies and rules are in turn applied by the SPUK Board as part of the SP GSS as adopted by it.
The SP GSS is published online on the Corporate website under ‘Corporate Governance’/ ‘Governance and Sustainability System’.
56
Directors’ Report
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE continued
Board composition
The directors who held office during the year were as follows:
Nicola Connelly Director
Marion S. Venman Director
Donald Wright Director
Charles Langan Director (appointed 23 October 2023)
As at the date of this report, there have been no changes to the composition of the Board of the Company since year end.
There is no separate appointments committee within ScottishPower. Instead, appointment matters relevant to ScottishPower and the Company are
dealt with in accordance with an internal group procedure for approving proposed appointments or removals of directors at companies in which the
Iberdrola Group holds an interest, and reviewed by the Iberdrola, S.A. Appointments Committee (“IAC”). The IAC has a function to report on the process
of selection of directors and senior managers of the Iberdrola Group of companies.
Purpose and values
The structure of the Company, and the Group, is set out in the ‘Who we are’ section of the Strategic Report. During 2023, the SPUK Board has taken
into account the Purpose and Values of the Iberdrola Group and the Code of Ethics which are published on the Corporate website under ‘Corporate
Governance’/‘Governance and Sustainability System’/‘Purpose’. These documents define and promote the purpose, values and culture of the
Company and the Group.
Director responsibilities
The directors are fully aware of their duties under the Companies Act 2006, including those as set out in section 172 of the same. One of the primary
responsibilities of the SPUK Board is to supervise the provision of common corporate services to the three Head of Business Sub-holding companies
of the Group, which the Company directly and wholly owns, in accordance at all times with the provisions of all applicable legislation and regulations.
The Head of Business Sub-holding companies have their own boards of directors which have the necessary autonomy to carry out the day-to-day
management and effective administration of their respective divisions, as well as responsibility for their ordinary control.
Further information on the administrative, management and supervisory bodies of the boards of the three Head of Business Sub-holding companies
are described in the section below.
Opportunity and risk
The delivery of ScottishPower’s strategy, as described in the ‘Our purpose, values, strategy and role’ section of the Strategic Report, requires the
Group to conduct business in a manner benefitting customers through balancing cost and risk while delivering shareholder value and protecting our
performance and reputation by prudently managing the risk inherent in the business.
ScottishPower operate systems of internal controls and a risk management framework, which is subject to continuous review and development. The
SP ACC reviews the Company's internal control systems and risk management system. Further information regarding the SP ACC’s role is detailed on the
following page within the ‘Administrative, management and supervisory bodies’ section.
To maintain this strategic direction, ScottishPower develops and implements risk management policies and procedures and promotes a robust control
environment at all levels of the organisation. Details of the applicable risk policies are published on the Corporate website under ‘Corporate Governance’/
‘Governance and Sustainability System’/‘Corporate Governance’.
During 2023, the governance structure was supported by the internal control and risk management systems of ScottishPower. The risk management
function reports to the SP ACC, and thus supports ScottishPower, including the Company in the execution of due diligence and risk management across
ScottishPower, as described in the ‘Group principal risks and uncertainties’ section of the Strategic Report. In pursuing these objectives, these systems
only provide reasonable, and not absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss.
Remuneration
The internal directors of the Company are subject to an annual evaluation of their performance in respect of their executive responsibilities as part of
the performance management framework which is in place throughout ScottishPower and the Iberdrola Group.
There is no separate Remuneration Committee within ScottishPower. Instead, remuneration matters relevant to ScottishPower and the Company are
dealt in accordance with the aforementioned performance management framework and reviewed by the Iberdrola, S.A. Remuneration Committee
(“IRC”). The IRC has a function to report on the remuneration of directors and senior managers of the Iberdrola Group companies.
Stakeholders
The SPUK Board fully recognises that effective and meaningful engagement with stakeholders is key to promoting the success of the Company. The
details of our key stakeholders, why they are important to the Company, and how we engage with our stakeholders are an integral part of our strategic
goals which are described in the ‘Our strategy’ section in the Strategic Report.
The Group identifies and interacts with its stakeholders via its three business divisions. Please refer to the Energy Networks, Renewable production,
and Customer business sections of the Strategic Report for further information on these business divisions’ respective engagement with their specific
stakeholders. In particular, refer to the ‘Engaging with stakeholders’ section of the Strategic Report which sets out the SPUK Board’s oversight of the
consideration given to the Company’s, and its group's, engagement with key stakeholders.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
57
Directors’ Report
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE continued
Administrative, management and supervisory bodies
SPL Board
The SPL Board comprised the Chairman, Jose Ignacio Sánchez Galán, and eight other directors at 31 December 2023. Jose Ignacio Sánchez Galán is also
the Executive Chairman of Iberdrola.
The SPL Board met five times during the year under review. The members of the SPL Board and their attendance record is shown below.
José Ignacio Sánchez Galán Chairman, internal, non-executive director Attended five meetings
Professor Sir James McDonald Vice-chairman, external, non-executive director Attended five meetings
Keith Anderson CEO Attended five meetings
Wendy Jacqueline Barnes External, non-executive director Attended four meetings
Iñigo Fernández de Mesa Vargas External, non-executive director Attended five meetings
Professor Dame Anne Glover External, non-executive director Attended four meetings
Rt Hon. Claire O’Neill (resigned 17 January 2023) External, non-executive director Attended no meetings
Daniel Alcain López Internal, non-executive director Attended five meetings
Gerardo Codes Calatrava Internal, non-executive director Attended five meetings
José Sainz Armada Internal, non-executive director Attended five meetings
SP ACC
The SP ACC, a permanent internal body, has an informative and consultative role, without executive functions, with powers of information, assessment
and presentation of proposals to the SPL Board within the SP ACC’s scope of action, which is governed by the Articles of Association of the Company and
by the terms of reference of the SP ACC.
The SP ACC’s responsibilities include:
• monitoring the financial and non-financial information preparation processes for ScottishPower;
• overseeing the independence and efficiency of the Internal Audit department;
• overseeing and reviewing the activities of the compliance and risk management departments;
• monitoring the statutory audit of the Annual Report and Accounts of the Company; and
• monitoring the independence of the external auditor and recommending to the SPL Board the appointment or reappointment of the auditor and
the associated terms of engagement.
The SP ACC’s terms of reference are published on the Corporate website under ‘Corporate Governance’/‘Governance and Sustainability System’/
‘Corporate Governance’ and further define the responsibilities of the SP ACC.
Membership and attendance
The SP ACC met six times during the year under review. The members of the SP ACC and their attendance record are shown below:
Iñigo Fernández de Mesa Vargas Chairman, external, non-executive director Attended six meetings
Wendy Jacqueline Barnes External, non-executive director Attended six meetings
Rt Hon. Claire O’Neill (resigned 17 January 2023) External, non-executive director Attended no meetings
Daniel Alcain López Internal, non-executive director Attended six meetings
In addition to the attendance set out above, the ScottishPower Control and Administration Director, Director of Internal Audit, the Compliance Director,
and the Risk Director normally attend, by invitation, all meetings of the SP ACC. Other members of senior management are also invited to attend as
appropriate. During the year under review, the external auditor attended (in part) four meetings of the SP ACC.
Matters considered by the SP ACC during 2023
The issues that the SP ACC specifically addressed are detailed in its report which is published on the Corporate website under ‘Corporate Governance’
/‘Board of Directors’.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
58
Directors’ Report
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE continued
Significant financial statement reporting issues
In preparing the financial statements, there are a number of areas requiring management to apply a high degree of estimation. After discussion with
management and the external auditor, the significant areas of estimation uncertainty reviewed and considered by the SP ACC in relation to the 2023
financial statements, and how these were addressed, are set out in the table below.
SIGNIFICANT FINANCIAL ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY
HOW THE SP ACC ADDRESSED THESE SIGNIFICANT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023
FINANCIAL ESTIMATIONS
Accounting for Group and parent company retirement benefit
obligations
The assumptions in relation to the cost to the Group of providing future
The SP ACC were updated on the combined schemes’ valuation
post-retirement benefits are set after consultation with qualified actuaries
particularly in relation to the schemes’ key assumptions and complexity
and can have a material impact on the financial position of the Group. The
of level 3 asset valuations. Following this review, the SP ACC supported
costs, assets and liabilities of the Group’s defined benefit schemes are
this judgement.
regularly reviewed. Advice is taken from independent actuaries and other
specialists within the Iberdrola Group on the IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’ (“IAS
19”) valuation of the schemes including the complex assets. Further details
are provided in Notes 3, 4F and 10 on pages 79, 83 and 98 respectively.
Recognition of accrued (‘unbilled’) revenue
Revenue from energy sales to customers includes estimates of the
The SP ACC reviewed the estimation processes and assumptions
value of electricity and gas supplied between the most recent meter
applied in determining the recognition of unbilled revenue and were
reading and the period end. This is based on estimates and assumptions
updated on the impact on the financial statements. Following this
in relation to the consumption and its valuation. Further details are
review, the SP ACC supported this judgement.
provided in Note 3 and Note 4M(d) on pages 80 and 87 respectively.
Expected credit loss (“ECL”) on energy customers
’
trade receivables
The recoverability of the Group’s billed energy receivables in the
The SP ACC considered the assumptions impacting the allowance for
Customer business division is a key area of estimation uncertainty given
ECL, including the recent regulatory changes imposed by Ofgem on
the risk of customer default. The level of the Group’s aged debt is
the ability of suppliers to fit prepayment meters and the ongoing cost
monitored with the allowance for ECL being based on assumptions derived
of living crisis, and related charges and the processes for debt collection
from estimated future cash flows, the ageing profile of the debt, prior
and calculating the ECL. Following this review, the SP ACC supported
experience and an assessment of the current economic environment.
this judgement.
Further details are provided Notes 3, 4 H1.2(d) and 13 A1 on pages 80,
84 and 115 respectively.
Accounting for decommissioning
Decommissioning costs are subject to a degree of uncertainty as they
The SP ACC were updated on the valuation process and assumptions
are estimated at the reporting date and there is uncertainty in relation
in relation to decommissioning costs. Following this review, the SP ACC
to the timing of when the decommissioning costs will be incurred. The
supported these conclusions.
sources of estimation relate to the value of costs at the reporting date
and the discount rate applied. Further details are provided in Notes 3
and 4Kon pages 80 and 87 respectively.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
59
Directors’ Report
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE continued
SPMC
The SPMC is a permanent internal body, which was established by the SPL Board to provide an informative and coordinating role regarding the
activities of the SPL Group to which the Company belongs. In accordance with the corporate governance arrangements of the Group and the separation
of regulated activities, the SPMC does not exercise any executive function as a decision-making body. The SPMC meets weekly and receives regular
information on the activities of the Group, including those of the Company, in order to support the corporate functions and lines of business in
understanding the local, legal, regulatory and market specifics in the UK and in order to assist the ScottishPower CEO in the performance of his duties.
The CEO defines the composition of the SPMC, having regard to the duties assigned thereto. Those persons that the CEO deems appropriate may also
attend its meetings as invitees, either regularly or at a specific meeting.
Boards of the Head of Business Sub-holding companies
The boards of directors of SPENH (“SPENH Board”), SPREL (“SPREL Board”) and SPRH (“SPRH Board”) are responsible for the effective management of the
Energy Networks, Renewable production and Customer business divisions respectively, in accordance with the strategy of ScottishPower. These boards
meet regularly and review strategy, operational performance and risk issues on behalf of the respective businesses.
SPENH Board
The SPENH Board comprised the Chair Elena León Muñoz and five other directors as at 31 December 2023. The directors, and their attendance at SPENH
Board meetings held during the period under review (five meetings), are shown below:
Elena León Muñoz Chair, internal, non-executive director Attended five meetings
Vicky Kelsall CEO Attended five meetings
Suzanne Fox (resigned 31January 2023) External, non-executive director Attended no meetings
Rt Hon. Charles Hendry (appointed 31January 2023) External, non-executive director Attended four meetings
Alison McGregor External, non-executive director Attended five meetings
Mónica Grau Domene Internal, non-executive director Attended five meetings
José Ignacio Sánchez-Galán García-Tabernero Internal, non-executive director Attended five meetings
Elena León Muñoz resigned as a director and the Chair on 17 January 2024, and Ana T. Lafuente González was appointed as Director and Chair on
25 January 2024.
The terms of reference of the SPENH Board together with rest of the Energy Networks Governance and Sustainability System approved by the SPENH
Board, are published on www.spenergynetworks.co.uk under ‘Corporate Governance’ and further define the responsibilities and powers of the SPENH
Board as regards the Energy Networks business and its stakeholders.
SPENH Audit and Compliance Committee (“SPENH ACC”)
The SPENH ACC undertakes the role and function of the SP ACC as they relate to the regulated Energy Networks division. The relationship between the
SP ACC and the SPENH ACC is governed in accordance with their respective terms of reference. The SPENH ACC's terms of reference are published at
www.spenergynetworks.co.uk under ‘Corporate Governance’ and further define the responsibilities of the SPENH ACC.
The SPENH ACC met five times during the year under review. The members of the SPENH ACC and their attendance record are shown below:
Alison McGregor Chair, external, non-executive director Attended five meetings
Suzanne Fox (resigned 31 January 2023) External, non-executive director Attended no meetings
Rt Hon. Charles Hendry (appointed 31 January 2023) External, non-executive director Attended four meetings
Mónica Grau Domene Internal, non-executive director Attended five meetings
SPREL Board
The SPREL Board comprised the Chairman, Xabier Viteri Solaun, and six other directors at 31 December 2023. The directors and their attendance at
SPREL board meetings held during the period under review (six meetings) are shown below:
Xabier Viteri Solaun Chairman, internal, non-executive director Attended six meetings
Charles Jordan CEO Attended six meetings
Dr. Bridget McConnell External, non-executive director Attended six meetings
Nicola Connelly Internal, non-executive director Attended six meetings
Charles Langan Internal, non-executive director Attended six meetings
Álvaro Martínez Palacio Internal, non-executive director Attended six meetings
Marion Shepherd Venman Internal, non-executive director Attended six meetings
The terms of reference of the SPREL Board together with the rest of Renewable production's Governance and Sustainability System approved by the SPREL
Board, are published on www.scottishpowerrenewables.com under ‘Corporate Governance’ and further define the responsibilities and powers of the SPREL
Board as regards the Renewable production business and its stakeholders.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
60
Directors’ Report
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE continued
Membership and attendance continued
SPRH Board
The SPRH Board comprised the Chairman, Aitor Moso Raigoso, and four other directors at 31 December 2023. The directors and their attendance at
SPRH Board meetings held during the period under review (five meetings) are shown below:
Aitor Moso Raigoso Chairman, internal, non-executive, director Attended five meetings
Andrew Ward CEO Attended five meetings
Nicola Connelly Internal, non-executive director Attended four meetings
David Gracia Fabre Internal, non-executive director Attended five meetings
Marion Shepherd Venman Internal, non-executive director Attended five meetings
The terms of reference of the SPRH Board, together with the rest of the Customer business Governance and Sustainability System approved by the SPRH
Board, are published on www.spretailholdings.com under ‘Corporate Governance’ and further define the responsibilities and powers of the SPRH Board
as regards the Customer business and its stakeholders.
Directors’ indemnity
In terms of the Company's Articles of Association, a qualifying indemnity provision is in force for the benefit of all the directors of the Company and of
associated companies and has been in force during the financial year. In addition, the Directors have been granted a qualifying third party indemnity
provision, which continues in force.
Statement of directors’ responsibilities in respect of the Annual Report and Accounts
The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and Accounts of the Group and parent company in accordance with applicable law and
regulations.
Company law requires the directors to prepare group and parent company financial statements for each financial year. Under that law they are required
to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards and applicable law and have elected to
prepare the parent company financial statements in accordance with UK accounting standards and applicable law, including Financial Reporting
Standard 101
‘
Reduced Disclosure Framework
’
(
“
FRS 101”).
Under company law the directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of
affairs of the Group and parent Company and of their profit or loss for that period. In preparing each of the Group and parent Company financial
statements, the directors are required to:
• select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
• for both the Group and parent company financial statements make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent, and in addition for
the Group accounts, relevant and reliable;
• for the Group financial statements, state whether they have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards and
applicable law;
• for the parent company financial statements, state whether applicable UK accounting standards have been followed, subject to any material
departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements;
• assess the Group and parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern; and
• use the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have
no realistic alternative but to do so.
The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent company’s transactions and
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the parent company and enable them to ensure that its financial statements
comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of
financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and have general responsibility for taking such steps as
are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and the parent company and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.
Under applicable law and regulations, the directors are also responsible for preparing a Strategic Report and Directors' Report that complies with that
law and those regulations.
The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s website.
Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.
In accordance with Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rule (“DTR”) 4.1.16R, the financial statements will form part of the Annual Report and
Accounts prepared under DTR 4.1.17R and 4.1.18R. The auditor’s report on these financial statements provides no assurance over whether the Annual
Report and Accounts has been prepared in accordance with those requirements.
Responsibility statement of the directors in respect of the annual financial report
Each of the directors, whose names and functions are listed refer to ‘Board composition’ section of Directors’ Report on page 57, confirms that to the
best of their knowledge:
• the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities,
financial position and profit or loss of the Group and Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole; and
• the Strategic Report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Company and the
undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
61
Directors’ Report
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE continued
Disclosure of information to auditor
Each of the directors in office at the date of this Annual Report and Accounts confirms that:
• so far as they are aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; and
• they have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a director in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and
to establish that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information.
This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of section 418 of the Companies Act 2006.
Auditor
KPMG LLP was re-appointed as the auditor of the Company for the year ending 31 December 2024.
BY ORDER OF THE SPUK BOARD
Marion S Venman
Secretary
19 March 2024
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
62
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
TO THE MEMBERS OF SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
1. Our opinion is unmodified
Overview
We have audited the financial statements of Scottish Power UK plc
Materiality: £65.0m (2022: £34.5m)
(“the Company”) for the year ended 31 December 2023 which comprise
Group financial
the consolidated and company statements of financial position,
statements as 4.0% (2022: 5.0%) of Group profit before tax
consolidated income statement, consolidated and company statements
a whole (2022: Group normalised profit before tax)
of comprehensive income, consolidated and company statements of
changes in equity, consolidated statement of cash flows and the related
Coverage 97.4% (2022: 99%) of Group profit before tax
notes, including the accounting policies in notes 4 and 35.
Key audit matters vs 2022
In our opinion:
— the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the
Recurring risks Recurring risks
Group’s and of the parent Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2023
Valuation of Customer business
accrued (
“unbilled”) revenue
and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;
— the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in
Recoverability of Customer business
accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards;
domestic & SME customer receivables
— the parent Company financial statements have been properly
Valuation of IAS 19 provision for
prepared in accordance with UK accounting standards, including
retirement benefit obligations
FRS 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework;
Valuation of longevity swaps
— the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the
in the Group’s defined benefit
requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
pension schemes
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on
Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities are
described below. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained
is a sufficient and appropriate basis for our opinion. Our audit opinion
is consistent with our report to the Scottish Power Audit and Compliance
Committee (“SP ACC”).
We were first appointed as auditor by the directors on 11 January 2018.
The period of total uninterrupted engagement is for the seven financial
years ended 31 December 2023. We have fulfilled our ethical
responsibilities under, and we remain independent of the Group in
accordance with, UK ethical requirements including the FRC Ethical
Standard as applied to listed public interest entities. No non-audit
services prohibited by that standard were provided.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
63
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
TO THE MEMBERS OF SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
continued
2. Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements and include
the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by us, including those which had the greatest
effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. We summarise below
the key audit matters, in decreasing order of audit significance, in arriving at our audit opinion above, together with our key audit procedures to address
those matters and, as required for public interest entities, our results from those procedures. These matters were addressed, and our results are based
on procedures undertaken, in the context of, and solely for the purpose of, our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion
thereon, and consequently are incidental to that opinion, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
The risk Our response
Relevant to Group only
Subjective estimate
Our procedures included:
Valuation of Customer business
The recognition of accrued
— Control design, observation and operation:
accrued (‘unbilled’) revenue
(‘unbilled’) revenue is subject to a
Testing the design, implementation and operating
degree of estimation uncertainty
effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls. Due to the level
(Gross carrying amount of £770.6
as a result of the industry in which
of IT reliance, we involve our IT Audit specialists in testing the
million; 2022 £965.6 million)
the Customer business operates.
algorithmic logic of the internal billing systems used to derive
(Provision: £75.8 million provision
This remains at high level due to
estimates of customer consumption, changes to pricing data,
relating to energy volumes which
likely changes in customer
the validation of meter readings, the identification of billing
have still to reach final settlement;
consumption levels in response
exceptions and interfaces with the General Ledger;
2022: £20.8 million)
to continued high energy prices.
— Our sector experience:
Refer to page 59 (SP ACC
If actual meter readings are not
Evaluating the Group’s key assumptions, in particular those
statement), pages 87 and 115
available at the year-end, energy
relating to units of energy supplied, price per unit and the
(accounting policy) and Note13
supplied to end customers is
provision in relation to energy volumes which are yet to
(Trade and other receivables
estimated based on standard
reach final settlement by comparing them to external data,
disclosures).
external industry settlement data
actual billing data and our own independent expectations
or internal information where
of recovery based on our knowledge of the entity and
settlement data is not yet
experience of the industry in which it operates;
available. The degree of estimation
— Data comparisons:
uncertainty diminishes over time
The audit team performed a comparison of volume
as more accurate data becomes
data for the financial year to standard settlement data
available and customers are billed.
obtained directly from the external industry bodies;
However, estimation is inherent
in the valuation of accrued
— Tests of detail:
(‘unbilled’) revenue as at the year-
Comparing the Group’s estimate as at the year-end to
end.
standard external industry settlement data and billing
information available post year-end;
The effect of these matters is that,
as part of our risk assessment, we
Agreeing a sample of invoices issued to Industrial and
determined that the valuation of
Commercial customers throughout the year to cash receipts
Customer business accrued
addressing accuracy of the Revenue throughout the year,
(‘unbilled’) revenue has a high
including the accrued revenue;
degree of estimation uncertainty,
— Independent reperformance:
with a potential range of
Independently recalculating the expected total Customer
reasonable outcomes greater than
business revenue (including unbilled revenue) in the year
our materiality for the financial
using external settlement data and actual billing rates and
statements as a whole.
comparing it to the actual amount recognised in the income
The financial statements (Note 3)
statement;
disclose the sensitivity estimated
— Historical comparisons:
by the Group.
Evaluating the effectiveness of the Group’s prior period
estimation process by comparing the historical estimate to
the actual outcome; and
— Assessing transparency:
Assessing the adequacy of the Group’s disclosures about the
degree of estimation uncertainty associated with the valuation
of accrued (‘unbilled’) revenue.
Our results
— We found the carrying value of Customer business accrued
(‘unbilled’) revenue to be acceptable (2022: acceptable).
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
64
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
TO THE MEMBERS OF SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
continued
2. Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement continued
The risk Our response
Relevant to Group only
Subjective estimate
Our procedures included:
Recoverability of Customer
The Customer business carries
— Control design, observation and operation:
business domestic & SME
significant exposure over the
Tested the design, implementation and operating effectiveness
customer receivables
recoverability of customer
of the Group’s internal controls, including using our IT specialists
receivables. This risk is heightened
to test IT controls, over the relevant data elements used in the
(Gross carrying amount: £897.4
in the current year due to
estimation of the loss allowance and the process for reconciling
million; 2022: £777.5 million)
continued high energy prices, the
cash receipts and the general ledger;
(Loss allowance: £286.9 million;
increasing cost of living pressures
— Our sector experience:
2022: £252.5 million)
and regulatory restrictions on
Benchmarked methodology, including how the current ageing
fitting prepayment meters.
Refer to page 59 (SP ACC
profile of debt, historical collections experience by payment plan
statement), pages 84 and 115
An allowance for expected credit
and the assessment of current economic conditions are
(accounting policy) and Note13
losses is provided, using the
incorporated, to industry practice and our expectations based on
(Trade and other receivables
simplified approach, based on an
our knowledge of the entity and experience of the industry
disclosures).
estimate of future cash flows. In
in which it operates;
arriving at this estimate, the Group
— Independent reperformance:
considers the current ageing
Re-performed the loss allowance calculation in accordance with
profile of debt, historical
our knowledge and understanding of the Group’s expected credit
collections experience by payment
loss methodology;
plan and an assessment of current
economic conditions, which is in
— Historical comparisons:
line with the approach required
Evaluated the effectiveness of the Group’s estimation process
by IFRS 9.
by comparing original estimates to the actual outcome over
several periods;
As part of our risk assessment,
we determined that the valuation
— Sensitivity analysis:
of the expected credit loss
Challenged management about their forward-looking
provision has a high degree of
assumptions, including overlay adjustments, and performed
estimation uncertainty, with a
sensitivity analysis to demonstrate the impact of using
potential range of reasonable
alternatives for key assumptions;
outcomes greater than our
— Personnel interviews:
materiality for the financial
Performing specific inquiries with financial and non-financial
statements as a whole.
personnel to assess whether the Group’s judgements and
This year we have focussed our
estimates reflect operational risk; and
risk on domestic and SME
— Assessing transparency:
customers as we do not consider
Assessing the adequacy of the Group’s disclosures about the
the risk over Industrial and
degree of estimation involved in arriving at the allowance for
Commercial customers to be
expected credit loss.
significant, based on the amounts
involved and historical collection
Our results
experience.
— We found the carrying amount for Customer business domestic
The financial statements 3 disclose
and SME billed trade receivables to be acceptable (2022:
the sensitivity estimated by the
acceptable).
Group.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
65
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
TO THE MEMBERS OF SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
continued
2. Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement continued
The risk Our response
Relevant to Group and Parent
Subjective valuation
Our procedures included:
company
Relatively small changes in certain
— We performed the tests below rather than seeking to rely on
Valuation of IAS 19 provision for
key actuarial assumptions
any of the Group
’s controls because the nature of the balance
retirement benefit obligations
underlying the valuation of the
is such that we would expect to obtain audit evidence
Group’s gross defined benefit
primarily through the detailed procedures described.
(Liability of £3,237.6 million; 2022:
obligation, including the discount
Liability of £3,188.1 million)
— Methodology implementation and benchmarking of
rate, inflation rate and mortality/
assumptions
Refer to page 59 (SP ACC
life expectancy of members, could
Assessing, with the support of our internal actuarial specialists,
statement), pages 83 and 103
materially impact the valuation of
the methodology implemented by the Group for setting up the
(accounting policy) and Note 10(F)
the obligation at the year-end due
individual actuarial assumptions. Using inquiry of the Group’s
(Retirement benefits).
to the judgement involved in
actuarial specialists, gathering information in relation to
developing the assumptions.
significant and any unusual matters and transactions relevant
The discount rate methodology is
to either pension schemes which may impact our audit
updated in the current year having
approach;
a material impact on the valuation
— Assessment of the assumptions:
of the gross defined benefit
Challenging, with the support of our internal actuarial
obligation
specialists, the key assumptions applied, being the discount
The valuation of the gross defined
rate, RPI inflation against our independently derived
benefit obligation has a high
assumptions for each pension scheme. Assessing the change
degree of estimation uncertainty,
in methodology of discount rate in line with financial reporting
with a potential range of
framework. We tested the mortality assumptions by matching
reasonable outcomes greater than
the life expectancies with the Scheme Actuary’s best estimate
our materiality for the financial
assumption and comparing it against the latest available
statements as a whole and
industry data;
possibly many times that amount.
— Assessment of the source data:
The financial statements (Note
The membership and cash flow used to calculate the valuation
10(E2)) disclose the sensitivity
of the gross defined benefit obligation was tested for
estimated by the Group.
completeness and accuracy by tracing back to legal documents
and bank statements;
— Assessing valuers’ credentials:
Evaluating the competence, capability and objectivity of the
Group’s external actuary; and
— Assessing transparency:
Considering the adequacy of the Group’s disclosures in
respect of the sensitivity of the deficit to these assumptions.
Our results
— We found the valuation of the IAS 19 provision for retirement
benefit obligations to be acceptable (2022: acceptable).
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
66
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
TO THE MEMBERS OF SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
continued
2. Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement continued
The risk Our response
Relevant to Group and
Subjective estimate
Our procedures included:
Parent company
Relatively small changes in the
We performed the tests below rather than seeking to rely on
Valuation of longevity swaps
mortality assumptions underlying
any of the Group's controls because the nature of the balance
in the Group’s defined benefit
the valuation of the longevity
is such that we would expect to obtain audit evidence
pension schemes
swap could materially impact the
primarily through the detailed procedures described;
valuation of the longevity swap
At 31 December 2023, the
— Assessing valuers’ credentials:
at the year-end due to the
Longevity swap is in deficit of
Evaluating the competence, capability and objectivity of
judgement involved in developing
£339.7 million (2022: Deficit of
the experts responsible for the independent valuation of the
the assumptions.
£259.9 million).
longevity swap;
IAS 19 requires pension plan
Refer to page 59 (SP ACC
— Our valuation expertise:
assets to be stated at their fair
statement), pages 83 and 102
Engaged our own valuation specialists to critically assess the
value. As there is no external
(accounting policy) and Note
valuation of the longevity swaps by comparing against our
market, fair value cannot be
10(E3.2(c)) (Retirement benefits).
independently derived valuation range;
readily determined and requires
the use of complex actuarial
— Assessing valuation methodology:
analysis and models.
Challenging, with the support of our internal actuarial
specialists, the valuation methodology used by the Group’s
The valuation of the longevity
external experts engaged (by the Trustees) to independently
swap has a high degree of
value the complex longevity swap, including assessing if the
estimation uncertainty with a
methodology is compliant with the relevant accounting
potential range of reasonable
standards;
outcomes greater than our
materiality for the financial
— Tests of detail:
statements as a whole and
Performed substantive tests of detail on the schemes’
possibly many times that amount.
longevity swaps to determine whether they had been
appropriately valued based on information from suitably
This year we have focused the
qualified and objective third parties; and
significant risk over pension
scheme assets to the longevity
— Assessing transparency:
swap. We consider that the
Considered the adequacy of the Group’s disclosures in respect
estimation uncertainty over the
of the estimation uncertainty relating to the complex valuation
other assets is not sufficient
of longevity swaps.
enough to result in a significant
Our results
risk.
— We found the of fair value longevity swaps in the Group’s
defined benefit pension schemes to be acceptable and in
accordance with IAS 19 and IFRS 13 (2022: acceptable).
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
67
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
TO THE MEMBERS OF SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
continued
3. Our application of Group materiality and an
Group profit before tax
Group Materiality
overview of the scope of our audit
£1,639.2 million
£65.0m (2022: £34.5m)
(2022: £694.1 million
Materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole
(normalised))
was set at £65.0 million (2022: £34.5 million), determined
£65.0 million
Whole financial
with reference to a benchmark of Group profit before tax
statements materiality
of £1,639.2 million (2022: profit before tax normalized by
(2022: £34.5 million)
averaging over last five years: £694.1 million) of which it
represents 4.0% (2022: 5.0%).
Performance materiality
– £48.7 million
We determined materiality for the parent company
(2022: £25.8 million)
financial statements as a whole by reference to a
9 components (£15.7 million
benchmark of net assets (2022: net assets, restricted to
to £40 million) (2022:
be lower than materiality for the group financial
£2.6 million to £27 million,
statements as a whole). It represents 0.9% (2022: 0.54%)
11 components)
of net assets.
£3.3m
In line with our audit methodology, our procedures on
Group PBT
Misstatements reported
individual account balances and disclosures were
Group materiality
to the SP ACC ((2022:
performed to a lower threshold, performance materiality,
£1.7 million)
so as to reduce to an acceptable level the risk that
individually immaterial misstatements in individual
account balances add up to a material amount across the
financial statements as a whole.
Performance materiality was set at 75% (2022: 75%) of
materiality for the financial statements as a whole, which
equates to £48.8 million (2022: £25.8 million) for the
group and £47.2 million (2022: £24.7 million) for the
parent company. We applied this percentage in our
determination of performance materiality because we
did not identify any factors indicating an elevated level
of risk.
We agreed to report to the SP ACC any corrected or
uncorrected identified misstatements exceeding £3.3
million (2022: £1.7 million), in addition to other identified
misstatements that warranted reporting on qualitative
grounds.
9 (2022: 8) of the Group’s 52 (2022: 50) components
were subject to full scope audit procedures and no
(2022: 3) components were subject to audit of account
balance (2022: PP&E only) performed in the UK by the
Group audit team. These components, together with
balances audited as part of the consolidation (such as
goodwill and intangible assets) represented 99.6%
(2022: 100%) of Group revenue, 97.4% (2022: 99.0%) of
profit before tax and 91.4% (2022: 94.0%) of total assets.
For the residual components, we performed analysis at
an aggregated group level to re-examine our assessment
that there were no significant risks of material
misstatement within these.
We were able to rely upon the Group's internal control
over financial reporting in several areas of our audit,
where our controls testing supported this approach,
which enabled us to reduce the scope of our substantive
audit work; in the other areas the scope of the audit work
performed was fully substantive.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
68
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
TO THE MEMBERS OF SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
continued
4. Going concern
5. Fraud and breaches of laws and regulations – ability to detect
The directors have prepared the financial statements on the going
Identifying and responding to risks of material misstatement due to fraud
concern basis as they do not intend to liquidate the Group or the
To identify risks of material misstatement due to fraud (“fraud risks”)
Company or to cease their operations, and as they have concluded that
we assessed events or conditions that could indicate an incentive or
the Group’s and the Company’s financial position means that this is
pressure to commit fraud or provide an opportunity to commit fraud.
realistic. They have also concluded that there are no material
Our risk assessment procedures included:
uncertainties that could have cast significant doubt over their ability to
— Enquiring of directors, the internal audit function, the group’s
continue as a going concern for at least a year from the date of approval
legal function and the compliance function and inspection of
of the financial statements (“the going concern period”).
policy documentation as to the Group’s high-level policies and
We used our knowledge of the Group, its industry, and the general
procedures to prevent and detect fraud and the Group’s channel
economic environment to identify the inherent risks to its business
for “whistleblowing”, as well as whether they have knowledge of
model and analysed how those risks might affect the Group’s and
any actual, suspected or alleged fraud.
Company’s financial resources or ability to continue operations over the
— Reading Board and Audit and Compliance Committee and minutes.
going concern period. The risks that we considered most likely to
adversely affect the Group’s and Company’s available financial resources
— Using analytical procedures to identify any unusual or unexpected
over this period were reductions in the renewables price curve and in
relationships.
Renewable production’s energy production, decreases in energy
— Consultation with our own forensic professional regarding the
customer demand, and reductions in the collectability of the energy
identified potential fraud risks. This involved discussion between
customers’ trade receivables.
the forensic professional and the senior members of the
We considered whether these risks could plausibly affect the liquidity
engagement team.
in the going concern period by assessing the directors’ sensitivities over
We communicated identified fraud risks throughout the audit team
the level of available financial resources indicated by the Group’s
and remained alert to any indications of fraud throughout the audit.
financial forecasts taking account of severe, but plausible adverse
This included communication from the group to component audit
effects that could arise from these risks individually and collectively.
teams of relevant fraud risks identified at the Group level and a request
Our procedures also included critically assessing assumptions in the
to component audit teams to report to the Group audit team any
directors’ base and downside scenarios relevant to liquidity, in particular
instances of fraud that could give rise to a material misstatement at
the ability and intention of Iberdrola Group to continue to provide
Group level.
funding for the Group, the increased capital expenditure in the
As required by auditing standards, and taking into account possible
Renewables division and reductions in the forward price projections for
pressures to meet profit targets, and our overall knowledge of the
Renewables’ generation output.
control environment, we performed procedures to address the risk of
We considered whether the going concern disclosure in notes 2A3 and
management override of controls, in particular the risk that Group and
35B to the financial statements gives a full and accurate description of
component management may be in a position to make inappropriate
the directors’ assessment of going concern, including the identified
accounting entries and the risk of bias in accounting estimates and
risks and dependencies.
judgements such as the recognition of defined benefit pension
assumptions, defined benefit pension longevity swap valuations,
Our conclusions based on this work:
valuation of Customer business accrued revenue and valuation of
— we consider that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of
Customer business billed debt. On this audit we do not believe there is
accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is
a fraud risk related to revenue recognition because, with the exception
appropriate;
of the accrued revenue, the Group’s revenues consist entirely of routine,
non-complex transactions which are subject to systematic processing
— we have not identified, and concur with the directors’ assessment
and do not require significant judgements.
that there is not, a material uncertainty related to events or
conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant
We did not identify any additional fraud risks.
doubt on the Group’s or Company’s ability to continue as a going
We performed procedures including:
concern for the going concern period; and
— we found the going concern disclosure in notes 2A3 and 35B to
— Identifying journal entries and other adjustments to test based
be acceptable.
on risk criteria and comparing the identified entries to supporting
documentation. These included those posted by senior finance
However, as we cannot predict all future events or conditions and as
management and those posted to unusual accounts.
subsequent events may result in outcomes that are inconsistent with
— Assessing significant accounting estimates for bias.
judgements that were reasonable at the time they were made, the above
conclusions are not a guarantee that the Group or the Company will
continue in operation.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
69
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
TO THE MEMBERS OF SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
continued
5. Fraud and breaches of laws and regulations – ability to detect
6. We have nothing to report on the strategic report and the
continued
directors’ report
Identifying and responding to risks of material misstatement due to
The directors are responsible for the strategic report and the directors’
non-compliance with laws and regulations
report presented in the Annual Report together with the financial
We identified areas of laws and regulations that could reasonably be
statements. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover
expected to have a material effect on the financial statements from our
those reports and we do not express an audit opinion thereon.
general commercial and sector experience, through discussion with the
Our responsibility is to read the strategic report and the directors’
directors and other management (as required by auditing standards),
report and, in doing so, consider whether, based on our financial
and from inspection of the Group’s regulatory and legal correspondence
statements audit work, the information therein is materially misstated
and discussed with the directors and other management the policies
or inconsistent with the financial statements or our audit knowledge.
and procedures regarding compliance with laws and regulations.
Based solely on that work we have not identified material
As the Group is regulated, our assessment of risks involved gaining an
misstatements in the other information.
understanding of the control environment including the entity’s
procedures for complying with regulatory requirements.
Strategic report and directors’ report
We communicated identified laws and regulations throughout our team
Based solely on our work on the other information:
and remained alert to any indications of non-compliance throughout
— we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic
the audit.
report and the directors’ report;
The potential effect of these laws and regulations on the financial
— in our opinion the information given in those reports for the
statements varies considerably.
financial year is consistent with the financial statements; and
Firstly, the Group is subject to laws and regulations that directly affect
— in our opinion those reports have been prepared in accordance
the financial statements including financial reporting legislation
with the Companies Act 2006.
(including form and content) including related companies legislation,
7. We have nothing to report on the other matters on which
distributable profits legislation, pensions legislation in respect of
defined benefit pension schemes, tax legislation and regulatory
we are required to report by exception
requirements governing certain revenue streams and we assessed the
Under the Companies Act 2006, we are required to report to you if,
extent of compliance with these laws and regulations as part of our
in our opinion:
procedures on the related financial statement items.
— adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent
Secondly, the Group is subject to many other laws and regulations
Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received
where the consequences of non-compliance could have a material
from branches not visited by us; or
effect on amounts or disclosures in the financial statements, for
— the parent Company financial statements are not in agreement
instance through the imposition of fines or litigation or the loss of the
with the accounting records and returns; or
Group’s licences to operate. We identified the following areas as those
most likely to have such an effect: GDPR compliance, health and safety
— certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are
legislation, fraud, corruption and bribery legislation, employment and
not made; or
social security legislation including minimum wage and pension auto-
— we have not received all the information and explanations we
enrolment, environmental protection legislation, Ofgem regulations
require for our audit.
and distance selling regulations, recognising the regulated nature of the
Group’s activities. This includes the Ofgem related matters disclosed in
We have nothing to report in these respects.
Notes 18 and 31, for which we assessed disclosures against our
8. Respective responsibilities
understanding from inspection of relevant correspondence between
the group, and Ofgem. Auditing standards limit the required audit
Directors’ responsibilities
procedures to identify non-compliance with these laws and regulations
As explained more fully in their statement set out on page 61, the
to enquiry of the directors and other management and inspection of
directors are responsible for: the preparation of the financial statements
regulatory and legal correspondence, if any. Therefore if a breach of
including being satisfied that they give a true and fair view; such internal
operational regulations is not disclosed to us or evident from relevant
control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of
correspondence, an audit will not detect that breach.
financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether
due to fraud or error; assessing the Group and parent Company’s ability
We discussed with the Audit and Compliance Committee other matters
to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related
related to actual or suspected breaches of laws or regulations, for which
to going concern; and using the going concern basis of accounting
disclosure is not necessary, and considered any implications for our audit.
unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent Company
Context of the ability of the audit to detect fraud or breaches of law
or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
or regulation
Auditor’s responsibilities
Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an unavoidable
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the
risk that we may not have detected some material misstatements in
financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement,
the financial statements, even though we have properly planned and
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue our opinion in an auditor’s
performed our audit in accordance with auditing standards. For
report. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but does not
example, the further removed non-compliance with laws and
guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will
regulations is from the events and transactions reflected in the financial
always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements
statements, the less likely the inherently limited procedures required
can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually
by auditing standards would identify it.
or in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the
In addition, as with any audit, there remained a higher risk of non-
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial
detection of fraud, as this may involve collusion, forgery, intentional
statements.
omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal controls. Our
The Company is required to include these financial statements in an
audit procedures are designed to detect material misstatement. We are
annual financial report prepared under Disclosure Guidance and
not responsible for preventing non-compliance or fraud and cannot be
Transparency Rule 4.1.17R and 4.1.18R. This auditor's report provides no
expected to detect non-compliance with all laws and regulations.
assurance over whether the annual financial report has been prepared
in accordance with those requirements.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
70
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
TO THE MEMBERS OF SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
continued
A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the FRC’s
website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.
9. The purpose of our audit work and to whom we owe our
responsibilities
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body,
in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006.
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the
Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them
in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone
other than the Company and the Company’s members, as a body, for
our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.
William Meredith (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor
Chartered Accountants
319 St. Vincent Street
Glasgow
G2 5AS
19 March 2024
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
71
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
at 31 December 2023
Restated*
2023
2022
Notes
£m
£m
ASSETS
NON-CURRENT ASSETS
Intangible assets
543.2
527 .9
Goodwill
7
364.6
364.6
Other intangible assets
7
178.6
1 63.3
Property, plant and equipment
1 6,337 .0
1 5,227 .6
Property, plant and equipment in use
8
1 4,036.0
1 3,9 1 0.3
Property, plant and equipment in the course of construction
8
2,30 1 .0
1,3 1 7 .3
Right-of-use assets
9
53 1 .7
459.6
Retirement benefits asset
10
246.6
34 1.9
Non-current financial assets
99.7
237 .6
Investments in joint ventures
11
9.8
8.7
Other investments
12
0.2
0.2
Derivative financial instruments
12
89.7
228.7
Non-current trade and other receivables
13
511.1
605. 1
TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS
18 , 26 9 . 3
17 ,399.7
CURRENT ASSETS
Inventories
14
894.6
642.2
Current trade and other receivables
13
2,352.4
2,698.0
Current tax asset
0.–
78.8
Current financial assets
2 1 3.0
428.5
Derivative financial instruments
12
2 13.0
428.5
Cash
12
159. 1
869.1
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS
3,619. 1
4,7 16.6
TOTAL ASSETS
2 1,888.4
22,1 1 6.3
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
72
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
continued
at 31 December 2023
Restated*
2023
2022
Notes
£m
£m
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
EQUITY
Of shareholders of the parent
6,697.3
6,03 1.9
Share capital
3,55 1.7
3,551 .7
Share premium
398.2
398.2
Hedge reserve
15
(233.6)
(7 49.8)
Other reserves
420.5
420.5
Retained earnings
2,560.5
2,4 1 1.3
Of non-controlling interests
16
686.3
1,035.2
TOTAL EQUITY
7 ,383.6
7 ,067 .1
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
Non-current deferred income
17
1 ,500.4
1,425.5
Non-current provisions
388.3
357 .6
Provisions for retirement benefit obligations
10
1 23.4
101.9
Other provisions
18
264.9
255.7
Non-current bank borrowings and other financial liabilities
4,063.6
4,489.5
Other financial liabilities
19
21. 4
0.–
Loans and other borrowings
20
3,789.4
4, 147 .8
Derivative financial instruments
12
252.8
341 .7
Non-current lease liabilities
9
55 1.5
487 .8
Non-current trade and other payables
21
7. 0
10 . 4
Non-current income tax liabilities
6.2
6.2
Deferred tax liabilities
22
1 ,656.3
1,354.8
TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
8, 1 73.3
8,131. 8
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Current deferred income
17
52.6
57 .2
Current provisions
337 .0
336.4
Other provisions
18
337 .0
336.4
Current bank borrowings and other financial liabilities
3,664.9
4,206.6
Other financial liabilities
19
225.9
23.8
Loans and other borrowings
20
3,1 1 0.2
2 ,805.8
Derivative financial instruments
12
328.8
1 ,377 .0
Current lease liabilities
9
40.6
36.0
Current trade and other payables
21
2, 155.4
2,281 .2
Current income tax liabilities
81.0
0.–
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES
6,33 1.5
6,91 7 .4
TOTAL LIABILITIES
1 4,504.8
15 , 0 4 9 . 2
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
2 1,888.4
22, 1 16 . 3
* Comparative amounts have been restated (refer to Note 2A2).
Authorised for issue by the SPUK Board and signed on its behalf on 19 March 2024.
Nicola Connelly
Director
The accompanying Notes 1 to 34 and Appendix 1 are an integral part of the Consolidated statement of financial position at 31 December 2023.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
73
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
for the year ended 31 December 2023
2023
2022
Notes
£m
£m
Revenue
23
9,454. 1
8,434.9
Procurements
(5,293.5)
(5,809.2)
GROSS MARGIN
4, 160.6
2,625.7
Staff costs
24
(278.0)
(259.6)
External services
(67 4.8)
(564.9)
Other operating results
92.2
1 05.8
Net operating costs
(860.6)
(7 18.7)
Taxes other than income tax
25
(368.3)
(1 98. 1)
GROSS OPERATING PROFIT
2,93 1.7
1 ,708.9
Net expected credit losses on trade and other receivables
(206.0)
(86.5)
Depreciation and amortisation charge, allowances and provisions
26
(8 1 4.4)
(787 .9)
OPERATING PROFIT
1, 911. 3
834.5
Result of companies accounted for using the equity method
11
1 .1
1.3
Dividends received
0.8
–
Finance income
27
145.0
1 08.8
Finance costs
28
(4 1 9.0)
(243.4)
PROFIT BEFORE TAX
1 ,639.2
70 1.2
Income tax
29
(420.7)
(14 1 .4)
NET PROFIT FOR THE YEAR
1 ,21 8.5
559.8
Non-controlling interests
16
(91 .7)
(72.8)
NET PROFIT FOR THE YEAR ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE PARENT
1 ,1 26.8
487 .0
All results relate to continuing operations.
The accompanying Notes 1to 34 and Appendix 1 are an integral part of the Consolidated income statement for the year ended 31 December 2023.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
74
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
for the year ended 31 December 2023
2023
2022
Note
£m
£m
NET PROFIT FOR THE YEAR
1,2 1 8.5
559.8
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Items that may be subsequently reclassified to the Income statement:
Cash flow hedges:
Changes in the value of cash flow hedges
15
71 2.4
(1 ,959. 1)
Tax relating to cash flow hedges
15
(164.0)
406.9
548.4
(1 ,552.2)
Items that will not be reclassified to the Income statement:
Retirement benefits:
Movements in retirement benefits
(241 .2)
(49.5)
Tax relating to movements in retirement benefits
59.2
9.2
Cash flow hedges:
Changes in the value of cash flow hedges
15
(43.0)
11. 8
Tax relating to cash flow hedges
15
10.6
(2.8)
(2 14.4)
(31 .3)
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR
334.0
(1 ,583.5)
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR
1 ,552.5
(1,023.7)
Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to equity holder of the parent
1,46 1 .0
(1 ,096.4)
Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to non-controlling interests
91. 5
72.7
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR
1 ,552.5
(1,023.7)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
for the year ended 31 December 2023
Attributable to equity holder of the parent
Share
Share
Hedge
Other
Retained
Non-
capital
premium
reserve
reserves
earnings
controlling
Total
(Note (a))
(Note (b))
(Note (c))
(Note (d))
(Note (e))
Total
interests
equity
Note
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
At 1January 2022
3,55 1.7
398.2
793.3
420.5
2,679.6
7 ,843.3
1,081.78,925.0
Profit for the year attributable to the equity holder of the Company
–
–
–
–
487 .0
487 .0
72.8
559.8
Changes in the value of cash flow hedges
–
–
(1,947 .2)
–
–
(1 ,947.2)
(0.1)
(1 , 947.3)
Movements in retirement benefits
–
–
–
–
(49.5)
(49.5)
–
(49.5)
Tax relating to cash flow hedges
–
–
404. 1
–
–
404. 1
–
404. 1
Tax relating to movements in retirement benefits
–
–
–
–
9.2
9.2
–
9.2
Dividends
–
–
–
–
(7 1 5.0)
(71 5.0)
(1 19.2)
(834.2)
At 1 January 2023
3,55 1.7
398.2
(7 49.8)
420.5
2,4 1 1 .3
6,031 .9
1 , 035.2
7 ,067 .1
Profit for the year attributable to the equity holder of the Company
–
–
–
–
1 , 1 26.8
1 ,1 26.8
9 1.7
1 ,21 8.5
Changes in the value of cash flow hedges
–
–
669.6
–
–
669.6
(0.2)
669.4
Movements in retirement benefits
–
–
–
–
(24 1 .2)
(241 .2)
0.–
(24 1.2)
Tax relating to cash flow hedges
–
–
(1 53.4)
–
–
(1 53.4)
0.–
(1 53.4)
Tax relating to movements in retirement benefits
–
–
–
–
59.2
59.2
0.–
59.2
Acquisition of remaining interest in a subsidiary
–
–
–
–
(1 5.6)
(1 5.6)
(0.6)
(1 6.2)
Dividends
–
–
–
–
(780.0)
(780.0)
(439.8)
(1 ,21 9.8)
At 31 December 2023
1,779.1
3,551 .7
398.2
(233.6)
420.5
2,560.5
6,697 .3
686.3
7 ,383.6
(a) At 31 December 2023 the Company had 7,103,427,542 allotted, called up and fully paid ordinary shares of 50p each (2022 7,103,427,542). Holders of these ordinary shares
are entitled to dividends as declared from time to time; amounts on the capitalisation of profits and reserves; and notice and attendance at general meetings of the
Company, with every member entitled to one vote on a show of hands and on a poll one vote for every share held.
(b) The share premium account represents consideration received for shares issued in excess of their nominal amount.
(c) The hedge reserve represents the balance of gains and losses on cash flow hedges (net of taxation) not yet transferred to income or the carrying amount of a non-financial
asset (refer to Note 15).
(d) Other reserves at 31 December 2023 comprises a merger reserve of £412.2 million (2022 £412.2 million) and a capital redemption reserve of £8.3 million (2022
£8.3 million). The merger reserve comprises the difference arising on the accounting for the Company’s acquisition of subsidiary entities following a previous Group
restructure. The capital redemption reserve represents the cumulative nominal value of shares repurchased and cancelled by the Company.
(e) Retained earnings comprise the cumulative balance of profits and losses recognised in the financial statements as adjusted for transactions with shareholders, principally
dividends.
The accompanying Notes1 to 34 and Appendix 1 are an integral part of the Consolidated statement of comprehensive income and the Consolidated statement of changes in
equity for the year ended 31 December 2023.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
75
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
for the year ended 31 December 2023
2023
2022
£m
£m
Cash flows from operating activities
Profit before tax
1 ,639.2
70 1.2
Adjustments for:
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment
802.4
77 4.7
Research and development expenditure credit
(1 .8)
(0.4)
Change in provisions
438. 1
373.6
Result of companies accounted for using the equity method
(1.1)
(1.3)
Transfer of assets from customers
(48.7)
(45.3)
Net finance income and costs
27 4.0
1 34.6
Dividend income
(0.8)
0.–
Net losses on disposal/write-off of non-current assets
1 3.6
11. 2
Gain on disposal of subsidiary
–
(8.5)
Movement in retirement benefits
(1 09.2)
(92.2)
Net fair value gains on operating derivatives
(8.4)
(21 .2)
Movement in deferred income
(7 .6)
(0.4)
Changes in working capital:
Change in trade and other receivables
2 16.8
(853.2)
Change in inventories
(734.4)
(111.3)
Change in trade and other payables
(6 16.5)
313. 7
Provisions paid
(5.3)
(14.8)
Assets received from customers (deferred income)
1 16.0
114 . 0
Other deferred income received
–
10 .7
Income taxes paid
(51 .8)
(22.6)
Net cash flows from operating activities (i)
1 ,91 4.5
1 ,262.5
Cash flows from investing activities
Interest received
34.5
15. 2
Dividends received
0.8
0.–
Investments in intangible assets
(86.1)
(55.5)
Investments in property, plant and equipment
(1 ,1 42.3)
(966.1)
Movements in investments in joint ventures
–
0.3
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment
–
3.2
Proceeds from disposal of subsidiary
–
9.0
Acquisition of a remaining interest in a subsidiary
(1 6.2)
0.–
Movements in amounts due from Iberdrola Group companies – on demand loans receivable
309.8
(47 .3)
Net cash flows from investing activities (ii)
(899.5)
(1, 0 41. 2)
Cash flows from financing activities
Movements in amounts due to Iberdrola Group companies – on demand loans payable
247 .0
1, 518 . 8
Movements in amounts due to Iberdrola Group companies – current loans payable
(1 90.0)
0.–
Dividends paid to the Company’s equity holder
(780.0)
(7 15.0)
Dividends paid to non-controlling interest
(439.8)
(1 19.2)
Interest paid
(235.9)
(164.4)
Interest paid on lease liabilities
(1 9.8)
(1 8.4)
Repayments of external loans and borrowings
(254.5)
0.–
Repayments of other financial liabilities
(8.5)
(11 .0)
Payments of lease liabilities
(43.5)
(25.9)
Net cash flows from financing activities (iii)
(1 ,725.0)
464.9
Net movement in cash and cash equivalents (i)+(ii)+(iii)
(7 10.0)
686.2
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
869. 1
1 82.9
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
1 59.1
869. 1
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year comprises:
Consolidated statement of financial position cash (including restricted cash – refer to Note 12(a))
1 59.1
869.1
Consolidated statement of cash flows cash and cash equivalents
1 59.1
869.1
The accompanying Notes 1 to 34 and Appendix 1 are an integral part of the Consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended 31 December 2023.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
76
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
31 December 2023
1 GROUP ACTIVITIES
A COMPANY AND GROUP INFORMATION
Scottish Power UK plc (registered company number SC117120), a private company limited by shares, is incorporated in Scotland and its registered
address is 320 St. Vincent Street, Glasgow, Scotland, G2 5AD. The Company’s immediate parent company, SPL, is the holding company of the
ScottishPower group.
The Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2023 comprise those of the Company, its subsidiaries and joint arrangements
(together referred to as “the Group”). The Company financial statements present information about the Company as a separate entity and not about the
Group (refer to pages 128 to 138).
B GROUP PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES
The Group provides electricity transmission and distribution services in the UK and conducts renewable energy activities across the UK and Republic of
Ireland. It also supplies gas and electricity to homes and businesses principally across the UK, operates gas storage facilities and undertakes associated
energy management activities in the UK.
As described in Note 6, in line with IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’ (“IFRS 8”), the Group defines its operating segments based on a combination of factors,
principally differences in products and services and the regulatory environment in which the business operates. The Group reported three principal
business divisions during the year: Energy Networks, Renewable production, and Customer business.
Energy Networks
The transmission and distribution businesses within ScottishPower’s authorised area in the Central Belt and South of Scotland, and the distribution
business of SPM operating in Cheshire, Merseyside, North Shropshire and North Wales.
Renewable production
The origination, development, construction and operation of renewable energy generation assets, principally onshore and offshore wind, with a
growing presence in battery storage and solar and the generation and sale of primarily electricity and ROCs from those assets.
Customer business
The supply of electricity and gas to domestic and business customers, together with customer registration, billing and handling enquiries in respect
of these services, the associated metering activity, the smart meter installation programme, and managing the Group’s smart solutions activities. The
division also manages the Group’s exposure to the UK wholesale electricity and gas markets, the optimisation of gas storage, and the development of
green hydrogen opportunities.
2 BASIS OF PREPARATION
A BASIS OF PREPARATION OF THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
The Company is required by law to prepare consolidated accounts for the Group and deliver them to the Registrar of Companies. The Consolidated accounts
have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards. The Consolidated accounts are prepared in accordance with the
accounting policies set out in Note 4. Monetary amounts are presented in pounds Sterling and rounded to the nearest hundred thousand unless otherwise
indicated. The Consolidated accounts are prepared on the historical cost basis apart from certain financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value.
A1 BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION
The Consolidated accounts incorporate the Accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries and joint arrangements to 31 December each year. Subsidiaries
are those entities which the Group has the right to control, generally where a shareholding confers more than half of the voting rights.
On acquisition of subsidiaries deemed to be business combinations, the assets and liabilities of a subsidiary are measured at their fair values at the date
of acquisition. The cost of an acquisition is measured at the fair value of any assets given, equity instruments issued, and liabilities incurred or assumed at
the date of exchange. Any excess of that cost over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired is recognised as goodwill. If the fair value of the net
assets acquired is in excess of that cost, the Group reassesses whether it has correctly identified all the assets acquired and all the liabilities assumed, and
reviews the procedures used to measure the amounts to be recognised at the acquisition date. If this still results in an excess of the fair value of the net
assets acquired over the cost of acquisition, then the gain is recognised in the Consolidated income statement. For subsidiaries acquired which are deemed
to be asset acquisitions, the cost is allocated to the individual identifiable assets and liabilities on the basis of their relative fair values at the date of purchase.
The interest of non-controlling shareholders is initially stated at their proportion of the fair value of the assets and liabilities recognised. Changes in the
Group's ownership interest in a subsidiary, not resulting in the Group losing control, are treated as equity transactions.
I n accordance with the exemption permitted by IFRS 1‘First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards’ (“IFRS 1”), business combinations
accounted for prior to the Group’s date of transition to international accounting standards (“IAS”) on 1April 2004 have not been restated to comply with
IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’ (“IFRS 3”).
The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the Consolidated income statement from the effective date of
acquisition or disposal respectively.
Joint venture investments are accounted for using the equity method and are initially recognised at cost. The Group’s investment includes goodwill identified
on acquisition, net of any accumulated impairment losses. The Consolidated financial statements include the Group’s share of the total comprehensive
income and equity movements of equity-accounted investees, from the date that joint control commences until the date that ceases. When the Group’s share
of losses exceeds its interest in an equity-accounted investee, the Group’s carrying amount is reduced to nil and recognition of further losses is discontinued
except to the extent that the Group has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of an investee. Where the Group is a party to a
joint operation, the Consolidated financial statements include the Group’s share of the joint operations’ assets, liabilities, profit or loss and other
comprehensive income, on a line-by-line basis. Refer to Notes 4G, 5(b) and 11 for further details.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
77
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
2 BASIS OF PREPARATION continued
A2 PRIOR YEAR ADJUSTMENT – CLASSIFICATION OF LOANS RECEIVABLE
IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’ requires that loans receivable should be classified as current or non-current in line with whether the Group
expects them to be settled or received within twelve months of the reporting date. Following a review of its loans, the directors identified that certain loans
receivable, primarily those due from Iberdrola Group companies which are repayable on demand, were previously classified as current in the prior year and
should have been classified as non-current. The impact is a decrease of £588.7 million in the Current other receivables at 31 December 2022 from £3,286.7
million as previously reported to £2,698.0 million and a corresponding increase in Non-current other receivables from £16.4 million as previously reported
to £605.1 million. The comparatives have been restated for this reclassification. The impact on the Statement of financial position at 1 January 2022, is a
decrease of £560.8 million in the Current other receivables from £2,558.4 million as previously reported to £1,997.6 million and a corresponding increase
in Non-current other receivables from £29.7 million as previously reported to £590.5 million. There is no impact on the Group’s results for the year ended
31 December 2022 .
A3 GOING CONCERN
The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development and position, are set out in the Strategic Report on pages
1 to 24. Details of the risks and uncertainties faced by the Group, and how these are addressed, are set out in the Strategic Report on pages 25 to 28.
The Group continues to monitor the geopolitical situations across the world and continues to assess the risk this presents for energy prices. The Customer
business division continues to hedge the commodity price exposure to minimise the impact from increased wholesale prices. Due to the other core activities
of the Group in the Energy Networks and Renewable production divisions, the direct effect of the total cash flows and liquidity is expected to be limited.
The Consolidated statement of financial position presents net current liabilities of £2,712.4 million as at 31 December 2023, including £2,535.3 million of
on demand loans with Iberdrola Group companies. The Consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis which the
directors consider to be appropriate for the following reasons.
The Scottish Power UK plc Group is a significant component of Iberdrola S.A., one of the world’s largest utilities. The Group’s liquidity and financial
management is undertaken through the centralised UK treasury function operated by SPL (“SPL Treasury”). SPL Treasury coordinates with Iberdrola to
manage the Group’s funding requirements. Funding requirements are continually monitored, and any funding required satisfied using a mixture of
funding provided via Iberdrola through the global treasury function and by using appropriate external financing arrangements. The company meets its
day to day working capital requirements through operational cash flows augmented by intercompany loans, both short term and long term, (see note
20) and trading balances with the Iberdrola Group. SPL, and ultimately the Iberdrola Group, has also provided the company with a £2.7 billion of
committed revolving credit facility maturing in 2029, as at the date of approval of these financial statements, the facility remains available and undrawn
(refer to Note 20(xii)).
As a consequence, the Group depends, in part, on the ability and intention of the Iberdrola Group to continue as a going concern. The directors have
considered the Group’s funding relationship with Iberdrola to date and have considered available relevant information, including the liquidity disclosures
in the Iberdrola Group’s 2023 financial statements, relating to Iberdrola’s ability to continue as a going concern. In addition, the directors have no reason
to believe that the Iberdrola Group does not have the ability to, and will not continue to, fund the Group to enable it to continue in operational existence.
For the purposes of the directors’ assessment of the Group’s going concern position, the directors have prepared a Consolidated cash flow forecast for
a period of at least twelve months from March 2024 on the basis of the ongoing liquidity of the UK wholesale energy and gas markets, including the
cash flow of longer-term strategies and projects. The cash flow forecast takes account of severe but plausible downsides, including reductions in the
renewables price curve and in Renewable production’s energy production, decreases in energy customer demand, and reductions in the collectability
of the energy customers’ trade receivables.
The base and downside cash flow forecasts indicate that alongside the Group’s existing resources and committed facilities, including £2.7 billion of
undrawn committed revolving credit facilities maturing in 2029, the Group’s significant capital investment programme means that additional financing
is required during the going concern period. As noted above, the directors are confident in the ability and intention of the SPL Group, and the Iberdrola
Group, to maintain the required funding level during the going concern assessment period under both the base and downside scenarios, based on the
borrowing history to date, the liquidity position of the Iberdrola Group, and the importance of the investment programme to the Iberdrola Group.
The directors acknowledge that there can be no certainty that this funding will continue although, at the date of approval of these financial statements,
they have no reason to believe that it will not do so. In the unlikely event of not being able to access all the additional funding as may be required, the
Group has a wide range of options including deferring elements of uncommitted capex, and delaying or deferring dividends.
Consequently, the directors are confident that the Group will have sufficient funds to continue to meet its liabilities as they fall due for at least twelve
months from the date of approval of the Consolidated financial statements and therefore, have prepared the financial statements on a going concern
basis.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
78
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
2 BASIS OF PREPARATION continued
B IMPACT OF NEW IAS
As noted above, these Accounts have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted IAS. In preparing these Accounts, the Group has applied all relevant
standards and interpretations that have been adopted by the UK as of the date of approval of these Accounts and that are mandatory for the financial year
ended 31 December 2023.
For the year ended 31 December 2023, the Group has applied the following standard and amendments for the first time:
Standard Notes
• IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’ including ‘Amendments to IFRS 17’ and
‘
Initial Application of IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 – Comparitive Information’ (a)
• Amendments to IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’ and IFRS Practice Statement 2 ‘Making Materiality Judgements’: ‘Disclosure (b)
of Accounting Policies’
• Amendments to IAS 8 'Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors: Definition of Accounting Estimates' (b)
• Amendments to IAS12 ‘Income Taxes: Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction’ (b)
• Amendments to IAS12 ‘Income Taxes: International Tax Reform – Pillar Two Model Rules’ (c)
(a) IFRS 17 was effective for the Group from 1January 2023. During the year, the Group reviewed contracts and concluded that no contracts held by the Group fall within
the scope of IFRS 17. The Group does not have any contracts that were previously in scope of IFRS 4 ‘Insurance Contracts’. The Group has irrevocably elected to account
for financial guarantees issued since 1January 2023 under IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’. No material impact from the application of IFRS 17 has been recognised in the
financial statements.
(b) The application of these amendments has not had a material impact on the Group's accounting policies, financial position or performance.
(c) This amendment was effective for the Group from 1 January 2023. Refer to Note 29 for details of the impact of this amendment on the Group.
The following new standards and amendments have been issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) but have an effective date after
the date of these financial statements or have not been endorsed by the UK, and thus have not yet been implemented by the Group:
IASB effective date Planned date
(for periods commencing of application by
Standard
Notes on or after) the Group
• Amendments to IFRS16 ‘Leases: Lease Liability in a Sale
(a) 1January 2024 1 January 2024
and Leaseback’
• Amendments to IAS1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements: (a) 1January 2024 1January 2024
Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current’ and ‘Deferral
of Effective Date’ and ‘Non-current Liabilities with Covenants'
• Amendments to IAS 7
‘
Statement of Cash Flows
’
and IFRS 7 ‘Financial (a) 1 January 2024 1 January 2024
Instruments: Disclosures’: ‘Supplier Finance Arrangements’
• Amendments to IAS 21
‘
The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange (a), (b) 1 January 2025 1 January 2025
Rates: Lack of Exchangeability’
• IFRS 14 ‘Regulatory Deferral Accounts’ (a), (b), (c) 1 January 2016 To be decided
• Amendments to IFRS10 ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’ and (a), (b), (d) Deferred indefinitely To be decided
IAS 28 ‘Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures’: ‘Sale or
Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or
Joint Venture’
(a) The future application of this pronouncement is not expected to have a material impact on the Group's accounting policies, financial position or performance.
(b) This pronouncement has not yet been endorsed by the UK.
(c) The endorsement process of this interim standard has not been launched. The Group is not within the scope of this standard so would not be eligible to apply it
regardless. On 29 January 2021, the IASB issued an exposure draft for a proposed replacement standard and the progress of this project is being monitored by the Group.
(d) The IASB set the effective date of this pronouncement as for periods commencing on or after 1January 2016. However, in December 2015, the IASB postponed the
effective date indefinitely pending the outcome of its research project on the equity method of accounting. The endorsement process for this pronouncement has not
been launched. The effective date will be amended in due course.
(e) The International Sustainability Standards Board has issued IFRS S1 ‘General Requirements for Disclosure of Sustainability-related Financial Information' and IFRS S2
‘Climate-related Disclosures' which are both effective for periods commencing on or after 1 January 2024. Both standards have yet to be endorsed by the UK. The planned
timing of application of these standards to the Group and their potential impact will be considered in line with any relevant endorsement guidance issued.
Management has made a number of judgements and assumptions regarding the future and about other sources of estimation uncertainty at the end
of the reporting period that have a significant risk of resulting in a material adjustment to the reported amounts of assets and liabilities within the next
financial year. The significant and other judgements and estimation uncertainties made by management are set out below.
3 JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTIES
SIGNIFICANT ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTIES
Retirement benefit obligations (including valuation of level 3 pension plan assets)
The key assumptions underlying the valuation of retirement benefit obligations include the discount rate, inflation rates and mortality. The assumptions
adopted are based on scheme experience, market conditions and are set after consultation with qualified actuaries and other specialists within the
Iberdrola Group. While these assumptions are believed to be appropriate, a change in these assumptions could materially impact the value of the defined
benefit obligation recorded within the next twelve months. Note 10 provides information on the key assumptions used and sensitivity analysis relating to
the Group’s retirement benefit obligations.
Similarly, the valuation of the plan assets is subject to estimates and assumptions. In particular for asset classes that are unquoted and are based on
estimates. Certain level 3 plan assets are, therefore, subject to significant estimation uncertainty which could materially impact the value of the plan
assets recorded within the next twelve months. Further detail is provided in Note 10 E3.2.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
79
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
3 JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTIES continued
ECL on energy customers’ trade receivables
The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified model to measure ECLs, which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance, for all energy customers’ trade receivables.
The Group has adopted the practical expedient whereby it calculates the ECL on energy customers
’
domestic and SME trade receivables using a provision
matrix. In line with previous years, the provision rates are based upon the customers' payment plan, historical credit loss experience and, where possible,
adjusted for forecast information. To establish levels of ECLs for these customers, the recoverability of equivalent balances from the previous three years
have been reviewed.
There is a level of estimation uncertainty in determining the provision for domestic and SME customers, recognising the recent level of energy market
disruption, including the ongoing cost of living crisis, the forecast uncertainty in macro-economic indicators and the recent regulatory changes imposed
by Ofgem on the ability of suppliers to fit prepayment meters, limiting the options available to recover debt. In line with IFRS 9, a forward-looking loss
allowance has been included to ensure that external factors are appropriately mitigated.
Included within the gross carrying amount of trade receivables is £897.4 million (2022 £777.5 million) of billed receivables. The loss allowance in relation
to billed receivables is £286.9 million (2022 £252.5 million). While the methodology and assumptions applied in estimating the ECL for the year ended
31 December 2023 and the provision held at that date in respect of the energy customers’ trade receivables are deemed to be appropriate, a change in
these assumptions could materially impact the value of ECLs recorded within the next twelve months.
The actual level of billed receivables collected may differ from the estimated levels of recovery, which could impact operating profit positively or
negatively. At 31December 2023, the loss allowance for billed receivables of £286.9 million was supported by a projection based on a 36-month cash
collection performance. Based on the weighted average expected loss rates in the table in Note 13A1, a 5% increase in the overall expected loss rate
would increase the loss allowance by £44.9 million. A 5% decrease would decrease the loss allowance by £44.9 million. Given the three-year average
movement in the loss allowance percentage and recognising the ongoing risk in customers’ ability to pay due to the cost of living crisis, a 5% loss
allowance sensitivity is considered appropriate.
Accrued ‘unbilled’ revenue
The Group operates in the GB energy industry, whose nature is such that revenue recognition is subject to a degree of estimation. Revenue includes
an estimate of the units supplied to customers between the date of their last meter reading and the year end. This is included as unbilled revenue within
Trade and other receivables and where DD customer accounts are in a net credit balance, is included in Other payables within Trade and other payables.
This estimate is based on external data supplied by the electricity and gas market settlement process and internal data relating to energy purchases
where settlement data is not yet available. While these assumptions are believed to be appropriate, a change in these assumptions could materially
impact the value of the accrued revenue recorded within the next twelve months. Where volumes are yet to reach final settlement, a provision is made
against unbilled revenue recognised in respect of those volumes. The provision is determined by considering the current unbilled position, historical
trends, and any other known factors. The value assigned to these estimated volumes is based on a weighted average price per unit derived from the
billing systems. This methodology is consistent with prior years and in line with prior years, settlement data received post year end was reviewed and
supported the provisioning level.
The estimated value of energy delivered to customers is included within billed revenue (where an estimated reading is included within an issued invoice)
and unbilled revenue (where no invoice has been issued). The estimated value of energy delivered to customers is included within billed revenue (where an
estimated reading is included within an issued invoice) and unbilled revenue (where no invoice has been issued). The net unbilled position at 31 December
2023 of £(384.1) million (2022 £(240.7) million), relates primarily to energy delivered in the final months of the year. This includes Gross unbilled revenue
included within the Statement of financial position at 31 December 2023 of £770.6 million (2022 £965.6 million). This is before applying customer credit
balances of £1,051.0 million (2022 £1,157.5 million), a £27.9 million (2022 £28.0 million) provision in respect of ECLs and a £75.8 million (2022 £20.8 million)
provision in relation to energy volumes which have still to reach final settlement. For further details on ECLs, refer to Note 13A1.
Had actual consumption been 4% higher or lower than the estimate of units supplied (the average variance based on recent historical analysis), this
would have resulted in revenue recognised for unbilled amounts being £43.6 million higher and lower respectively. The value assigned to this volume
sensitivity is based on a weighted average price per unit derived from the billing systems. Approximately 95% of unbilled revenue relates to the most
recent quarter where there is a higher level of estimation uncertainty.
Provision for decommissioning costs
Decommissioning costs are subject to a degree of uncertainty as they are estimated at the reporting date and actual decommissioning will take place
in the future. There is also uncertainty over when the actual decommissioning costs will be incurred. The sources of estimation uncertainty relate to the
estimated value of the costs at the reporting date and the discount rate applied. This estimation uncertainty creates a risk of a material adjustment to
the provision in the next financial year. Refer to Note 4K for further details.
The value of decommissioning provisions in the Statement of financial position is £270.0 million (2022 £256.8 million). The increase in the year is
primarily due to the unwinding of the discount and new provisions.
The discount rates applied are based on UK treasury bonds with maturities which are similar to the expected decommissioning date. The discount rates
utilised in the current year ranged from 3.64% to 4.58%. The inflation rates applied are obtained from the Bank of England's forecasted inflation rates
for the UK. The decommissioning costs are expected to be incurred between 2024 and 2067.
Sensitivity analysis reflecting reasonably probable fluctuations to the main assumptions in the calculation of the decommissioning provision has been
performed. Had the estimated value of the costs at the reporting date been 10% higher or lower, this would have resulted in the decommissioning
provision being approximately £27.5 million higher and lower respectively. Had the inflation rate applied been 2% higher or lower, this would have
resulted in the decommissioning provision being approximately £114.3 million higher and lower respectively. Had the discount rates applied been 2%
higher or lower this would have resulted in the decommissioning provision being approximately £73.2 million lower and higher respectively.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
80
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
3 JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTIES
continued
NON-SIGNIFICANT JUDGEMENTS
Consideration of climate change
The impact of climate change, including risks identified in the Strategic Report on page 26, on the financial statements has been considered. No
material impact on the judgements and estimates made in the preparation of the financial statements has been identified. This consideration focussed
on the following areas:
• the Group's going concern position, including the cash flow prepared for the directors’ assessment referred to in Note 2A3;
• whether the transition plans disclosed on pages 38 to 46 are an impairment indicator and consistent with the useful lives of the assets included in
Notes 7 and 8;
• the risk that increasing variability in weather patterns could result in lower output from renewable generation assets and that there could be a
reduction in wholesale electricity prices (as a result of climate change or other factors) are considered in the impairment sensitivities presented in
Note 7(b); and
• the risk set out on page 40 of increased cost of capital for investments in technologies or business models that are deemed to be unrelated in the
fight against climate change has been considered in terms of the potential impact on the impairment test. As the impairment test relates to
Renewable production, this risk is not considered relevant.
Additionally, consideration has been given to any estimates over the longer-term which should be disclosed to allow for an understanding of the
financial statements. The Group has no estimates of this nature to disclose.
4 PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The principal accounting policies applied in preparing the Consolidated financial statements are set out below. In the process of determining and
applying these accounting policies, judgement, apart from those involving estimations (refer to Note 3), is often required that can significantly affect
the amounts recognised in the financial statements. Management has made no such judgements.
A GOODWILL
B OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
C PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
D LEASED ASSETS
E IMPAIRMENT OF INTANGIBLE ASSETS (EXCLUDING GOODWILL), PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT AND LEASED ASSETS
F RETIREMENT BENEFITS
G JOINT ARRANGEMENTS
H FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
I INVENTORIES (EXCLUDING ROCs)
J ROCs
K DECOMMISSIONING COSTS
L ONEROUS RETAIL CONTRACTS
M REVENUE
N PROCUREMENTS
O OTHER OPERATING RESULTS
P FOREIGN CURRENCIES
Q TAXATION
R GOVERNMENT SUPPORT SCHEMES
S CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
A GOODWILL
Goodwill represents the excess of the fair value of the purchase consideration over ScottishPower’s share of the fair value of the identifiable assets
and liabilities of an acquired business at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses.
Goodwill is recognised as an asset and reviewed for impairment at least annually and whenever there is an indication of impairment. Any impairment
is recognised in the Income statement in the period in which it is identified. Any permanent impairment losses are not reversed.
On disposal (or partial disposal) of a subsidiary, associate, jointly controlled entity or business, the proportionate amount of allocated goodwill is
included in the determination of the gain or loss arising.
When a review for impairment is conducted, the recoverable amount is assessed by reference to the net present value of the expected future cash flow s
of the relevant Cash Generating Unit (“CGU”), or disposal value if higher. The discount rate applied is based on ScottishPower’s weighted average cost of
capital with appropriate adjustments for the risks associated with the CGU. The discount rate used reflects lease liabilities under IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ (“IFRS 16 ”).
Estimates of cash flows involve a significant degree of judgement and are consistent with management’s plans and forecasts. Refer to Note 7(b) for
further details on the impairment testing performed on goodwil l.
B OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
(a) Computer software
The costs of acquired computer software, such as licences, that are expected to generate economic benefits over a period in excess of one year, are
capitalised on the basis of the costs incurred to acquire, and bring to use, the specific software. The costs of software as a service (“SaaS”) cloud
agreements are capitalised when the Group controls the software. Costs relating to infrastructure or platform as a service cloud agreements are not
capitalised. The related liabilities for capitalised SaaS contracts are measured based on the discounted sum of the future payments for each contract and
presented within Other financial liabilities. Amortisation of acquired computer software is on a straight-line basis over their operational lives, which is
generally up to five years.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
81
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
4 PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued
Costs directly attributable to the development of computer software programmes, that are expected to generate economic benefits over a period in
excess of one year, are capitalised and amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated operational lives. Costs include employee costs relating
to software development and an appropriate proportion of relevant overheads directly attributable to bringing the software into use. Amortisation of
developed computer software costs is over periods of up to eight years.
In all cases, maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.
(b) Customer contract costs
The Group capitalises the incremental costs of obtaining certain customer contracts, principally sales commissions, if they are expected to be recovered.
These are recorded as a separate asset class within Intangible assets and amortised on a systematic basis according to the average expected life of
contracts with customers that are associated with such costs. The amortisation period is between two and four years. The Group has elected to apply
the amortisation period to a portfolio of contracts with similar characteristics as the Group expects that the effect on the financial statements is not
materially different from applying it to the individual contracts.
C PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated operational lives of the assets once
commissioned. Property, plant and equipment includes capitalised employee costs, lease depreciation and other directly attributable costs. Borrowing
costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of major qualifying assets (i.e. assets that necessarily take a substantial period
of time to get ready for their intended use) are added to the cost of those assets, until such time as the assets are substantially ready for their intended
use. Property, plant and equipment also includes transfers of assets from inventories being generic maintenance parts which are capitalised once used
in the construction of significant assets. Reviews of the estimated remaining lives and residual values of property, plant and equipment are undertaken
annually. Residual values are assessed based on prices prevailing at each reporting date.
Land is not depreciated. The main depreciation periods used by the Group are as set out below:
Years
Wind power plants 22-40
Transmission facilities 40
Distribution facilities 22-40
Meters and measuring devices 2-23
Other facilities and other items of property, plant and equipment 2-50
D LEASED ASSETS
A contract is, or contains a lease if, at inception, the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for
consideration. To assess whether a contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset, the Group uses the definition of a lease in IFRS 16.
An identified asset will be specified explicitly, or implicitly, in the contract, and will be physically distinct or represent substantially all of the capacity of
a physically distinct asset. If the supplier has a substantive substitution right, the asset is not identified.
A contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset if the customer has the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits
from use of the asset throughout the period of use, and the customer has the right to direct the use of the asset. The customer has this right when
they have the decision-making rights that are most relevant to changing how and for what purpose the asset is used. Where this is predetermined, the
customer has the right to direct the use of the asset if either they have the right to operate the asset or they designed the asset in a way that
predetermines how and for what purposes it will be used.
The Group has elected not to separate non-lease components and thus accounts for the lease and non-lease components in a contract as a single lease
component.
As a lessee, the Group recognises a right-of-use asset at the lease commencement date, measured initially at cost. This comprises the initial amount of
the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred, and an estimate of
costs to dismantle and remove the underlying asset, or restore the underlying asset or the site on which it is located, less any lease incentives received.
The right-of-use asset is subsequently depreciated on a straight-line basis from the commencement date over the shorter of the useful life of the
underlying asset and the lease term. The right-of-use asset is reduced by any impairment losses and adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease
liability. The Group presents Right-of-use assets within Non-current assets in the Statement of financial position and the depreciation charge is recorded
within Depreciation, amortisation and provisions in the Income statement.
The lease liability recognised at the commencement date is measured initially at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at that date.
Where the rates implicit in the leases cannot be readily determined, the liabilities are discounted using the Group’s incremental borrowing rate, being
the currency-specific interest rate that would be incurred on a loan, with similar terms, to purchase a similar asset. The incremental borrowing rates will
be updated annually and applied to leases commencing in the subsequent year. Therefore, the lease liability is measured at amortised cost using the
effective interest rate method. Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise fixed payments (including in-substance
fixed payments); variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate initially measured using the index or rate at the commencement date; lease
payments in an optional renewal period if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise an extension option; and penalties for early termination of a lease
unless the Group is reasonably certain not to do so.
The lease liability is remeasured when there is a change in the future lease payments arising from a change in the index or rate, or if the Group changes
its assessment of whether it will exercise a purchase, extension or termination option. This change in the lease liability will result in a corresponding
adjustment to the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset, or in the Consolidated income statement if the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset is zero.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
82
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
4 PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
continued
The Group presents lease liabilities separately in the Statement of financial position; the discount on the liabilities unwinds over the term of the lease
and is charged to Finance costs in the Income statement.
The Group has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for certain short-term leases that have a lease term of twelve months or
less, and leases of intangible assets. The Group recognises any lease payments associated with such leases as an expense on a straight-line basis over
the lease term.
In the Statement of cash flows, the Group includes the payment of lease liabilities and interest paid on lease liabilities within Cash flows from financing
activities; variable lease payments which are not dependent on an index or rate are included in Cash flows from operating activities.
E IMPAIRMENT OF INTANGIBLE ASSETS (EXCLUDING GOODWILL), PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT AND LEASED ASSETS
At each reporting date, the Group reviews the carrying amount of its intangible assets, property, plant and equipment and leased assets to determine
whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset
(the greater of its value-in-use and its fair value less costs to sell) is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). In
assessing value-in-use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market
assessments of the time value of money, the risks specific to the asset and lease liabilities under IFRS 16.
An impairment loss is recognised if the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. Where the asset does not generate cash
flows that are independent from other assets, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the CGU to which the asset belongs. Any impairment is
recognised in the Income statement in the period in which it is identified. Impairment losses recognised in prior periods are assessed at each reporting
date for any indications that the loss has decreased or no longer exists. An impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used
to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying
amount that would have been recognised, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no impairment loss had been recognised.
F RETIREMENT BENEFITS
The Group provides pensions through two defined benefit schemes and one defined contribution retirement benefit scheme in the UK.
The cost of providing benefits under the defined benefit schemes is determined using the projected unit credit method, with actuarial valuations
being carried out at each reporting date. Remeasurements of the net defined benefit asset/liability are recognised, directly in Retained earnings, in
the period in which they occur, and are shown in the Statement of comprehensive income. The current service cost element of the pension charge
is recognised within Staff costs in the Income statement. Net interest on the net defined benefit liability or asset is included within Finance costs and
Finance income, respectively, in the Income statement. The retirement benefits asset and liability recognised in the Statement of financial position
represent the surpluses and deficits, respectively, in ScottishPower’s defined benefit pension schemes.
Payments to the defined contribution scheme are charged as an expense as they fall due.
Key sources of estimation uncertainty in respect of retirement benefit obligations are disclosed in Note 3.
G JOINT ARRANGEMENTS
Joint arrangements are arrangements that are jointly controlled by the Group and at least one other party. Joint control is the contractually agreed
sharing of control of an arrangement i.e. when decisions about the relevant activities require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing control.
A joint arrangement where the Group and the other parties to the joint arrangement have rights to the net assets of the arrangement, is a joint
venture. Where the parties have rights to the assets of the arrangement and obligations for its liabilities, the arrangement is a joint operation.
Joint arrangements which are structured through a separately identifiable vehicle with legal personality are joint ventures unless there are contractual
terms of the arrangements between the parties, or other relevant facts and circumstances, with the effect of giving the parties rights to the assets
and obligations for the liabilities of the joint arrangements, in which case the arrangements are joint operations.
The Group recognises its interest in a joint venture as an investment and accounts for that investment using the equity method. The Group recognises,
in relation to its interest in a joint operation, its share of the assets, liabilities, income, and expenses relating to its interests in the joint operation on a line-
by-line basis.
H FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity.
H1 FINANCIAL ASSETS
H1.1 CLASSIFICATION
Financial assets are classified as being measured at amortised cost, fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVOCI”) or fair value through
profit or loss (“FVTPL”). The classification of financial assets depends on the Group’s business model for managing them to generate cash flows.
The business model determines whether cash flows will result from collecting contractual cash flows, selling the financial assets, or both. The
business model of the Group does not depend on the intentions of management for an individual instrument. Therefore, it is not an instrument-by -
instrument classification approach but determined from a higher level of aggregation.
A financial asset is measured at amortised cost if it meets both of the following conditions:
• it is held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows; and
• its contractual terms give rise, on specified dates, to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount
outstanding. This assessment is referred to as the ‘SPPI’ test.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
83
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
4 PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
continued
A financial asset is measured at FVOCI if it meets both of the following conditions:
• it is held within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets; and
• its contractual terms give rise, on specified dates, to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI test) on the principal
amount outstanding.
All remaining financial assets (including equity instruments and other investments) that are not included within the above categories, are classified
as FVTPL.
Financial assets are only subsequently reclassified when the Group changes its business model for managing them. Reclassifications are effective
from the first day of the first reporting period following the change in business model. Such reclassifications are expected to be infrequent.
On demand loans receivable are classified as non-current in the Statement of financial position unless the Group expects to realise the assets within
twelve months after the reporting date, in which case the loans are classified as current.
H1.2 RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT
(a) Initial recognition and measurement
All financial assets, except for trade receivables which are initially recognised when they originate, are initially recognised when the Group becomes
party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.
Subject to two exceptions, financial assets are initially measured at fair value. The two exceptions are trade receivables without a significant financing
component which are measured at the transaction price determined under IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ (“IFRS 15”), and financial
assets not classified as FVTPL which are measured at fair value plus transaction costs that are directly attributable to its acquisition or issue.
(b) Subsequent measurement and gains and losses
Financial assets classified as amortised cost are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. The amortised cost is
reduced by ECLs. Interest income, foreign exchange gains and losses, and net credit losses are recognised in the Income statement. Any gain or loss on
derecognition is also recognised in the Income statement.
Financial assets classified as FVTPL are subsequently measured at fair value. Net gains and losses, including any interest or dividend income, are
recognised in the Income statement unless the financial asset is a derivative which is part of a hedging relationship (refer to Note 4H3). It may not be
possible to obtain a market valuation for some unquoted investments, therefore they are valued at cost and assessed for impairment.
Financial assets classified as FVOCI are subsequently measured at fair value. Net gains and losses are recognised within Other comprehensive income.
(c) Derecognition
A financial asset (or, where applicable, a part of a financial asset or part of a group of similar financial assets) is derecognised when either the rights to
receive cash flows from the asset have expired; there is no reasonable expectation of recovering all, or a portion of, the contractual cash flows; or in
certain circumstances where the Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from the asset, or has entered a ‘pass-through’ arrangement
obligating the Group to pay the received cash flows in full without material delay to a third party. Under the last scenario, the Group evaluates if, and to
what extent, it has retained the risks and rewards of ownership and derecognises the financial asset where these have been transferred. If substantially
all the risks and rewards of ownership have neither been transferred nor retained, the Group assesses whether it controls the asset. Where the Group
does not retain control, the asset is derecognised and separate assets and liabilities are recognised to reflect the effect of the transfer.
( d) Impairment of financial assets
(i) Measurement of ECLs
Disclosures relating to impairment of financial assets are provided in Note 12. The Group recognises an allowance for ECLs for all debt instruments not
classified as FVTPL. ECLs are a probability-weighted estimate of credit losses. The Group has adopted the simplified ECL model for its trade receivables
and the general ECL model for all other financial assets measured at amortised cost.
In applying the simplified model, loss allowances for trade receivables are measured at an amount equal to lifetime ECL. The Group has segmented its
trade receivables between those relating to energy customer debt and those within the rest of the Group. For each grouping, the Group has established
a provision matrix that is based on its historical credit loss experience, adjusted for, where possible, forward-looking factors specific to the debtors and
the economic environment in which they operate (refer to Notes 12(e)A3 and A4 for further details).
For energy customer debt, ECLs are calculated based upon a provision matrix approach that reflects the risk inherent in different payment plans, the
differences in collection rates between debt attributable to current or lost (final) customers and the greater challenge in collecting older debt balances.
For I&C customers, the ECL is based on external credit scoring. The Energy Customer Credit Risk and Corporate Risk teams remain vigilant in tracking
any liquidity issues on existing customers to identify any pre-emptive actions required, including putting collateral or letters of credit in place. Credit
losses are measured as the present value of all cash shortfalls (i.e. the difference between the cash flows due to the Group in accordance with the
contract and those the Group expects to receive). ECLs are discounted at the effective interest rate of the financial asset.
ECLs for all other financial assets are recognised using the general model which works as follows:
• for credit exposures for which there has not been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition, ECLs are provided for credit losses
resulting from default events that are considered possible within the shorter of the next twelve months and the life of the financial asset (a
twelve month ECL); and
• for credit exposures for which there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition, a loss allowance is required for credit losses
expected over the remaining life of the exposure, irrespective of the timing of the default (a lifetime ECL).
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
84
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
4 PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
continued
As an exception to the general model, if the credit risk of a financial instrument is low at the reporting date, management can measure impairment
using a twelve-month ECL and so it does not have to assess whether a significant increase in credit risk has occurred. For this operational simplification
to apply, the financial instrument has to meet the following requirements:
• it has a low risk of default;
• the borrower is considered, in the short-term, to have a strong capacity to meet its obligations; and
• the lender expects, in the longer-term, that adverse changes in economic and business conditions might, but will not necessarily, reduce the
ability of the borrower to fulfil its obligations.
The Group considers financial assets to have low credit risk when their credit risk rating is equivalent to the globally understood definition of
‘investment-grade’. The Group considers this to be BBB- or higher per rating agency S&P Global Ratings. Therefore, all of the Group’s other financial
assets are considered to have low credit risk at both the beginning and end of the reporting period.
The Group has different definitions of default (risk of non payment) for different groups of customers and receivables. For some groups it is based
upon the number of days past due and for others it is when internal or external information indicates that the Group is unlikely to receive the
outstanding contractual amount in full (before taking into account any credit enhancements held by the Group). These varying definitions of default
are inherent in the loss allowances applied in both the simplified and general ECL models.
(ii) Credit-impaired financial assets
At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether financial assets carried at amortised cost are ‘credit-impaired’. This is the case when one or more
events that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset have occurred. Generally, receivables are credit-impaired
when payment is past the contractual payment date.
H2 FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
H2.1 CLASSIFICATION
Financial liabilities are classified as measured at FVTPL or amortised cost. A financial liability is classified as FVTPL if it is classified as held-for-trading,
a derivative, or otherwise designated as such on initial recognition.
H2.2 RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT
(a) Initial recognition and measurement
All financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value and, in the case of loans and borrowings and payables, net of directly attributable transaction
costs.
(b) Subsequent measurement and gains and losses
Financial liabilities classified as FVTPL are measured at fair value and net gains and losses, including any interest expense, are recognised in the Income
statement.
Other financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Interest expense and foreign exchange gains
and losses are recognised in the Income statement. Any gain or loss on derecognition is also recognised in the Income statement. This is the category
most relevant to the Group as it includes interest-bearing loans and borrowings, and trade and other payables.
Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees, or costs that are an integral part of the effective
interest rate. The effective interest charge is included as Finance costs in the Income statement. This subsequent measurement technique does not
apply where the loan or borrowing is a hedged item in an effective fair value hedging relationship (refer to Note 4H3.3).
( c) Derecognition
The Group derecognises a financial liability when the obligation under that liability is discharged, cancelled or has expired. When an existing financial
liability is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially modified, the
original liability is derecognised and a new liability recognised. The difference in their respective carrying amounts is recognised in the Income
statement.
H2.3 OFFSETTING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
The Group offsets a financial asset and a financial liability, and reports the net amount, only when the Group has a legally enforceable right to set off
the amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously .
H3 DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING
H3.1 DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Group uses derivative financial instruments, such as forward foreign currency contracts, inflation rate swaps and forward commodity contracts, to
hedge its foreign currency, interest rate, inflation and commodity price risks. Derivatives are carried as financial assets and financial liabilities when
their fair values are positive and negative respectively.
The gain or loss on remeasurement to fair value is recognised immediately in the Income statement unless the derivative is subject to hedge accounting.
Where the derivative is subject to hedge accounting, the recognition of any gain or loss depends on the nature of hedge accounting applied (refer to
Notes 4H3.2 and 4H3.3).
At the inception of a hedge relationship, the Group formally designates and documents the relationship to which it wishes to apply hedge accounting,
the risk management objective, and the strategy for undertaking the hedge.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
85
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
4 PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
continued
The hedge documentation includes identification of the hedging instrument, the hedged item, the nature of the risk being hedged, and how the Group
will assess whether the hedging relationship meets the hedge effectiveness requirements (including details of sources of hedge ineffectiveness and
how the hedge ratio is determined). A relationship qualifies for hedge accounting if it meets all of the following effectiveness requirements:
• there is an economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument;
• the effect of credit risk does not dominate the value changes that result from that economic relationship; and
• the hedge ratio of the relationship is the same as that resulting from the quantity of the hedged item and the quantity of the hedging instrument
that the Group uses to hedge that quantity of the hedged item.
In circumstances where the Group seeks to hedge a risk which is a component part of an underlying transaction, the risk component of that transaction
is considered to be the hedged item where it is separately identifiable and can be reliably measured.
The accounting for cash flow and fair value hedges is set out at Notes 4H3.2 and 4H3.3 respectively.
In the Statement of cash flows, the Group includes cash flows arising from hedging instruments as arising from the same category of activity as cash
flows arising from the hedged item.
H3.2 CASH FLOW HEDGES
The Group designates only the spot element of treasury-related forward foreign currency contracts (hedging the value of currency denominated
intercompany loans) as a hedging instrument. The forward element is recognised in Other comprehensive income and accumulated as a separate
component of the hedge reserve under the Cost of hedging reserve. For almost all other forward foreign currency contracts, the Group designates all
of the forward contract (both the spot and forward elements) as the hedging instrument.
The portion of gain or loss of the hedging instrument determined to be an effective hedge is recognised in Other comprehensive income and forms
part of the hedge reserve. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the hedging instruments is recognised in the Income statement within
Procurements for hedges of underlying operations. For hedges of financing activities, any ineffectiveness is recognised within Finance income or
Finance costs, as appropriate, in the Income statement . If the cash flow hedge relates to an underlying transaction which results in the recognition of a
non-financial asset, the associated gains or losses on the derivative (previously recognised in equity) are recognised in the initial measurement of the
asset arising from the hedged transaction. For hedges that relate to an underlying transaction which results in recognition of a financial asset or a
liability, amounts deferred in equity are recognised in the Income statement in the same period in which the hedged item affects it.
In the case of cash flow hedging, any gain or loss that has been recognised in equity remains there until the forecast transaction occurs. If the transaction
is no longer expected to occur, the gain or loss previously deferred in equity is recognised in the Income statement. The Group discontinues hedge
accounting when the hedge instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, or when the hedge relationship no longer qualifies for hedge
accounting.
H3.3 FAIR VALUE HEDGES
The gain or loss from remeasuring the hedging instrument at fair value is recognised directly in the Income statement in the same location as the gain
or loss from remeasuring the hedged item. The gain or loss on the hedged item adjusts its carrying amount (when the item would otherwise have bee n
measured at amortised cost) and is recognised in the Income statement. The Group commences amortisation of any such adjustments to the carrying
amount of the hedged item when the hedging relationship ends.
On the discontinuance of hedge accounting, any adjustment made to the carrying amount of the hedged item as a consequence of the fair value
hedge relationship, is recognised in the Income statement over its remaining life. The line item Current other financial liabilities includes collateral hel d
by the Group which mitigates the credit risk from specific derivative assets which have been entered into by the Group to hedge specific loans and
borrowings. As a financial liability, it is accounted for in accordance with the policies described in Note 4H2 on the previous page and Note 4H5 below.
H4 FAIR VALUATION OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
In those circumstances where IFRS 9 requires financial instruments to be recognised in the Statement of financial position at fair value, the Group's
valuation strategies for derivative and other financial instruments utilise, as far as possible, quoted prices in an active trading market.
In the absence of quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities, it is sometimes necessary to apply valuation techniques where contracts are
marked using approved models. Models are used for developing both the forward curves and the valuation metrics of the instruments themselves where
they are complex combinations of standard and non-standard products. All models are subject to rigorous testing prior to being approved for valuation,
and subsequent continuous testing and approval procedures are designed to ensure the validity and accuracy of the model assumptions and inputs.
Where derivatives are not collateralised, their valuation reflects the Group's credit risk in the case of liabilities, and the counterparty's credit risk in the
case of assets. All assets and liabilities, for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements, are categorised within the fair value
hierarchy, the details of which are disclosed in Note 12(b).
H5 COLLATERAL
Collateral agreements are utilised to facilitate derivative trading and generally to mitigate credit risk and manage credit exposure. The terms and
conditions of these agreements vary according to the counterparty and the associated transactions. Collateral posted and collateral held are recognised
as financial assets and financial liabilities respectively and are accounted for in accordance with the policies described in Note 4H1 and Note 4H2.
Collateral posted is included within Trade and other receivables.
Collateral held is included within Trade and other payables with the exception of collateral held for the purpose of mitigating the credit risk from specific
derivative assets entered into for the purpose of hedging specific loans and borrowings which is included within Current other financial liabilities.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
86
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
4 PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
continued
I INVENTORIES (EXCLUDING ROCs)
Inventories held comprise primarily offshore transmission assets and fuel stock. As a legislative requirement, the Group is not permitted to own and
operate the offshore transmission assets which it constructs alongside its offshore wind farms. For the more advanced offshore transmission asset projects,
the asset delivery model selected requires the Group to sell the assets to a third party operator following their completion and an initial allowed operational
period. Therefore, such transmission assets are being built with a view to sale and not operating them as capital assets over future periods. The costs
incurred are recorded as inventory and released through Procurements when sold. The sale of offshore transmission assets are infrequent but a periodic
recurring activity, with a construction cycle spanning multiple financial periods.
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost includes all directly attributable costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their
present location and condition. When sold, the carrying amount of those inventories are recognised as an expense in the period in which the related
revenue is recognised.
J ROCs
The Group participates in the Renewables Obligation scheme administered by Ofgem. As there are no specific rules under IAS dealing with their
treatment, the Group classifies ROCs as inventories because they are a direct input cost to the process of supplying customers. ROCs are recognised at
their acquisition cost and charged to the Income statement as the obligations arise.
The Group recognises liabilities in respect of its obligations to deliver ROCs at the value at which they were initially recorded on the Statement of
financial position. Any estimated shortfall in the liability is calculated based on the relevant buyout price at the reporting date. ROCs surrendered to
meet the Renewables Obligation utilises the related provision and is a non-cash movement.
K DECOMMISSIONING COSTS
Provision is made, on a discounted basis, for the estimated decommissioning costs of certain non-current assets. Capitalised decommissioning
costs are depreciated over the useful lives of the related assets. The unwinding of the discount is included within Finance costs in the Income
statement. The discount rate used for each provision is based on UK treasury bonds with maturities which are similar to the expected
decommissioning date. The future estimated costs are based on the value of the costs at the reporting date, uplifted for inflation to the end of the
useful economic life of the underlying asset, then discounted.
L ONEROUS RETAIL CONTRACTS
An onerous contract is one in which the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the contract exceed the economic benefits expected to
be received under it. The unavoidable costs under a contract reflect the least net cost of exiting from the contract, which is the lower of the cost of
fulfilling it and any compensation or penalties arising from failure to fulfil it. The cost of fulfilling a contract comprises of both the incremental costs of
and also an allocation of other costs that directly relate to fulfilling that contract.
M REVENUE
The Group recognises revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which
it expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods and services.
(a) Electricity distribution
The Group provides the service of making its distribution network available to customers. This performance obligation is satisfied over time as the customer
simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the Group’s performance as it makes the distribution network available. The Group has a right to
consideration in an amount that corresponds directly with the value to the customer of the Group’s performance to date. Therefore, revenue is recognised
in the amount to which the Group has a right to invoice based on the amount of allowed revenue for the year set by the regulatory price control. Due to the
nature of the electricity settlements industry process, revenue includes unbilled income recognised as a receivable relating to units transferred over the
network but not yet invoiced at the end of the year. Invoices are raised one month in arrears and are typically settled within one month.
(b) Electricity transmission
The Group provides the service of making its transmission network available to the GB system operator. This performance obligation is satisfied over
time as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the Group’s performance as it makes the transmission network available.
Revenue is recognised in an amount to which the Group has a right to invoice based on the amount of allowed revenue for the year, and recognised
over time based on the billable volumes and the rate agreed in the regulatory price control. Invoices are typically raised and settled on a monthly basis
and, therefore, there are no related IFRS 15 receivables, contract assets or contract liabilities at the end of the year.
(c) Transfers of assets from customers
Pursuant to the applicable industry regulations, the Group receives contributions from its customers for the construction of grid connection facilities,
or is assigned assets used to connect those customers to a network. Both the cash and the fair value of the facilities received are credited to Deferred
income in the Statement of financial position (this is a contract liability). Revenue is subsequently recognised in line with the period over which the
facilities are depreciated. As the cash contributions received from customers relate to underlying business activities, they are recorded as Cash flows
from operating activities in the Statement of cash flows .
(d) Supply of electricity and gas
The Group’s performance obligations are the supply of electricity and/or gas to customers. Both these performance obligations are satisfied over time as the
customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the Group’s performance as it supplies electricity and gas. The Group has a right to consideration
in an amount that corresponds directly with the value to the customer of the Group’s performance to date. Therefore, in line with IFRS 15, revenue is recognised
in the amount to which the Group has a right to invoice based on the volume of units supplied during the year and the tariff agreed with the customer.
The Group have been participating in various government support schemes designed to support energy customers in GB through the current cost of
living crisis. The EPG scheme (which commenced on 1 October 2022 and runs until 31 March 2024) requires suppliers to charge a reduced tariff to
domestic customers where their contractual tariff exceeds a government-set rate. The EBRS scheme also commenced on 1 October 2022 but ended on
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
87
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
4 PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
continued
31 March 2023 and was replaced by the similar EBDS scheme which commenced on 1 April 2023 and will run until 31 March 2024. These later schemes
require suppliers to apply a capped discount to the bills of non-domestic customers where their contractual rate exceeds the government-set rate.
Therefore, the revenue recognised for the duration of these schemes has been in line with IFRS 15 and based on the volume of units supplied to
customers and the reduced or discounted tariff as determined by the scheme rules.
The Group operates in the GB energy industry, whose nature is such that revenue recognition is subject to a degree of estimation. Revenue includes
an estimate of the units supplied to customers between the date of their last meter reading and the year end. This is included as unbilled revenue
within Trade and other receivables and where DD customer accounts are in a net credit balance, is included in Other payables within Trade and other
payables. This estimate is based on external data supplied by the electricity and gas market settlement process and internal data relating to energy
purchases where settlement data is not yet available. Where volumes are yet to reach final settlement, a provision is made against unbilled revenue
recognised in respect of those volumes. The provision is determined by considering the current unbilled position, historical trends, and any other
known factors such as the current economic climate. The value assigned to these estimated volumes is based on a weighted average price per unit
derived from the billing systems. This methodology is consistent with prior years.
Invoices are generally raised at monthly or quarterly intervals, which customers typically settle on the same basis respectively, except for prepayment
customers who pay in advance. Billed and unbilled revenues are recorded in receivables. Amounts in contract liabilities consist of DD customer
payments that are in excess of the associated units of energy delivered, and final customer credits.
Government support has been received by the Group to fund the EPG, EBRS and EBDS schemes. Government grants are assistance by government in
the form of transfers of resources in return for past or future compliance with certain conditions relating to the operating activities of the entity. Such
grants are recognised in the Income statement on a systematic basis over the periods in which the costs for which the grants are intended to
compensate are expensed; where the income receivable is compensation for expenses or losses already incurred, the grant income is recognised in
the Income statement in the period in which it becomes receivable. All three schemes are considered to be a government grant with the income
received being recognised in line with the energy consumption by each eligible customer throughout the scheme periods. The income recognised in
line with IAS 20 ‘Accounting for Government Grants and Disclosure of Government Assistance’ (“IAS 20”) has been recorded in Revenue – Revenue
received from government support schemes in the Income statement as the funding is support for lost customer revenue. There is no difference in
the timing of the recognition of this revenue under IAS 20 compared to under IFRS15 had the schemes not be in place. As the grant funding is paid in
arrears, the amounts due from the UK Government has been accrued within Other receivables – Receivables in respect of government support
schemes on the Statement of financial position until paid.
(e) Contracts for Difference
CfDs are contracts with the Low Carbon Contracts Company which provide security in respect of revenues generated from electricity produced and sold
by the Group through compensation based on the difference between the strike price and the market price, for an agreed period. If the market reference
price is lower than the agreed strike price, the generator will receive an additional payment. If the reference price is higher than the strike price, the
generator will be liable for the difference.
CfDs are assessed at their inception. For contracts where the market price is expected to be lower than strike price over the term of the agreement, the
Group is considered to be in receipt of government assistance. Therefore, such CfDs are accounted for as revenue grants and are recognised as income on
a systematic basis over the period in which they become receivable, which is at the point of generation. The Group is considered to be a net receiver for all
of its existing CfDs.
(f) Sale of offshore transmission asset
Revenue from the disposal of an offshore transmission asset (held as inventory) is the consideration received for the assets sold, recognised when
control of assets has been transferred to the purchaser. Any consideration received in advance of this is deferred on the Consolidated statement of
financial position and released once the goods and services are delivered.
(g) Other revenues
Other revenues, comprises various revenue streams which are all individually immaterial, including revenues in relation to the Customer business
and ancillary services contracts for the Renewable production division. For each revenue stream, revenue is recognised based on the consideration
specified in the relevant contract with the customers, to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative
revenue recognised will not occur in the future. As relevant for each revenue stream, and in line with the performance obligations in each contract,
the Group recognises revenue either at a specific point in time or over a period of time based on when control is transferred to the customer.
N PROCUREMENTS
Procurement costs in Energy Networks principally comprise use of system charges from the system operator. In Renewable production, such costs are
primarily electricity purchased in relation to energy generation, and related direct costs and services, in addition to the carrying amount of inventories
sold in the period in which the related revenue is recognised. Procurements within the Customer business are principally the cost of electricity and gas
purchased in relation to energy supply, and related direct costs and services for the of use of the energy network. Costs are recorded on an accruals basis.
O OTHER OPERATING RESULTS
Other operating results is principally comprised of recharges, primarily in relation to Energy Networks’ unregulated income, recharges of external costs
in the Customer business and Renewable production activity recharged to other Iberdrola Group companies. The line item also includes compensation
and rebates received, lease income, and gains/losses on disposal of non-current assets including results from the loss of control of consolidated
interests. There are no individually material items included within Other operating results in either the current or prior year.
P FOREIGN CURRENCIES
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated at the spot rate at the date of the transaction. At the year end, monetary assets and liabilities
denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rate of exchange ruling at the reporting date, with exchange gains and losses recognised in
Finance income and costs in the Income statement.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
88
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
4 PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
continued
Q TAXATION
Assets and liabilities for current tax are calculated using the tax rates that have been enacted, or substantively enacted, at the reporting date.
Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable, or recoverable, on the difference between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the Statement of
financial position and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profits (temporary differences), and is accounted for using the
balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are recognised to
the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which deductible temporary differences, unused tax losses or credits can be
utilised. The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and reduced to the extent that it is no longer
probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.
Deferred tax is calculated on a non-discounted basis at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period in which the liability is expected to be
settled, or the asset realised, based on tax rates and laws enacted, or substantively enacted, at the reporting date. Deferred tax is charged to the Income
statement, except where it relates to items charged or credited to equity (via the Statement of comprehensive income), in which case the deferred tax
is also recognised in equity and is shown in the Statement of comprehensive income. The Group offsets deferred tax assets and liabilities, and reports
the net amount, only when the Group has a legally enforceable right to set off the amounts, and the offset deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to
taxes levied by the same taxation authority on the same taxable company.
Tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the Income statement except to the extent that it relates
to items recognised directly in equity or other comprehensive income, in which case it is recognised directly in equity or shown in the Statement of
comprehensive income. For income tax arising on dividends, the related tax is recognised in the Income statement, Statement of other comprehensive
income, or in equity consistently with the transactions that generated the distributable profits.
R GOVERNMENT SUPPORT SCHEMES – ENERGY BILLS SUPPORT SCHEME AND ALTERNATIVE FUEL PAYMENT SCHEMES
The Group participated in the EBSS and Alternative Fuel Payment (“AFP”) schemes which were designed to support energy customers in GB through
the cost of living crisis, running alongside the EPG and EBRS schemes discussed at Note 4M(d) above. The EBSS was effective from 25 September
2022 and required suppliers to provide £400 to domestic electricity customers between October 2022 and March 2023. The Domestic AFP scheme,
which was effective from 25 January 2023 and ran for one year, required suppliers to provide £200 to domestic users of alternative fuels who they had
a contractual relationship with. The equivalent AFP scheme for non-domestic users of alternative fuels was effective from 8 February 2023 and ran for
one year and required suppliers to provide a payment of £150. The Group generally received funding from the UK Government in advance of the
payments being made to customers. The funds were recorded as Other payables – Payables in respect of government support schemes until the
customer payments were made. Income was recognised as Revenue – Revenue received from government support schemes in the Income statement
upon making the customer payment. In line with IFRS 15, the consideration payable to the customer was recorded as a reduction to Revenue. Where
customer payments were made in advance of the government funding being received, the costs were recorded as prepaid scheme obligation costs.
The Group was restricted in how it could use the cash received from the UK Government and held a ring-fenced bank account in relation to the EBSS.
The restrictions did not change the nature of the assets, only the purpose for which they could be used, thus the funds were considered as a
component of Cash equivalents .
S CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash and short-term deposits in the Statement of financial position comprise cash on hand, and term deposits which are readily convertible into a
known amount of cash without significant risk of changes in value and have a maturity of less than 90 days at the date of acquisition. In the Statement
of cash flows, Cash and cash equivalents include bank overdrafts repayable on demand the next business day. The restrictions on the cash held in
ring-fenced bank accounts in relation to regulatory projects (and previously EBSS) do not change the nature of the assets, only the purpose for which
they can be used, thus are considered as a component of Cash and cash equivalents.
5 SCOPE OF CONSOLIDATION
(a) Significant judgements and assumptions used to determine the scope of the consolidation
The Consolidated financial statements combine the financial statements of Scottish Power UK plc and its subsidiaries and joint arrangements. A
subsidiary is an entity over which the Company has control. This is the case when the Company has power over the relevant activities of the investee,
for example through voting rights; exposure, or rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and the ability to affect those returns
through its power over the investee. No significant judgements have been made in applying these principles to subsidiaries during the year.
(b) Significant judgements and assumptions made in determining the classification of a joint arrangement
CampionWind Limited and MarramWind Limited are material joint operations to the Group which are structured through separate entities (refer to Note
4G). The Group has joint control over these companies through respective shareholder agreements which have the effect of giving the controlling
parties rights to the assets of the arrangements and obligations for their liabilities. Therefore, the arrangements are considered to be joint operations.
Refer to Appendix 1 for details of the equity interest and registered office. The aggregate amount of the capital and reserves are noted below.
2023 2022
Aggregate capital and reserves £m £m
CampionWind Limited 918 518. 91.0 86.0
MarramWind Limited 117.9 68.4
208.9 154.4
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
89
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
5 SCOPE OF CONSOLIDATION
continued
(c) Significant restrictions
As is typical for a group of its size and scope, there are restrictions on the ability of ScottishPower to obtain distributions of capital, access the assets or
repay the liabilities of members of its group due to the statutory, regulatory and contractual requirements of its subsidiaries, and due to the protective
rights of non-controlling interests. After consideration of these factors, the resulting significant restrictions have been identified.
SPD, SPM and SPT
SPD and SPM are regulated Distribution Network Operators and SPT is a regulated electricity transmission entity. The activities of these entities are
governed by licences granted by Ofgem. For such licenced entities, the main drivers facilitating distributions, including dividends, are holding an
investment-grade credit rating and compliance with several other licence conditions. The total value of distributable reserves is restricted by the
requirement to comply with several licence conditions including holding an investment-grade credit rating. In addition, standard condition 26 of the
distribution licence conditions for SPD and SPM and standard condition B3 of the transmission licence conditions for SPT, restrict the disposal of property,
plant and equipment. The Group has policies and procedures in place to adhere to the licence conditions and restrictions arising from them.
2023 2022
Value restricted £m £m
Distributable reserves 918
– SPD 436.1 392.7
– SPM 380.5 385.0
– SPT 599.7 518.0
Property, plant and equipment
– SPD 3,332.7 3,186.4
– SPM 3,490.0 3,347.5
– SPT 3,606.0 3,281.3
6 BUSINESS SEGMENT REPORTING
(a) Operating segments
The Group defines its operating segments based on a combination of factors, principally differences in products and services, and the regulatory
environment in which each business operates. The Group is organised into three reportable segments; Energy Networks, Renewable production and
Customer business. The Group identifies SPT, SPD and SPM as individual operating segments, but as management deem these operating segments to
exhibit similar economic characteristics, they have been aggregated (together with other Energy Networks entities) into a single reported segment,
Energy Networks. In line with IFRS 8, the Group reports its segments on this basis and the measure of profit used for the purpose of reporting to the
Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) is operating profit as per the Consolidated income statement. The CODM for the Group are the CEO and chair
of the Head of Business Sub-holding companies, being the SPENH, SPREL and SPRH boards. All revenue for the reported segments arise from operations
within the UK and Republic of Ireland. Revenue arising from operations within the Republic of Ireland is not deemed material enough to disclose as a
separate operating segment.
During the year ended 31 December 2023, the Group’s reported segments were as follows:
Reported segment* Reported segment description
Energy Networks
The transmission and distribution business within the Group.
Renewable production The origination, development, construction and operation of renewable
energy generation plants, principally onshore and offshore wind, with a
growing presence in battery storage and solar.
Customer business The supply of electricity and gas to domestic and business customers,
together with customer registration, billing and handling enquiries in
respect of these services, the associated metering activity, the smart
meter installation programme, and managing the Group’s smart
solutions activities. The division also manages the Group’s exposure to
the UK wholesale electricity and gas markets, the optimisation of gas
storage, and the development of green hydrogen opportunities.
* The Group's reportable segments have been renamed in the period (refer to page 1) however, the activities within each segment remain comparable with those at
31 December 2022.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
90
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
6 BUSINESS SEGMENT REPORTING continued
(b) Revenue by reported segment
The revenue by reported segment is detailed below. Refer to Note 23(a) for a disaggregation of external revenue.
2023
2022
Revenue Revenue
External Inter-segment reported to External Inter-segment reported to
revenue revenue* the CODM revenue revenue* the CODM
Reported segment £m £m £m £m £m £m
Energy Networks
1,437.6 153.4 1,591.0
1,220.7 159.7 1,380.4
Renewable production
284.0 1,026.0 1,310.0
645.2 1,068.8
1,714.0
Customer business
7,732.5 24.7 7,757.2
6,569.0 17.2
6,586.2
Elimination of inter-segment revenue (1,204.1)
(1,245.7)
9,454.1 8,434.9
* Inter-segment revenue relating to Energy Networks is predominantly subject to regulation and is based on published tariffs set by Ofgem. Renewable production
inter-segment revenue primarily consists of the sale of electricity and ROCs from wind farms. Customer business inter-segment revenue largely consists of the supply of
electricity and gas.
(c) Operating profit/(loss) by reported segment
The operating profit/(loss) by reported segment is detailed below.
Operating Operating
profit/(loss) profit/(loss)
reported to reported to
the CODM the CODM
2023 2022
Reported segment £m £m
Energy Networks
718.0 599.3
Renewable production
632.7 469.6
Customer business
561.4 (234.5)
Unallocated (0.8) 0.1
Total 1,911.3
834.5
(d) Other financial data by reported segment
Acquisition of Acquisition of Depreciation, Net expected credit
property, plant and right-of-use amortisation loss on trade and
equipment and assets and impairment other receivables
intangible assets reported to reported to reported to
Other items by reported segment for reported to the CODM the CODM the CODM the CODM
the year ended 31 December 2023 £m £m £m £m
Energy Networks 929.3 4.4 367.8 (1.0)
Renewable production 755.3 61.7 285.2
0.–
Customer business 135.2 0.– 128.9 207.0
Unallocated 24.6 0.– 29.1 0.–
Total 1,844.4 66.1 811.0 206.0
Acquisition of Acquisition of Depreciation, Net expected credit
property, plant and right-of-use amortisation loss on trade and
equipment and assets and impairment other receivables
intangible assets reported to reported to reported to
Other items by reported segment for reported to the CODM the CODM the CODM the CODM
the year ended 31 December 2022 £m £m £m £m
Energy Networks 623.7 8.1 345.8 1.5
Renewable production 163.8 5.7 258.4 0.3
Customer business 123.1 0.– 149.6 85.0
Unallocated 19.5 0.– 26.7 (0.3)
Total 930.1 13.8 780.5 86.5
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
91
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
7 INTANGIBLE ASSETS
(a) Movements in intangible assets
Other intangible assets
Customer
Goodwill Computer contract
(Note (b)) software Licences costs Other Total Total
Year ended 31 December 2022 Note £m £m £m £m £m £m£m
Cost:
At 1January 2022 364.6 513.1 9.5 248.2 5.4 776.2 1,140.8
Additions
(i) – 33.7 0.– 21.8 0.– 55.5 55.5
Disposals – (5.0) 0.– (56.0) (5.4) (66.4) (66.4)
At 31 December 2022 364.6 541.8 9.5 214.0 0.– 765.3 1,129.9
Amortisation:
At 1January 2022 0.– 427.8 5.0 113.8 5.4 552.0 552.0
Amortisation for the year 0.– 49.2 0.3 66.9 0.– 116.4 116.4
Disposals 0.– (5.0) 0.– (56.0) (5.4) (66.4) (66.4)
At 31 December 2022 – 472.0 5.3 124.7 0.– 602.0 602.0
Net book value:
At 31 December 2022 364.6 69.8 4.2 89.3 0.– 163.3 527.9
At 1January 2022 364.6 85.3 4.5 134.4 0.– 224.2 588.8
Other intangible assets
Customer
Goodwill Computer contract
(Note (b)) software Licences costs Other Total Total
Year ended 31 December 2023 Note £m £m £m £m £m £m£m
Cost:
At 1January 2023 364.6 541.8 9.5 214.0 0.– 765.3 1,129.9
Additions
(i) – 91.4 0.– 21.0 0.– 112.4 112.4
Disposals – (4.5) 0.– (86.5) 0.– (91.0) (91.0)
At 31 December 2023 364.6 628.7 9.5 148.5 0.– 786.7 1,151.3
Amortisation:
At 1January 2023 0.– 472.0 5.3 124.7 0.– 602.0 602.0
Amortisation for the year 0.– 42.5 0.4 54.2 0.– 97.1 97.1
Disposals 0.– (4.5) 0.– (86.5) 0.– (91.0) (91.0)
At 31 December 2023 – 510.0 5.7 92.4 0.– 608.1 608.1
Net book value:
At 31 December 2023 364.6 118.7 3.8 56.1 0.– 178.6 543.2
At 1January 2023 364.6 69.8 4.2 89.3 0.– 163.3 527.9
(i) Included within computer software additions is £1.6 million (2022£2.4 million) from internal development.
(ii) The cost of fully amortised computer software still in use at 31 December 2023 was £435.3 million (2022 £411.6 million).
(iii) Computer software includes SaaS cloud arrangements with a carrying value of £26.9 million (2022 £0.9 million).
( b) Impairment test for goodwill
The carrying amount of goodwill for Renewable production at 31 December 2023 was £364.6 million (2022 £364.6 million). On 1 January 2012, as
part of an Iberdrola Group restructuring exercise, the Group acquired certain renewable energy companies from another Iberdrola Group company.
The transaction was deemed to be a business combination under common control and was accounted for under the pooling of interest method. The
goodwill was created on the original acquisition by Iberdrola.
The recoverable amount for Renewable production has been determined based on a value-in-use calculation. The calculation uses cash flow
projections which reflect past experience, and which are based upon a management approved business plan that runs to 2035. Cash flows beyond
that period reflect asset estimated useful lives as well as management’s forward view of prices and the business strategic objectives. It is considered
appropriate to assess the cash flows over a period longer than five years as this better reflects the long-term nature of energy market operations and
governance, and of wind farm development lead times. The Renewable production business is integral to the ScottishPower strategy to support the
UK transition to net zero.
The value-in-use calculation is based on anticipated generation output over the expected lives of individual sites.
Cash inflows for all projects are based on anticipated generation output using historical trend information as well as internal technical assessment. The
output is valued at forward power prices based on: observable market information where available; assumed continuing government support through
ROCs, CfDs and other mechanisms; and is derived from an internal long-term price forecast which is benchmarked against external forecasts. Cash
outflows are based on planned operating and capital expenditure and include the Electricity Generator Levy .
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
92
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
7 INTANGIBLE ASSETS
continued
The main assumptions and basis for determining values assigned to the key assumptions are detailed below:
Main assumptions used for value-in-use calculations
Basis for determining values assigned to key assumptions
Discount rate (pre-tax): onshore 6.48% (2022 5.52%); and offshore operational
Discount rate is determined on the basis of market data and the divisional cost of
6.92% and offshore development 7.35% (2022 one rate of 6.14%)
capital and has increased in the year due to a rise in the risk free rate.
Forward price of power
Market quotes/internal and external forecasts
Energy output
Theoretical maximum output less adjustments based on historical data (wind
variability, outages and availability)
Inflation rate
Inflation is applied to key assumptions including operating costs, ROC buyout and
CfD prices. Rates are based on macro-economic forecasts which predicts inflation
falling to 2.5% in 2025 and then to 2.0% in 2027.
The value-in-use calculation of Renewable production exceeds the carrying amount.
The Group has also performed several sensitivity analyses of the impairment test result in relation to the key assumptions to which the value-in-use
calculation is most sensitive. These tests included:
• a 100 basis point increase in the pre-tax discount rate. This is the equivalent of a 1% change in the risk-free interest rate which is considered a
reasonably possible variation;
• a 10% movement in the power price per MWh, only applicable to production for which no long-term sales agreements have been entered into. This
is considered a reasonably possible variation; and
• a 5% decline in energy output (considered reasonable to assess risk from unpredicted plant availability or weather issues).
After applying each sensitivity, there was significant headroom between the value-in-use calculations and the underlying book value of the assets.
As noted above, impairment cash flows utilise market-based views of commodity price forecasts, therefore incorporating current market expectations
of how net zero targets will be achieved based on existing government legislation. However, estimates are not yet fully reflective of net zero scenarios
as they do not factor in any prospective, yet to be announced, legislative or market changes that would be required to meet temperature targets.
Hence impairment cash flows are not based on net zero scenario forward prices.
Refer to Note 3 for further details of the Group's consideration of the impact of climate change on the cash flows used in the impairment tests.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
93
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
8 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
(a) Movements in property, plant and equipment
Other items Other items
of property, of property,
Total plant and plant and
operating equipment Plant in the equipment in
plant in use course of the course of
(Note (b)) (Note (i)) construction construction Total
Year ended 31December 2022 Notes £m £m £m £m £m
Cost:
At 1January 2022 19,129.5 282.5 1,125.8 24.5 20,562.3
Additions
(ii), (iii) 72.7 20.7 936.0 24.3 1,053.7
Reassessment of decommissioning asset (179.1) .– .– .– (179.1)
Transfers (to)/from inventories
(iv) .– .– (51.4) 23.2 (28.2)
Transfers from plant in the course of construction to plant in use 0 763.8 .– (720.7) (43.1) ).–
Disposals (149.2) (1.9) 0.– (1.3) (152.4)
At 31 December 2022 19,637.7 301.3 1,289.7 27.6 21,256.3
Depreciation:
At 1January 2022 5,421.6 113.6 – – 5,535.2
Charge for the year 612.9 17.3 – – 630.2
Disposals (134.8) (1.9) – – (136.7)
At 31 December 2022 5,899.7 129.0 – – 6,028.7
Net book value:
At 31 December 2022 13,738.0 172.3 1,289.7 27.6 15,227.6
At 1January 2022 13,707.9 168.9 1,125.8 24.5 15,027.1
Other items Other items
of property, of property,
Total plant and plant and
operating equipment Plant in the equipment in
plant in use course of the course of
(Note (b)) (Note (i)) construction construction Total
Year ended 31 December 2023 Notes £m £m £m £m £m
Cost:
At 1January 2023 19,637.7 301.3 1,289.7 27.6 21,256.3
Additions
(ii), (iii) 78.0 15.6 1,615.3 23.1 1,732.0
Transfers from inventories
(iv) 0.– 0.– 33.5 32.1 65.6
Transfers from plant in the course of construction to plant in use 704.7 0.– (654.3) (50.4) 0.–
Disposals (160.6) (18.0) (0.3) (1.2) (180.1)
I mpairment
(v) 0.– 0.– (14.0) (0.1) (14.1)
At 31 December 2023 20,259.8 298.9 2,269.9 31.1 22,859.7
Depreciation:
At 1January 2023 5,899.7 129.0 0.– 0.– 6,028.7
Charge for the year 642.5 17.9 0.– 0.– 660.4
Disposals (149.1) (17.3) 0.– 0.– (166.4)
At 31 December 2023 6,393.1 129.6 0.– 0.– 6,522.7
Net book value:
At 31 December 2023 13,866.7 169.3 2,269.9 31.1 16,337.0
At 1January 2023 13,738.0 172.3 1,289.7 27.6 15,227.6
The net book value of property, plant and equipment at 31 December is analysed as follows:
2023 2022
£m £m
Property, plant and equipment in use 14,036.0 13,910.3
Property, plant and equipment in the course of construction 2,301.0 1,317.3
16,337.0 15,227.6
(i) Other items of property, plant and equipment in use comprises land and buildings, IT equipment and other assets. Included within this category is £6.5 million (2022
£6.5 million) relating to spend on non-operational sites which are not classified as held for sale in accordance with IFRS 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and
Discontinued Operations’.
(ii) Interest on the funding attributable to major capital projects was capitalised during the year at a rate of 5.6% (2022 2.3%).
(iii) During both years, the Group acquired the entire share capital of a number of solar development entities, treated as asset acquisitions (refer to Appendix 1).
(iv) Transfers (to)/from inventories represents £65.6 million (2022 £51.9 million) of capitalised spare parts in Energy Networks and £nil (2022 (£80.1) million) of offshore
transmission asset expenditure.
( v) The £14.1 million impairment charge for the year ended 31 December 2023 relates primarily to the write down of development projects in the Renewable production
division.
(vi) The cost of fully depreciated property, plant and equipment still in use at 31December 2023 was £474.9 million (2022£440.3 million).
(vii) Included within Other operating results in the Income statement for the year ended 31December 2023 is £2.1 million (2022£0.7 million) relating to compensation
receivable from third parties for items of property, plant and equipment that were impaired, lost or given up.
(viii) Included within the cost of property, plant and equipment at 31 December 2023 are assets in use not subject to depreciation, being land, of £46.8 million (2022
£53.9 million).
(ix) Included in Total operating plant (Transmission facilities) and Other items of property, plant and equipment in use are assets with a carrying amount of £1.2 million (2022
£1.2 million) and £0.2 million (2022 £0.3 million) respectively which the Group leases to third parties via operating leases.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
94
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
8 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
continued
(b) The movements in total operating plant are analysed as follows:
Smart
Wind meters and Other Total
power Transmission Distribution measuring facilities operating
plants facilities facilities devices (Note (i)) plant
Year ended 31 December 2022 £m £m £m £m £m £m
Cost:
At 1January 2022 6,070.4 3,602.1 8,584.1 542.7 330.2 19,129.5
Additions 0.– 1.3 0.– 6.9 57.0 7.5 72.7
Reassessment of decommissioning asset (161.0) (17.5) 0.– 0.– (0.6) (179.1)
Transfers from plant in the course of construction to plant in use 24.0 194.7 461.5 22.1 61.5 763.8
Disposals (2.3) (23.4) (59.6) (36.8) (27.1) (149.2)
At 31 December 2022 5,932.4 3,755.9 8,992.9 585.0 371.5 19,637.7
Depreciation:
At 1January 2022 1,589.8 811.7 2,595.5 268.6 156.0 5,421.6
Charge for the year 228.1 90.9 228.4 44.5 21.0 612.9
Disposals (1.4) (22.7) (55.6) (28.0) (27.1) (134.8)
At 31 December 2022 1,816.5 879.9 2,768.3 285.1 149.9 5,899.7
Net book value:
At 31 December 2022 4,115.9 2,876.0 6,224.6 299.9 221.6 13,738.0
At 1January 2022 4,480.6 2,790.4 5,988.6 274.1 174.2 13,707.9
Smart
Wind meters and Other Total
power Transmission Distribution measuring facilities operating
plants facilities facilities devices (Note (i)) plant
Year ended 31 December 2023 £m £m £m £m £m £m
Cost:
At 1January 2023 5,932.4 3,755.9 8,992.9 585.0 371.5 19,637.7
Additions 0.– 1.1 0.– 10.6 61.6 4.7 78.0
Reassessment of decommissioning asset 2.1 (1.8) 0.– 0.– (0.3) 0.–
Transfers from plant in the course of construction to plant in use 21.4 149.0 511.9 21.1 1.3 704.7
Disposals (26.7) (16.3) (41.2) (75.8) (0.6) (160.6)
At 31 December 2023 5,930.3 3,886.8 9,474.2 591.9 376.6 20,259.8
Depreciation:
At 1January 2023 1,816.5 879.9 2,768.3 285.1 149.9 5,899.7
Charge for the year 234.6 94.7 240.7 48.9 23.6 642.5
Disposals (26.1) (16.2) (38.6) (68.2) 0.– (149.1)
At 31 December 2023 2,025.0 958.4 2,970.4 265.8 173.5 6,393.1
Net book value:
At 31 December 2023 3,905.3 2,928.4 6,503.8 326.1 203.1 13,866.7
At 1January 2023 4,115.9 2,876.0 6,224.6 299.9 221.6 13,738.0
(i) The Other facilities category of operating plant largely comprises smart meter infrastructure assets, battery storage assets, gas storage assets and Energy Networks
communications facilities.
( c) Capital commitments
2023
2029 and
2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 thereafter Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Contracted but not provided 1,408.4 1,319.3 1,117.6 137.1 36.2 47.0 4,065.6
2022
2028 and
2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 thereafter Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Contracted but not provided 661.9 255.8 134.3 58.0 17.9 1.6 1,129.5
(d) Research and development expenditure
The amount of research and development expenditure recognised as an expense during the year was £6.2 million (2022 £5.7 million).
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
95
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
9 LEASING
The Group leases many assets including land, buildings and vehicles. Information about leases for which the Group is a lessee is presented below.
(a) Nature of leases
Land
The Group holds agreements to lease land (including seabed) and for the assignment of rights to use land, primarily for operational assets,
(mainly wind farms), with typical lease terms running from four to 40 years. Certain leases contain the right to extend the existing lease term by
up to 50 years; others can be terminated with appropriate notice, generally up to 24 months. The impact on the lease liability of the extension
options for individual contracts, if taken, is not considered material.
Buildings
The Group leases buildings primarily for its office space, operational depots and retail space (which is sub-let). The leases typically have lease
terms running from ten to 25 years. Certain leases have options to extend the term by up to 25 years at the end of the term; others have options
to terminate subject to a notice period of up to five years or at agreed break points.
The lease for the head office building has a 25 year term ending in 2041 at which point the Group has the right to extend the lease to 2046 (and to
2051 at 2046). It is currently not deemed reasonably certain that these extension options will be taken. However, should they be taken, the estimated
movement in the lease liability would be a decrease of £0.1 million and a further increase of £11.3 million respectively.
Vehicles
The Group leases vehicles with lease terms of generally between five and nine years, primarily being pool vehicles to mobilise its operational staff
and other specialist vehicles. Certain leases can be extended by up to one year. Certain vehicle leases are considered short-term and the Group has
elected not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for these leases.
Other equipment
The Group leases operating plant and office equipment, with lease terms of up to 42 years. Certain leases have rights to extend the term by up to five
years or terminate the lease giving appropriate notice. Certain plant and equipment leases are considered short-term and the Group has elected not to
recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for these leases.
Variable lease payments
Some land leases, particularly those for land on which wind farms have been built, contain variable lease payments that are based primarily on the
output from the wind farm. Also certain building leases contain variable lease payments that are based on the building services supplied. These
payment terms are common for both of these types of leases. The fixed annual payments for the year were £63.3 million compared to variable
payments of £22.5 million. Despite the future planned growth of the Renewable production division, the relative proportions of fixed and variable
lease payments are not expected to be materially different in future years.
Extension options
Some leases, in particular of land and buildings, contain extension options exercisable by the Group at the end of the non-cancellable contract period
or an agreed point before that date. Where practicable, the Group seeks to include extension options in leases to provide operational flexibility. Those
options held are exercisable only by the Group and not by the lessors. At lease commencement, the Group will assess whether it is reasonably certain
to exercise the extension options and reassesses this if there is a significant event or change in circumstances within its control.
Other information
The Group has not committed to any leases that have not yet commenced. The Group has no contracts containing residual value guarantee,
no leases subject to significant restrictions or covenants, and no sale and leaseback transactions.
(b) Right-of-use assets
Other
Land Buildings Vehicles equipment Total
Year ended 31 December 2022 Note £m £m £m £m £m
Cost:
At 1January 2022 385.0 113.6 41.4 4.3 544.3
Additions 5.2 4.1 4.5 – 13.8
Adjustments for changes in liabilities
(i) 13.8 10.3 0.4 (0.1) 24.4
At 31 December 2022 404.0 128.0 46.3 4.2 582.5
Depreciation:
At 1 January 2022 43.9 21.0 22.1 2.0 89.0
Charge for the year 18.2 7.3 7.7 0.7 33.9
At 31 December 2022 62.1 28.3 29.8 2.7 122.9
Net book value:
At 31December 2022 341.9 99.7 16.5 1.5 459.6
At 1January 2022 341.1 92.6 19.3 2.3 455.3
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
96
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
9 LEASING continued
Other
Land Buildings Vehicles equipment Total
Year ended 31 December 2023 Note £m £m £m £m £m
Cost:
At 1January 2023 404.0 128.0 46.3 4.2 582.5
Additions 64.8 0.– 1.3 0.– 66.1
Adjustments for changes in liabilities
(i) 17.0 12.0 16.4 0.5 45.9
Disposals (0.4) 0.– (0.4) 0.– (0.8)
At 31 December 2023 485.4 140.0 63.6 4.7 693.7
Depreciation:
At 1 January 2023 62.1 28.3 29.8 2.7 122.9
Charge for the year 19.6 7.4 11.7 0.7 39.4
Disposals 0.– 0.– (0.3) 0.– (0.3)
At 31 December 2023 81.7 35.7 41.2 3.4 162.0
Net book value:
At 31 December 2023 403.7 104.3 22.4 1.3 531.7
At 1January 2023 341.9 99.7 16.5 1.5 459.6
(i) Adjustments for changes in liabilities are movements in the right-of-use asset resulting from remeasurement of the associated lease liability to reflect changes
to the lease payments due to any reassessment or lease modifications.
(ii) There are no right-of-use assets measured at revalued amounts.
(c) Lease liabilities
The following table sets out a maturity analysis of non-derivative lease liabilities, showing the undiscounted payments to be made after the
reporting date.
2023 2022
£m £m
Less than one year 55.1 50.2
One to five years 185.4 161.3
More than five years 648.9 531.1
Total undiscounted lease liabilities at 31 December 889.4 742.6
Finance cost (297.3) (218.8)
Total discounted lease liabilities 592.1 523.8
Analysis of total lease liabilities
Non-current 551.5 487.8
Current 40.6 36.0
Total 592.1 523.8
Details of the Group’s risk management strategy for liquidity risks inherent in its lease liability are described at Note 12(e)C1.
(d) Amounts recognised in Income statement
2023 2022
Note £m £m
Interest on lease liabilities (20.2) (19.2)
Variable lease payments not included in the measurement of lease liabilities (23.6) (14.5)
Income from sub-leasing right-of-use assets 0.1 0.2
Expenses relating to short-term leases (i) (10.4) (10.8)
(i) This charge relates to leases for plant and equipment, and vehicles which are considered short-term. Future commitments relating to the portfolio of short-term leases
entered into for the next financial year are not expected to be materially different from the expense charged in the current year.
(e) Amounts recognised in the Statement of cash flows 2023 2022
£m £m
Payments of lease liabilities (43.5) (25.9)
Interest paid on lease liabilities (19.8) (18.4)
Payments for variable lease components (22.5) (14.5)
Payments for short-term leases (9.2) (9.1)
Total cash outflow for leases (95.0) (67.9)
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
97
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
10 RETIREMENT BENEFITS
A ANALYSIS OF BALANCE
The amounts recognised in the Statement of financial position in respect of the net retirement benefit assets/(obligations) are detailed below:
2023 2022
£m £m
Non-current assets 246.6 341.9
Non-current liabilities (123.4) (101.9)
B GROUP PENSION ARRANGEMENTS
The Group operates the following pension schemes for staff:
Scottish Power Manweb Group of Electricity Stakeholder
Scheme Pension Scheme (“SPPS”) Supply Pension Scheme (“Manweb”) Pension Plan
Type of benefit Final salary Final salary Defined contribution
New entrants No No Yes
Funded separately from Group assets Yes Yes Yes
Administration method Trustee board Trustee board Insurance contract
Member contributions 5% of salary 5.5% of salary 5% of salary with the option to
change the contribution rate
How Group contributions are determined Agreement of Trustee and Group Agreement of Trustee and Group Defined
following actuarial valuation following actuarial valuation
(last valuation: 31 March 2021) (last valuation: 31 March 2021)
Current actual Group contributions 53.4% of salary 52.9% of salary Up to 10% of salary for the majority
of employees
Special contributions during year ended £38.7 million £49.0 million None
31 December 2023
Special contributions planned for year ending £3.8 million £53.9 million None
31 December 2024
Pension charge Based on advice of independent Based on advice of independent Equal to actual Group contributions
qualified actuary qualified actuary in the year (2023 £20.9million,
2022 £17.3 million)
The age profile of the two final salary schemes is expected to rise over time, due to the schemes being closed to new entrants. All else being equal,
this will, in turn, result in increasing service costs for these two schemes due to the actuarial valuation method used, the projected unit method, which
IAS 19 stipulates is used to determine the present value of the defined benefit obligation and current service cost.
The Group also operates an Unfunded Unapproved Retirement Benefit Scheme for former senior executives’ benefit promises in excess of limits set by
the UK taxation authorities. The UURBS has no invested assets, and the Group has provided £2.8 million as at 31 December 2023 (2022 £2.9 million) for
the benefit promises which will ultimately be paid by the Group.
In light of the improvement in the SPPS funding position and the desire to avoid trapped surplus, the Company agreed a revised Schedule of
Contributions with the SPPS Trustees in December 2023. While the Scheme remains at least 99% funded on a technical provisions basis, the revised
schedule suspends the previously agreed deficit contributions from 31 December 2023 until the outcome of the 31 March 2024 triennial funding
valuation exercise is known and a new recovery plan is agreed (if applicable).
At the 2022 year end, the Defined Benefit Obligation for Manweb was updated to reflect the constructive obligation arising from the ‘best endeavours’
commitment to provide pension increases in line with uncapped Retail Price Index (“RPI”) inflation. This obligation has previously been communicated to
Manweb members, is referenced in the scheme funding documents and has been in place for some time.
C GROUP PENSION SCHEME GOVERNANCE
As described in the table above, the Group operates two defined benefit pension schemes. Active members continue to accrue benefits in the
schemes, which are based on final pensionable salary. The two schemes are closed to new entrants.
The schemes are approved by HMRC and subject to standard UK pensions and tax law. The defined benefit schemes are subject to the scheme funding
requirements as set out in section 224 of the Pensions Act 2004. In accordance with the scheme funding requirements, an actuarial funding valuation
is carried out at least triennially to determine the appropriate level of ongoing contributions for both future service and a recovery plan in respect of
any deficit at the valuation date. These actuarial valuations will be based on assumptions agreed between the Trustees and the Group. The assumptions
used to calculate liabilities (or technical provisions) in a triennial funding valuation may differ from those used when accounting under IAS 19. The
Trustees are required to set assumptions prudently, whereas IAS 19 assumptions are set with regard to the Group’s best estimates. Additionally, the
discount rate used to value technical provisions in a triennial valuation will take into account the scheme investment strategy, rather than being based
on the yield on AA corporate bonds as required under IAS 19. The most recent completed actuarial valuations were as at the effective date of 31 March
2021.
In accordance with UK trust and pensions law, the defined benefit pension schemes are governed by their respective Board of Trustees. Although the
Group meets the financial cost of running the schemes, the Trustees are responsible for the management and governance of the schemes, and have a
duty to act in the best interests of the members.
The strategic management of the assets is the responsibility of the Trustees acting on expert advice. The Trustees take advice from the schemes’ actuaries
and investment advisers with a view to investing the schemes’ assets in a manner that is appropriate to the nature and duration of the expected future
retirement and death benefits payable from the schemes. In consultation with the Group, the Trustees have set out target investment strategies for the
schemes of 66% matching and 34% growth assets.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
98
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
10 RETIREMENT BENEFITS continued
In terms of the matching portfolio, the schemes utilise a Liability Driven Investment (“LDI”) strategy. The aim of the LDI portfolio is to invest in a range of
assets (mostly bonds) which broadly match the expected future benefit payments from the schemes. In addition, the Trustee of SPPS and the Trustee of
Manweb implemented longevity swaps in December 2014 and July 2016 respectively. For further details, refer to the Mortality risk section that follows.
D RISK MANAGEMENT
The defined benefit schemes expose the Group to actuarial risks and details of the specific risks and how they are managed are described below.
D1 INVESTMENT (MARKET) RISK
There is a risk relating to changes in the value of the portfolio due to movements in the market value of the assets. To the extent that there is a
mismatch between the investment strategy and the overall level and profile of the liabilities, this can lead to volatility in the funding level, and as the
portfolio matures there is a risk of not being able to reinvest assets at the assumed rates. The Trustees utilise an LDI strategy which aims to invest 66%
of the assets in matching LDIs such as bonds, which broadly match the nature and profile of the future expected benefit payments from the schemes.
The underlying LDI strategy utilises investment in fixed-interest and index-linked government securities, cash, and derivative instruments such as
interest and inflation rate swaps. The objective of the LDI strategy is to manage the schemes’ interest and inflation rate exposure relative to the interest
and inflation rate exposure of the liability cash flows. Hence, the strategy provides a hedge against changes in scheme liabilities resulting from interest
and inflation rate movements (refer to further detail below). LDI assets are valued in accordance with fair value principles. For instance, valuations will be
based on quoted prices where available (e.g. fixed-interest securities) and pricing models using observable market inputs (e.g. in relation to swaps and
other derivative instruments). The Trustees have diversified the market risk in the growth portfolio across multiple asset types, such as property and
private and mezzanine debt. As with LDI, growth assets are valued based on quoted prices where available (e.g. quoted equities and corporate bonds).
Where investments do not have a market quotable price available, such as level 3 assets, the fair values are derived in accordance with IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value
Measurement’ (“IFRS 13”) and provided by the fund manager. Through diversification, the specific risk associated with individual investments is mostly
mitigated and expected volatility of returns is reduced. In addition, the Trustees review the investment strategies on a regular basis to ensure that it
remains appropriate and in particular in response to legislative changes, a material change in the schemes’ funding levels or changes in the attitude to
risk of the Trustees or Group.
Each of the pension schemes is invested in an appropriately diversified range of assets. The broad proportion of each asset class in which the schemes
aim to be invested are as shown in the table below, however it is important to note that this may vary from time to time as markets change and cash
may be held for strategic reasons. Additional information on the schemes’ investment strategies, including ESG considerations, can be found in each of
the Statement of investment principles at www.sppensions.com.
2023 2022
LDI 66% 66%
Property 8% 8%
Mezzanine/Private debt 26% 26%
100% 100%
D2 MORTALITY RISK
The assumptions adopted by the Group make allowance for future improvements in life expectancy. There is a risk that life expectancy improves faster
than assumed and that benefits are paid for longer than expected, thereby increasing the cost of the schemes. The Group and the Trustees regularly
review the actual scheme mortality experience to minimise the risk of using an inappropriate assumption. In general, the Trustees will also use prudent
assumptions when deriving the triennial actuarial valuation basis used for funding requirements.
In December 2014 and July 2016, the Trustees of SPPS and Manweb (respectively) implemented a longevity swap in respect of the current pensioners at
that time. The swap removes the previously unhedged longevity risk for the pensioners (and their contingent spouses) by hedging the risk of members
covered by the contract living longer than expected (who constitute approximately 40% and 60% of the total liability of the SPPS and Manweb schemes
respectively). The swaps are an insurance contract between both SPPS and Manweb and the counterparty insurer. Counterparty risk is mitigated by both
SPPS and Manweb and the counterparty posting collateral to the other party on a daily basis to account for market movements in the value of the
derivatives held.
D3 CURRENCY RISK
The Trustees have appointed Blackrock to manage the currency hedging mandates for SPPS and Manweb. Through the use of currency forwards,
approximately 75% of the currency exposure inherent in the euro-denominated infrastructure and private debt instruments, and US dollar-denominated
mezzanine and private debt instruments is hedged.
D4 INTEREST RATE RISK
A fall in the yield on government bonds increases both the liabilities and assets of the schemes. To the extent that the assets do not fully match the
nature and duration of the liabilities, this could lead to a worsening in the funding position of the schemes. The Trustees currently target 66% of the
schemes’ investments in LDI which include matching assets such as fixed-interest bonds. The interest rate hedging strategy adopted within the LDI
portfolio provides partial protection against the impact of changes in yields. The current target is for 90% and 80% of the interest rate risk (for SPPS and
Manweb respectively) to be hedged on a technical provisions basis. Under the de-risking framework agreed between the Group and the Trustees, the
level of interest rate hedging will be increased when market conditions are deemed favourable. As the level of hedging increases, funding level volatility
will be further reduced.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
99
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
10 RETIREMENT BENEFITS
continued
D5 INFLATION RATE RISK
The majority of the schemes’ liabilities increase in line with inflation, subject to relevant caps and collars. To the extent that inflation is higher than
expected, this will increase the liabilities of the schemes. The schemes’ target investment strategy is to invest 66% of the portfolio in LDI investments
which will include bonds that are also linked to inflation. The inflation hedging strategy adopted within the LDI portfolio provides partial protection
against the impact of changes in inflation. The current target is for 90% and 80% of the inflation rate risk (for SPPS and Manweb respectively) to be
hedged on a technical provisions basis. Under the de-risking framework agreed between the Group and the Trustees, the level of inflation rate hedging
will be increased when market conditions are deemed favourable. As the level of hedging increases, funding level volatility will be further reduced.
D6 MANWEB CREDIT FACILITY
In 2023 the Company provided a revolving credit facility to Manweb for the purpose of ensuring that the scheme has sufficient short-term liquidity
under a future stress scenario. For example, a significant collateral call in relation to the scheme's derivative hedging of inflation and interest rates
caused by a sharp rise in gilt yields such as that seen during the September 2022 "LDI crisis" in the UK. The facility allows for a maximum loan of £80.0
million and is in place until 31 December 2026 – at that point the scheme is expected to have sufficient liquidity under a stressed scenario due
to the maturity profile of the scheme's illiquid assets, meaning the revolving credit facility would no longer be required.
Manweb has sufficient liquidity to meet current cash flow requirements and accordingly no drawdowns from the facility have been made to date, nor
are any drawdowns expected in the immediate future. While the facility is in place and no drawdowns have been made, there is no accounting impact
for the Company.
E ACTUARIAL ASSUMPTIONS
E1 PENSION SCHEMES ASSUMPTIONS
The assumptions used by the independent actuary for the pension arrangements, for both schemes, were developed by management with the assistance
of the independent actuary.
(a) The table below details the assumptions used by the independent actuary for the pension scheme arrangements and are expressed as weighted averages:
2023 2022
Rate of increase in salaries (Note (i)) 3.0% p.a. 3.2% p.a.
Rate of increase in deferred pensions (RPI capped at 5% p.a.)
(Note (ii)) 3.0% p.a. 3.2% p.a.
Rate of increase to pensions in payment (RPI capped at 5% p.a.)
(Note (iii)) 3.0% p.a. 3.1% p.a.
Discount rate
4.4% p.a. 4.8% p.a.
Inflation assumption – RPI
3.0% p.a. 3.2% p.a.
Inflation assumption – CPI
2.4% p.a. 2.6% p.a.
(i) For members of the FSLP section of the SPPS scheme, the 2023 salary assumption is 3.3% p.a. (2022 3.4% p.a.).
(ii) For members of the FSLP section of the SPPS scheme, deferred pensions are increased with reference to statutory revaluation.
(iii) For members of Manweb, the majority of pensions in payment are assumed to increase in line with RPI without a cap applied.
Most benefits in the schemes increase in deferment or in retirement, with the rate and index of increase determined by when the benefit was accrued
by the member and in which section. As stated in the scheme rules, the vast majority of benefits increase in line with RPI inflation subject to various
floors and caps. A very small proportion of benefits, namely guaranteed minimum pension benefits accrued between April 1988 and April 1997, increase
in retirement in line with CPI inflation with a 0% floor and a 3% cap applied on an annual basis.
For the year ended 31 December 2023 management has made a refinement to the way that the discount rate has been set. The discount rate is now
the single rate that would result in the same Defined Benefit Obligation as discounting future cashflows using the full yield curve (rather than taking a
single point from the curve at the duration of the schemes’ liabilities, as was the case in previous years). This is a change in accounting estimate as per
IAS 8 ‘Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors’ (“IAS 8”). This change, in isolation, has increased the discount rate by 0.44% at
31 December 2023 resulting in a reduction in Defined Benefit Obligation of £150.0 million for SPPS and a reduction in Defined Benefit Obligation of
£50.0 million for Manweb.
(b) The weighted average life expectancies for mortality used to determine the benefit obligations were as follows:
SPPS
Manweb
2023 2022
2023 2022
Male Female Male Female Male Female Male Female
At 31 December
Years Years Years Years Years Years Years Years
Member age 63 (current life expectancy) 22.6 24.6 24.0 25.7 22.6 25.3 24.0 25.7
Member age 45 (life expectancy at age 63) 23.8 26.5 25.2 27.1 24.1 27.1 25.2 27.1
(c) The post-retirement mortality assumptions are as follows:
2023 2022
Base tables
SPPS
Manweb
SPPS and Manweb
115%/113% S3PMA
111%/113% S3PMA
95% S2PMA/100% S2PFA
/115%/122% S3PFA
/106%/112% S3PFA
(ill-health members have
(non-pensioner/pensioner)
(non-pensioner/pensioner)
a +6-year age rating)
Allowance for future improvements
CMI* 2022 with 7.0
CMI* 2022 with 7.0
CMI* 2021 with 7.0
smoothing parameter
smoothing parameter
smoothing parameter
0.25% initial addition
0.25% initial addition
0.25% initial addition
parameter
parameter
parameter
40% w2022 parameter
40% w2022 parameter
10% w2020 parameter
1.25% long-term
1.25% long-term
1.25% long-term
improvement rate
improvement rate
improvement rate
* CMI – Continuous mortality investigations
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
100
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
10 RETIREMENT BENEFITS continued
The post retirement mortality assumptions have been set as follows:
• Base tables: consistent with best estimate from analysis conducted by the Scheme Actuary for purpose of latest triennial funding valuations.
• Future mortality improvements: review the latest CMI model and consider if any new parameters have been introduced or changes made to core
parameters and carry out an analysis to ensure that these are set to be appropriate for the scheme's population.
The above reviews have led to the adoption of the latest 2022 CMI future improvements model. COVID-19 continues to affect mortality rates in the UK
and the Company expects that it will take many years before mortality improvements revert to a pre-pandemic state. The Company therefore considers
that it is appropriate to adopt a CMI w2022 parameter of 40% (the weight placed on the excess deaths observed during 2022).
E2 IMPACT OF CHANGING MATERIAL ASSUMPTIONS ON THE DEFINED BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS
The sensitivity analysis below has been calculated by varying the critical actuarial assumption whilst keeping all other assumptions constant. Liabilities
are calculated using the same method and membership data as that used to derive the defined benefit obligation. As well as impacting on salary
growth, a change in inflation also impacts on other inflation-linked assumptions such as increases to deferred pensions and pensions in payment. This
sensitivity applies to the defined benefit obligations only, and not to the net defined benefit pension asset/liability in its entirety, the measurement
of which is driven by a number of factors including, in addition to the assumptions below, the fair value of scheme assets. There has been no change
to the method year-on-year to assess the sensitivity of the results to changes in the critical actuarial assumptions.
Possible changes as at 31 December to one of the actuarial assumptions would have affected the defined benefit obligations as noted below. Given
the reduction in market volatility relative to the prior year end, the range of scenarios presented below for 2023 is narrower than for 2022.
Increase/(decrease) in defined benefit obligations
2023 2022
Impact of changing material assumption £m £m £m £m £m £m
Rate of increase/decrease in inflation 0.5% 0.25% 0.1% 1.0% 0.5% 0.1%
Increase by 166.3 79.8 31.8 357.3 180.2 32.5
Decrease by (164.7) (84.4) (33.6) (334.0) (177.1) (34.2)
Rate of increase/decrease in discount rate 0.5% 0.25% 0.1% 1.0% 0.5% 0.25%
Increase by (206.4) (106.0) (43.1) (
395.3) (208.5) (107.2)
Decrease by 230.7 112.1 44.0 496.3 233.5 113.5
Assumed life expectancy
Increase mortality by one additional year 114.6 117.2
E3 ANALYSIS OF SCHEME ASSETS
E3.1 FAIR VALUE OF PLAN ASSETS
The following table provides information on the composition and fair value of plan assets of the SPPS and Manweb schemes.
2023 2022
Plan asset Plan asset
SPPS Manweb Total allocation SPPS Manweb Total allocation
£m £m £m % £m £m £m %
Equities 0.– 0.– 0.– 0.– 34.3 57.8 92.1 2.7%
LDI instrument
(Note (i)) 1,279.1 256.5 1,535.6 45.7% 1,223.4 175.9 1,399.3 40.8%
Property 220.6 83.1 303.7 9.0% 195.2 87.5 282.7 8.2%
Cash 84.2 27.0 111.2 3.3% 97.1 59.8 156.9 4.6%
Mezzanine/private debt 890.7 263.5 1,154.2 34.4% 902.1 281.7 1,183.8 34.6%
Longevity swap fair value (234.2) (105.5) (339.7) (10.1)% (172.0) (87.9) (259.9) (7.6)%
Longevity swap collateral (Note (ii)) 368.3 227.5 595.8 17.7% 378.3 194.9 573.2 16.7%
Fair value of scheme assets 2,608.7 752.1 3,360.8 100.0% 2,658.4 769.7 3,428.1 100.0%
(i) At 31 December 2023, LDI instruments include £50.2 million of cash for SPPS and £10.3 million of cash for Manweb. The remaining assets within each scheme's liability
driven investment allocations include fixed and index-linked government bonds as well as interest rate and inflation swap contracts. None of these investments are
categorised as level 3 assets (refer to E3.2 overleaf).
(ii) Longevity swap collateral is held in gilts and cash.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
101
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
10 RETIREMENT BENEFITS
continued
SPPS and Manweb investment strategies are similar and there is no significant difference in risk profiles due to either geography or industry type. The
schemes’ assets do not include any of the Group’s own financial instruments, nor any property occupied by, or other assets used by, the Group. Neither
of the schemes held ScottishPower or Iberdrola shares in 2023 or 2022.
As at 31 December 2023, no plan assets (2022 2.7% of plan assets) have quoted prices in active markets. Markets are considered active if transactions for
the asset take place with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information at the measurement date and on an ongoing basis. The remaining
plan assets do not have quoted prices in active markets. Of these plan assets, £1,117.6 million (2022 £1,206.7 million) are level 3 assets, which are
discussed below.
E3.2 VALUATION OF LEVEL 3 PLAN ASSETS
Level 3 assets are investments where a market quotable price is not available. The fair values of these assets are derived in accordance with IFRS 13 and
provided by the relevant fund manager. As noted below, year end valuations for some level 3 assets may be estimated and are significant accounting
estimates. Final audited year end valuations for these assets are typically not available until several months after the year end. Additionally, as 31 December
2023 was not a working day, some of the asset values used are as at 29 December 2023, however there is not a material differential as a result of this. As
part of the controls carried out on these assets, a retrospective review is carried out for the purposes of these accounts and material valuation differences
updated.
(a) Property
An independent market valuation of the direct property investments as at 31 December 2023 is provided by BNP Paribas with reference to comparable
market transactions. Key assumptions for property valuations are market rents and yields. Accordingly, the direct property valuation is not reported as
being subject to ‘material valuation uncertainty’. The fair value of the indirect property assets is based on the most recent available fund valuation at
31 December 2023.
(b) Mezzanine/private debt
Fair values are based on the most recently available quarterly valuations (30 September 2023) adjusted where relevant for cash flows to year end.
Various different valuation methods are utilised by the mezzanine/private debt managers as appropriate for the underlying investment including
discounted cash flows, enterprise value, cost plus accrued interest and external pricing. For instance, where internal cash flow modelling has been
performed, significant assumptions will include discount rate and, expected cash flows. No material adjustments to the relevant quarterly valuations
have been noted by the fund managers.
(c) Longevity swap
During 2023, an independent assessment of the fair values of the swaps was carried out on behalf of the Trustees by the actuary for the schemes
for the purposes of updating the reported values in the scheme accounts as at 31 March 2023. Following a review by the Group of this valuation
methodology, it was determined that this methodology, and consequently the fair values reported at 31March 2023, were suitable for reporting under
IAS 19 in accordance with IFRS 13. The fair value assessment carried out by the independent actuary allows for the difference between the present
value of the known cash flows under the original fixed leg of the swap using longevity assumptions agreed at inception and the present value of the
projected cash flows under the floating leg. The projections underlying the floating leg of the swap allow for the schemes’ actual mortality experience
since inception, more up to date data on current swap population and, more up to date industry expectations of future longevity experience and an
allowance for the fees the Company expects the market to charge at the current time.
Therefore, for the purposes of the 31 December 2023 valuation, the Group has revised the 31March 2023 fair value in line with this figure and adjusted
to the year end in line with movements in the value of the fixed and floating legs of the swaps as calculated under the existing collateral model
valuations due to changes in financial assumptions and the estimated impact of actual versus assumed scheme mortality experience. Hence the
valuation takes into consideration current market conditions at the reporting date. This valuation approach is consistent with the methodology adopted
for the 2022 year end.
As at 31 December 2023, the fair values of the longevity swap liabilities for SPPS and Manweb were £(234.2) million (2022 £(172.0) million) and £(105.5)
million (2022 £(87.9) million) respectively.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
102
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
10 RETIREMENT BENEFITS
continued
F MOVEMENTS IN THE DEFINED BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS AND SCHEME ASSETS DURING THE YEAR
(a) Movements in the present value of the defined benefit obligations and scheme assets are as follows:
2023
2022
Defined Defined
benefit Scheme benefit Scheme
obligations assets Total obligations assets Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m
At 1January (3,188.1) 3,428.1 240.0 (4,989.0) 5,181.2 192.2
Items recognised in the Consolidated income statement
Current service cost (21.6) 0.– (21.6) (47.6) 0.– (47.6)
Past service costs (charge)/credit
(Note (i)) (0.2) 0.– (0.2) 5.2 0.– 5.2
Interest (expense)/income
(Note (ii)) (146.6) 161.9 15.3 (96.3) 101.3 5.0
Administration expenses 0.– (4.3) (4.3) .– (3.9) (3.9)
(168.4) 157.6 (10.8) (138.7) 97.4 (41.3)
Items recognised in the Consolidated statement
of comprehensive income
Actuarial gains arising from changes in demographic assumptions 192.2 0.– 192.2 95.0 0.– 95.0
Actuarial (losses)/gains arising from changes in financial assumptions (140.1) 0.– (140.1) 1,803.3 .– 1,803.3
Actuarial losses arising from changes of the scheme experience
different to that assumed (126.0) 0.– (126.0) (215.8) .– (215.8)
Return on assets relative to interest income
(Note (ii)) 0.– (167.3) (167.3) 0.– (1,732.0) (1,732.0)
(73.9) (167.3) (241.2) 1,682.5 (1,732.0) (49.5)
Other movements
Employer contributions 0.– 135.2 135.2 0.– 138.6 138.6
Benefits paid 1 9 7. 5 ( 19 7. 5 ) 0.– 261.9 (261.9) .–
Scheme members’ contributions (4.7) 4.70. 0.– (4.8) 4.8 .–
192.8 (57.6) 135.2 257.1 (118.5) 138.6
At 31 December (3,237.6) 3,360.8 123.2 (3,188.1) 3,428.1 240.0
(i) The past service costs of £0.2 million for the year ended 31 December 2023 (2022 credit of £5.2 million) comprised new provisions for restructuring costs and true-ups
of prior year provisions for restructuring costs.
(ii) The actual loss on scheme assets amounted to £(5.4) million (2022 loss of £(1,630.7) million. As noted previously, the schemes’ assets are largely hedged against
movements in interest rates and inflation. The fall in bond yields over the period acts to increase the value of the plan assets. But this is largely offset by the effect of
a reduction in long-term inflation expectations (which reduces the value of the plan assets) and a reduction in the fair value of the longevity swaps over the period.
(b) Analysis of the defined benefit obligations and scheme assets at 31 December:
2023
2022
Defined Defined
benefit Scheme benefit Scheme
obligations assets Total obligations assets Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m
Present value of funded obligations/fair value of scheme assets (3,234.8) 3,360.8 126.0 (3,185.2) 3,428.1 242.9
Present value of unfunded obligations (2.8) 0.– (2.8) (2.9) 0.– (2.9)
Total net asset 123.2 240.0
(c) The net asset/(liability) at 31 December is analysed by scheme as follows:
2023 2022
£m £m
Included on the Statement of financial position as non-current assets
SPPS 246.6 341.9
Included on the Statement of financial position as non-current liabilities
Manweb and UURBS (123.4) (101.9)
Total net asset 123.2 240.0
G ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
G1 FUTURE CONTRIBUTIONS
The Group expects to contribute £105.5 million to the pension schemes in the year ending 31 December 2024. The level of cash contributions payable by
the Group will next be reviewed at the 31 March 2024 triennial funding valuations which are due to be completed by 30 June 2025.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
103
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
10 RETIREMENT BENEFITS
continued
G2 MATURITY PROFILE OF THE DEFINED BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS
The following table provides expected undiscounted future cash flow projections for both pension schemes based on current member data. These cash
flows reflect expected benefit payment amounts based on the underlying demographic assumptions adopted at 31 December 2023. Cash flows are
expected to peak in 2034 for Manweb and 2035 for SPPS with benefits payments extending to approximately 2080 for Manweb and 2090 for SPPS.
Expected future cash flows (£m)
Year 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028
SPPS 117.0 107.5 110.5 113.5 114.9
Manweb 52.4 46.6 46.9 47.3 51.1
Liabilities have been calculated as at 31 December 2023 based on membership data provided as at 30 April 2023.
G3 ANALYSIS OF THE DEFINED BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS BY MEMBER STATUS
2023 2022
SPPS Manweb SPPS Manweb
At 31 December % % % %
Active members 24 21 22 20
Deferred members 15 8 15 9
Pensioners 61 71 63 71
The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligations as at 31 December 14.0 years 12.5 years 14.5 years 12.5 years
G4 MINIMUM FUNDING REQUIREMENT
Under the rules of each scheme, the Trustees cannot unilaterally wind-up the schemes and the Group would be able to assume gradual settlement of
the liabilities over time until all members have left. Having then triggered a wind-up, any remaining surplus would revert to the Group. Furthermore,
the power to amend the rules of each scheme lies with the Group, and the Trustees cannot unilaterally improve benefits under the schemes. Therefore,
the Group has an unconditional right to a refund under IFRIC14 ‘IAS 19 – The Limit of a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum Funding Requirements and their
Interaction’ and thus there is no requirement to restrict any IAS 19 surplus, should it arise, nor to recognise any additional liabilities in respect of
minimum funding requirements.
11 INVESTMENTS IN JOINT VENTURES
(a) Movements in aggregate of individually immaterial investments in joint ventures are analysed as follows:
£m
1January 2022 7. 7
Share of result for year 1.3
Dividends (0.3)
At 1 January 2023 12 8.7
Share of result for year 1.1
At 31 December 2023 12 9.8
(i) Investments in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method. Details of the Group’s joint ventures are set out in Appendix 1.
(ii) No quoted market prices exist for investments in joint ventures.
(iii) No significant restrictions exist (e.g. resulting from borrowing arrangements, regulatory requirements or contractual arrangements between investors with joint control
of, or significant influence over, a joint venture) that impact upon the ability of joint ventures to transfer funds to the Group in the form of cash dividends, or to repay
loans or advances made by the Group (2022 none).
(b) Commitments
The Group has commitments not recognised at 31 December 2023 relating to its interests in joint ventures of £0.8 million (2022 £0.9 million).
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
104
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
12 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
(a) Carrying amount of financial instruments
The table below sets out the carrying amount and fair value of the Group’s financial instruments.
2023
2022
Carrying Fair Carrying Fair
amount value amount value
Classification
Notes £m £m £m £m
Financial assets
FVTPL
Other investments 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Derivative financial instruments
Fair value hedging instrument
(v) 302.7 302.7 657.2 657.2
Receivables
Amortised cost/FVTPL
(i), (ii) 2,777.4 2777.4 3,228.6 3,228.6
Cash
(iii) 159.1 159.1 869.1 869.1
Financial liabilities
Loans and other borrowings
Amortised cost
(iv) (6,899.6) (6,833.0) (6,953.6) (6,831.1)
Fair value hedging instrument
Derivative financial instruments (581.6) (581.6) (1,718.7) (1,718.7)
Payables
Amortised cost
(i) (1,913.8) (1,913.8) (2,037.4) (2,037.4)
Amortised cost
Other financial liabilities (247.3) (247.3) (23.8) (23.8)
The carrying amount of these financial instruments is calculated as set out in Note 4H. With the exception of Loans and other borrowings, the carrying
amount of financial instruments is a reasonable approximation of fair value. The fair value of Loans and other borrowings is calculated as set out in
footnote (iv) below.
(i) Balances outwith the scope of IFRS 7 and IFRS 9 have been excluded, namely Prepayments, Other tax receivables, Payments received on account and Other taxes and
social security. The Receivables balance at 31 December 2023 also excludes £1.3 million of prepayments with joint ventures. The balance at 31 December 2022 also
excludes £8.8 million of Receivables in respect of government support schemes that represented prepaid EBSS obligation costs relating to payments made to certain
customers in advance of the 2022 year end (refer to Note 13(c)).
(ii) Included within Receivables is £0.2 million of contingent consideration (2022 £1.8 million).
(iii) As a general rule, cash deposited with banks earns interest at rates similar to market rates on daily deposits. Restricted cash is £54.1 million as at 31 December 2023
(2022 £38.0 million) representing cash held relating to regulatory projects (refer to Notes 4R and 4S).
(iv) The fair value of listed debt is calculated using the most recently traded price to the 2023 year end date. The fair value of all other loans and borrowings is calculated
using a discounted cash flow.
(v) Included within Derivative financial assets is £8.2 million (2022 £nil) of embedded derivatives.
(b) Measurement of financial instruments
The Group holds certain financial instruments which are measured in the Statement of financial position at fair value as detailed in Note 12(a) above.
The Group uses the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of financial instruments by valuation technique:
Level 1: Quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2: Other techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or indirectly.
Level 3: Techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market data.
I n both the current and prior year, all Other investments held by the Group are classified as Level1 and all Derivative financial instruments held by the
Group are classified as Level 2. All contingent consideration receivable held by the Group is classified as Level 2.
Included in Level 2 derivative liabilities of £581.6 million (2022 £1,718.7 million) are inseparable third-party credit enhancements. These have been
reflected in the fair value measurement of the liability.
Level 2 commodity derivatives are fair-valued by comparing and discounting the difference between the expected contractual cash flows for the
relevant commodities and their quoted prices in an active market.
Level 2 foreign exchange derivatives comprise a cross-currency swap and forward foreign exchange contracts, which are both fair-valued using the
forward exchange rates quoted in an active market.
Level 2 CPI-linked inflation swaps are fair-valued using a discounted cash flow which uses forward inflation expectations derived from observable
markets.
Level 2 embedded derivatives are fair-valued using discounted cash flows which use forward expectations for inflation derived from observable
markets, the quoted prices of relevant commodities and quoted forward exchange rates.
Level 2 contingent consideration referenced in Note 12(a)(ii) above is fair-valued using a Monte Carlo simulation method, which is a risk and probability
based model. The main risks inherent in the model are the potential adverse impacts from delay and weather resulting in overspend.
The Group recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the reporting period during which the change occurred.
There were no transfers in either the current or prior year.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
105
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
12 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
continued
(c) Analysis of derivative financial instruments – carrying amount
2023 2022
Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities
Non- Non- Non- Non-
Current current Current current Current current Current current
Note £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Hedging derivatives:
Exchange rate hedges:
Fair value hedge – Cross-currency swap 0.– 17.5 0. – 0.– 0.7 26.9 0.– 0.–
Cash flow hedge – Foreign exchange rate 2.1 0.1 (14.1) (10.9) 13.4 0.1 (0.4) 0.–
Commodity hedges – Cash flow hedge 362.5 74.5 (439.1) (34.0) 588.6 243.7 (1,593.1) (98.4)
Inflation swaps – Cash flow hedge 0.– 0.– (23.9) (215.8) 0.– 0.– (13.0) (277.1)
Non-hedging derivatives:
Foreign exchange rate – Non-hedge 0.– 0.– 0.– 0.– 67.7 0.– (2.1) 0.–
Commodity derivatives – Non-hedge 163.7 0.– (167.0) (2.7) 588.6 1.3 (598.9) (9.5)
Embedded derivatives – Non-hedge 0.– 8.2 0.– 0.– 0.– 0.– 0.– 0.–
Total gross derivatives 528.3 100.3 (644.1) (263.4) 1,259.0 272.0 (2,207.5) (385.0)
Impact of netting (i) (315.3) (10.6) 315.3 10.6 (830.5) (43.3) 830.5 43.3
Total net derivatives on Statement of financial position 213.0 89.7 (328.8) (252.8) 428.5 228.7 (1,377.0) (341.7)
(i) Certain derivative financial instruments are presented net in the Statement of financial position. A reconciliation between the gross and net position is provided in Note 12(d).
( d) Offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities
The Group is eligible to present financial assets and financial liabilities net in the Statement of financial position as described in Note 4H2.3. The following
table provides information on the impact of offsetting in the Statement of financial position as well as the financial impact of the netting of certain
instruments in the event of default or similar agreements.
2023
Gross amounts
Net amounts
Related amounts not offset in
of recognised of financial
Statement of financial position
Gross amounts financial (liabilities) assets/(liabilities)
of recognised /assets offset in presented in the Financial Collateral
financial the Statement of Statement of instruments (held)/posted Net
assets/(liabilities) financial position financial position (Note (i)) (Notes (ii) and (iii)) amount
£m £m £m £m £m £m
Financial assets
Receivables 2,955.0 (177.6) 2,777.4 (406.1) (8.3) 2,363.0
Derivative financial instruments 628.6 (325.9) 302.7 0.– (15.3) 287.4
Financial liabilities
Payables (2,091.4) 177.6 (1,913.8) 6.0 8.3 (1,899.5)
Derivative financial instruments (907.5) 325.9 (581.6) 0.– 400.1 (181.5)
Other financial liabilities (247.3) 0.– (247.3) 15.3 0.– (232.0)
2022
Gross amounts Net amounts
Related amounts not offset in
of recognised of financial
Statement of financial position
Gross amounts financial (liabilities) assets/(liabilities)
of recognised /assets offset in presented in the Financial Collateral
financial the Statement of Statement of instruments (held)/posted Net
assets/(liabilities) financial position financial position (Note (i)) (Notes (ii) and (iii)) amount
£m £m £m £m £m £m
Financial assets
Receivables 3,578.1 (349.5) 3,228.6 (516.6) (0.2) 2,711.8
Derivative financial instruments 1,531.0 (873.8) 657.2 – (50.5) 606.7
Financial liabilities
Payables (2,386.9) 349.5 (2,037.4) 17.7 0.2 (2,019.5)
Derivative financial instruments (2,592.5) 873.8 (1,718.7) – 525.6 (1,193.1)
Other financial liabilities (23.8) – (23.8) 23.8 – 0.–
(i) Certain contracts for both financial assets and financial liabilities, do not currently meet the offsetting criteria within IAS 32. However, in the event of default, these would
be required to be offset per the requirements of the contract. The above balances show the effect on the Group if these contracts were also offset.
(ii) The Group enters into standard netting agreements with its commodity trading counterparties in order to mitigate the credit risk exposure of the Group. In addition, the
Group utilises collateral support agreements with derivative counterparties to manage its credit exposure. These forms of collateral include margining for trading with
exchanges, collateral used for bilateral and brokering trading, as well as letters of credit. At 31 December 2023, the value of letters of credit held amounted to £10.3
million (2022 £11.3 million). The value of letters of credit posted and performance guarantee bonds amounted to £451.8 million (2022 £1,234.6 million), £145.0 million
(2022 870.0 million) of which related to a letter of credit posted with the Group's commodity derivative clearer. The reduction in 2023 reflects a lower level of volatility in
commodity derivative markets.
(iii) At 31 December 2023, the Group held collateral of £45.3 million (2022 £47.9 million) in respect of receivables, of which £43.9 million (2022 £44.1 million) can be offset
against financial assets. At 31 December 2023, the Group also posted collateral of £441.2 million (2022 £572.2 million) in respect of payables, of which £420.4 million (2022
£519.0 million) can be offset against financial liabilities.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
106
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
12 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
continued
( e) Financial risk management
The Group's principal financial liabilities, other than Derivative financial instruments, comprise Loans and other borrowings, Trade and other payables
and Other financial liabilities. Their main purpose is to finance the Group’s operations. The Group’s principal financial assets, other than Derivative
financial instruments, comprise Trade and other receivables, and Cash that arises directly from its operations. The Group also holds other investments.
The Group has exposure to the following risks arising from the above financial instruments:
A CREDIT RISK
B COMMODITY MARKET RISK
C TREASURY RISK
The Group’s senior management oversee the management of exposure to these risks through the policies detailed below. References to ScottishPower
below apply fully to the Group.
The ScottishPower governance structure is supported by group risk policies and other relevant guidelines adopted and approved by the SPL Board
together with relevant risk guidelines that are approved by the SPL Board. The risk limits and indicators within the guidelines are approved by the boards
of the Group’s divisions. ScottishPower’s business risk assessment teams and the independent group risk management function support the SPL Board
in the execution of due diligence and risk management. In addition, the boards of the Group’s divisions are responsible for ensuring that their respective
business risks are adequately assessed, monitored, mitigated and managed. The UK Risk Director reports on risks for ScottishPower to the SP ACC and
such reports are then presented to the SPL Board. ScottishPower’s Internal Audit function also objectively and independently supervises the effectiveness
of the Group’s internal control system, which is made up of a set of risk management and control mechanisms and systems. This is achieved through
regular and ad hoc audits, the results of which are reported to the SP ACC.
The governance structure described above, ensures that the risk management policies established for each business to identify, assess, monitor, report,
manage and mitigate each relevant risk is adequately designed and implemented, and that an effective and efficient system of internal controls is
maintained. The divisions adhere to their specific business risk limits and guidelines which were approved by the SPL Board.
The positions on risk and strategy for risk management are contained in the Risk Policy for Iberdrola’s businesses in the UK (i.e. ScottishPower). The
SPL Board adopts these policies which are implemented through a rigid risk governance structure, whereby responsibilities are vested with groups,
committees and individuals on a global, as well as a division level. Generally, the risk management policy and control environment ensures that
transactions undertaken, and instruments used, fall into the types of transactions approved by the SPL Board and are properly validated within the
appropriate levels of authority. Transactions include instruments such as physically-settled instruments, financially-settled instruments, other contractual
obligations, regulatory requirements and other obligations. The types of instruments which can be used are approved for each division. Subject to the
limit requirements discussed above, no transactions were executed unless they were an approved instrument. Authorised personnel are permitted to
engage only in those activities specified in the business operational policies and procedures.
A clear reporting structure is implemented within ScottishPower. It ensures that the portfolios are monitored on a timely basis and sufficient
information is made available to management to enable quick response of the business to the dynamic characteristics of its market environment.
Those reports include daily position, mark-to-market, Value at Risk (“VaR”) reports as well as periodical fundamentals reports, credit watch, credit
exposure, accounting and insurance reports.
A CREDIT RISK
Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its contractual obligations under a financial instrument or customer contract, leading to a
financial loss. The Group is exposed to credit risk from its operating activities (primarily trade receivables) and financing activities, including deposits
with banks and financial institutions, foreign exchange transactions and other financial instruments.
The carrying amount of financial assets and contracts represent the maximum credit exposure to the Group.
A1 CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT
The Group is exposed to both settlement risk (defined as the risk of a counterparty failing to pay for energy and/or services which have been delivered), as
well as replacement risk (defined as the risk of incurring additional costs in order to replace a sale or purchase contract following a counterparty default).
Aggregate portfolio risk is monitored and reported by a Credit VaR Monte-Carlo-based simulation model to quantify the total credit risk within the
existing portfolio.
Further details on the credit risk management strategy adopted for significant types of financial asset are set out below.
• Exposure to credit risk in the supply of electricity and gas arises from the potential that customers default on their invoiced payables. The financial
strength and credit-worthiness of business customers is assessed prior to commencing, and for the duration of, their contract of supply. Both
domestic and business customers’ credit-worthiness is reviewed from a variety of internal and external information sources including customer
payment history and credit checks.
• Credit risk in respect of other transactions is mitigated by contracting with multiple counterparties and limiting exposure to individual counterparties
based upon the risk of counterparty default.
• Credit risk associated with energy-related derivatives is considered to be with counterparties in related energy industries, financial institutions
operating in energy markets, or fellow Iberdrola Group companies. At the counterparty level, the Group employs specific eligibility criteria in
determining appropriate limits for each prospective counterparty, and supplements this with netting and collateral agreements including margining,
guarantees, letters of credit and cash deposits where appropriate.
• Credit risk from balances with banks and financial institutions is managed by SPL Treasury in accordance with Iberdrola’s cash investment procedure.
Investments of surplus funds are made only with approved counterparties and within credit limits assigned to each counterparty by Corporate Risk
Management.
In both the current and prior year, the Group evaluated the concentration of risk with respect to financial assets as low, with no material concentration
of credit risk arising from one particular counterparty .
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
107
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
12 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
continued
B COMMODITY MARKET RISK
Commodity market risk is principally comprised of energy market risk.
B1 ENERGY MARKET RISK
Throughout 2023 and the prior year, the Group was exposed to energy market risk associated with fluctuations in the market price of electricity
and gas, compounded by volumetric risk caused by unplanned changes in the output of the portfolio of generation assets and consumption by energy
customers.
B2 ENERGY MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT
The risk management policies are implemented at the business level with the oversight of the divisions' boards, management teams and the
independent risk management function. The Group uses a number of risk measurement procedures and techniques to ensure that risk is kept within
pre-approved limits. The key measures are stop-loss limits and volume exposure by tenor limits. All valuation models are reviewed and approved by the
independent group risk management function on an ongoing basis, including changes to assumptions and model inputs. Changes that could have had
significant impact on the Accounts required additional review and approval by the appropriate boards.
During both the current and prior year, the risk management function employed additional techniques such as VaR, to assist in measuring risk within
the volume exposure by tenor limits. VaR is a key measure of the potential financial loss on a price exposure position over a defined period to a given
level of confidence. VaR computations for the Group's energy commodity portfolios were based on a historical simulation technique, which utilised
historical energy market forward price curve changes to estimate the potential unfavourable impact of price changes in the portfolio positions. The
quantification of market risk using VaR provided a consistent measure of risk and sensitivity across the Group's continually changing portfolio, however,
VaR was not necessarily indicative of actual results that may occur.
Future changes in markets inconsistent with historical data or assumptions used could cause variation in actual results to exceed predicted ranges. The
Group's VaR computations for its energy commodity portfolio utilised several key assumptions, including a 99% confidence level for the resultant price
changes and a holding period of five business days. VaR, while sensitive to changes in portfolio volume, does not account for commodity volume risk.
Commodity volume risk is defined as the possibility that a change in the supply of, or demand for, the commodity will create an unexpected imbalance
and change the requirements for the commodity.
The application of the VaR methodology includes the total forecasted volumes for the renewable generation assets and customer contracts to provide
a more accurate measure of the risk associated with the volume exposure by tenor limits. The Group's VaR measures are shown in the table below.
2023 2022
£m £m
VaR 129.9 368.1
Average VaR over prior year 202.7 214.0
Maximum VaR over prior year 366.1 489.9
Minimum VaR over prior year 127.6 67.1
B3 HEDGING OF ENERGY MARKET RISK
Hedging activities associated with energy market risk are undertaken by Energy Management. The strategy of the business is to mitigate the economic
risks associated with electricity generation and supply of electricity and natural gas to end users in both the wholesale and customer markets. From a
reporting perspective the objective is to report earnings results that are consistent with its operational strategies and hence recognise the earnings
effect of financial and non-financial derivative transactions executed to hedge economic business risks in the same period in which the hedged
operational activity impacts earnings. The aim is to minimise earnings volatility, which would otherwise be present as a result of fair valuing all derivative
contracts under IFRS 9. To achieve this objective, where effectiveness documentation and reporting requirements are met, cash flow hedge accounting
is applied by designation of a series of derivative trades, and deferring in equity the fair value changes of open derivative positions until
the period in which the forecast transactions occur.
Cash flow hedging strategies are developed for both the electricity and natural gas portfolios to hedge the variability in cash flows associated with
changes in the market price of each commodity. Forward (fixed price/fixed volume) contracts are designated as hedging instruments for the majority
of electricity and gas hedges. Load-following swaps are used to a lesser extent to hedge risks associated with electricity generation.
Counterparty risk is discussed in Note 12(e)A1.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
108
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
12 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
continued
B4 COMMODITY CASH FLOW HEDGES
Certain commodity derivative instruments do not qualify for or are not subject to hedge accounting, including derivatives taken out with the ultimate
parent company, Iberdrola, S.A.. Changes in the fair value of any derivative instrument that is not subject to hedge accounting are recognised
immediately in the Income statement and are included in Gross margin, Finance income or Finance cost.
For an analysis of the split of the carrying amount of hedging and non-hedging commodity derivatives refer to Note 12(c).
The amounts relating to commodity derivatives designated as hedging instruments during the year are detailed in the table below:
2023 2022
Hedging Hedging
derivatives derivatives
Notes £m £m
Notional amount 2,516.7 4,477.7
Carrying amount – asset
(a) 437.0 832.3
Carrying amount – liability
(a) (473.1) (1,691.5)
Changes in the value of the hedging instrument recognised in other comprehensive income 823.1 (1,770.1)
Amount reclassified from Cash flow hedge reserve to Income statement (b) 1,687.4 (1,060.5)
(a) The carrying amount of derivative assets and liabilities are recorded within Derivative financial instruments on the Statement of financial position.
(b) The amount reclassified from the Cash flow hedge reserve to the Income statement is recorded within Gross margin.
The amounts at the reporting date relating to commodity items designated as hedged items were as follows:
Change in fair value used
Cash flow
for calculating hedge
hedge reserve
effectiveness
balance
2023 2022 2023 2022
Line item in the Accounts in which the hedged item is/will be included £m £m £m £m
Gross margin (823.1) 1,770.1 (30.8) (693.2)
The assessment of effectiveness of all hedging relationships currently in place is carried out on a monthly basis as part of the financial reporting cycle.
Prospective assessment is carried out at inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis to verify that the hedge remains effective.
The Group determines that the economic relationship between the hedging instrument (the commodity derivative) and the hedged item (the
commodity purchases or sale) will virtually always achieve 100% effectiveness where the key terms of the hedged item match the key terms of the
hedging instrument. This will occur where the hedging instrument is a forward contract. As this is also the contract used to execute the hedged
transaction, the key terms will match. Where this is not the case, prospective assessment is carried out at inception of the hedge, and on an ongoing
basis, to verify that the hedge remains effective by comparing the movements in the fair value of the cash flows of the expected highly probable
transaction with movements in the fair value of the hedging instrument.
Ineffectiveness will arise if the trade has been cancelled, in which case there would be no future transaction. In such circumstances, the trade and the
hedge would be eliminated from the accounts. Ineffectiveness will also arise if the Group receives notification that the business have been unable to
obtain a reliable price forecast from market sources or if there is a change to the Group Risk Management Strategy. Additionally, ineffectiveness will
arise from any differences in the key terms of the hedged item and the hedging instrument.
B4.1 SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS ON COMMODITY PRICES
The sensitivity on the consolidated results to changes in the market prices of the main commodities are set out in the table below. Sensitivities below
reflect reasonably possible changes in commodity prices. The sensitivities have changed from prior year as the market is less volatile than 2022 but is
potentially more susceptible to market shocks, particularly price increases.
2023
2022
Impact Impact Impact Impact
on Profit on Equity on Profit on Equity
before before before before
Variation tax tax Variation tax tax
Commodity Note in price £m £m in price £m £m
Gas +150% 0.– 399.5 +100% 0.– 837.9
-25% 0.– (66.6) -50% 0.– (419.0)
Electricity
(a) +75% (2.5) (57.7) +45% (5.1) 475.2
(a) -25% 0.8 19.3 -45% 5.1 (475.2)
(a) At 31 December 2023, the volume of trades entered to hedge the sale of electricity generated exceeded the volume of trades entered to purchase electricity.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
109
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
12 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS continued
C TREASURY RISK
Treasury risk is comprised of liquidity risk, market risk and inflation risk. The Group's cash management and short-term financing activity is integrated
with Iberdrola’s. The Group's financing structure is determined by its position in the wider Iberdrola Group. The Group produces short-term rolling cash
flow requirements and, if necessary, any required funding is obtained. The Group holds investment grade ratings with Moody’s Investor Services (Baa1),
S&P Global Ratings (BBB+) and Fitch Ratings (BBB+).
C1 TREASURY LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT
The Group's liquidity position and short-term financing activities are integrated and aligned with Iberdrola’s. Liquidity risk, the risk that the Group will
have insufficient funds to meet its liabilities, is managed by SPL Treasury, who are responsible for arranging banking facilities on behalf of ScottishPower.
Iberdrola Financiación S.A. (a fellow Iberdrola Group company) and SPL are the principal internal counterparties for the loan balances due from the Group.
SPL is the principal counterparty for the loan balances due to the Group.
The tables below summarise the maturity profile of the Group's financial liabilities at 31 December based on contractual undiscounted payments.
C1.1 FINANCIAL LIABILITIES (EXCLUDING COMMODITY DERIVATIVES)
2023
2029 and
2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 thereafter Total
Cash outflows* £m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Derivative financial instruments (excluding commodity derivatives) 857.2 426.2 269.7 147.3 96.1 197.3 1,993.8
Loans and other borrowings 3,380.3 485.7 622.0 1,691.4 275.3 2,041.8 8,496.5
Payables 1,906.8 0.– 6.8 0.1 0.1 0.– 1,913.8
Other financial liabilities 225.9 6.8 4.6 3.9 3.6 2.5 247.3
6,370.2 918.7 903.1 1,842.7 375.1 2,241.6 12,651.4
2022
2028 and
2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 thereafter Total
Cash outflows* £m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Derivative financial instruments (excluding commodity derivatives) 9155.8 20.2 19.7 18.9 18.9 200.7 434.2
Loans and other borrowings 3,083.7 657.9 401.9 547.8 1,617.3 2,185.1 8,493.7
Payables 2,027.0 0.4 5.7 4.3 0.– 0.– 2,037.4
Other financial liabilities 23.8 0.– 0.– 0.– 0.– 0.– 23.8
5,290.3 678.5 427.3 571.0 1,636.2 2,385.8 10,989.1
*
Maturity analysis of lease liabilities is presented at Note 9(c).
The interest payments on variable interest rate loans and bond issues in the table above reflect current interest rates at the reporting date; these amounts
may change as market interest rates change.
The future cash flows on derivative instruments (including commodity derivatives below) may differ from the amounts in the table above as interest
and exchange rates or the relevant conditions underlying the calculation change. Except for these financial liabilities, it is not expected that the cash flows
included in the maturity analysis could occur significantly earlier, or at significantly different amounts.
C1.2 COMMODITY DERIVATIVES
The Group believes the liquidity risk associated with commodity derivatives needs to be considered in conjunction with the profile of payments in
relation to all derivative contracts rather than only those in a liability position.
2023
2029 and
2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 thereafter Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Net cash outflows/(inflows) 516.7 (258.2) (40.0) (8.7) (8.7) (4.0) 197.1
2022
2028 and
2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 thereafter Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Net cash outflows/(inflows) 2,824.2 (73.2) 30.8 (6.3) (8.7) (12.7) 2,754.1
Details of the Group’s contractual commitments are given in Note 32.
C2 TREASURY MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT
Market risk is the risk of loss resulting from changes in market rates (interest rates and foreign currency). The Group utilises a number of financial
instruments to manage interest rate and foreign currency exposures.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
110
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
12 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS continued
C2.1 INTEREST RATE RISK
The Group’s financial assets and liabilities are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates which impact upon cash flows and fair value measurements.
Interest rates rose throughout 2022 as a consequence of rising inflation. This trend continued until August 2023 and has remained flat since then.
Based on market analysis, interest rates are expected to decline in 2024 due to the fall in inflation compared to the previous year. Changing interest
rates and their impact upon the Group are constantly reviewed as discussed in the hedging strategy below.
(i) Hedging of interest rate risk
In order to adequately manage and limit interest rate risk, the Iberdrola Group annually determines the desired structure of the debt between fixed
and floating interest rates, taking into account the indexing of income either interest rate or price index. SPL Treasury then take actions over the course
of the year to work towards these desired Iberdrola Group ratios. Actions may include obtaining new sources of financing (at a fixed, floating or indexed
rate) and/or utilising interest rate derivatives.
The Group may use interest rate derivatives, whether to set the interest rate (or limit its variability) for variable rate debt or to change debt from fixed
rate to floating rate. Derivatives may also be used to establish the cost of future debt issues, provided they are highly probable and aligned to the
strategic plan.
(ii) Interest rate analysis of debt
The table below shows the debt structure of the Group after taking hedging derivatives into account.
2023 2022
£m £m
Fixed rate 2,091.4 2,344.8
Variable rate 4,621.8 4,533.3
6,713.2 6,878.1
The Group’s borrowings are held at amortised cost. The reference interest rates for the floating rate borrowings in 2023 are Sterling Overnight Index
Average (“SONIA”), Bank of England Base Rate (“Base”) and RPI.
The variable rate debt consists of a £67.2 million (2022£76.1 million) Japanese Yen (“JPY”) loan, £386.3 million (2022£345.9 million) inflation-linked
bonds, £1,630.0 million SONIA debt (2022 £1,820.0 million) and £2,538.3 million (2022 £2,291.3 million) loans linked to Base.
(iii) Sensitivity analysis on interest rate changes
The table below illustrates the impact on the annual interest rate charge considering various rate changes. The analysis assumes all other factors remain
constant.
Impact on Impact on
interest interest
charge charge
Interest Change in in 2023 in 2022
Debt category
rate rate £m £m
Loans payable JPY debt (a) +0.5% 0.3 0.3
+1.0% 0.5 0.5
-0.5% (0.3) (0.3)
-1.0% (0.5) (0.5)
Loans payable Inflation-linked bonds RPI +0.5% 1.9 1.7
+1.0% 3.9 3.5
-0.5% (1.9) (1.7)
-1.0% (3.9) (3.5)
Loans payable SONIA debt SONIA +0.5% 8.2 9.1
(excluding JPY debt) +1.0% 16.3 18.2
-0.5% (8.2) (9.1)
-1.0% (16.3) (18.2)
Loans payable Short-term variable rate debt Base +0.5% 12.7 11.5
+1.0% 25.4 22.9
-0.5% (12.7) (11.5)
-1.0% (25.4) (22.9)
Loans receivable Short-term variable rate debt Base +0.5% (4.6) (6.1)
+1.0% (9.1) (12.2)
-0.5% 4.6 6.1
-1.0% 9.1 12.2
(a) The interest on the JPY debt is fixed, however this is changed to variable by a cross-currency swap.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
111
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
12 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS continued
C2.2 FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK
The Group is exposed to transactional foreign currency risk to the extent that there is a mismatch between the currencies in which purchases and
borrowings are denominated. The currencies in which these transactions are primarily denominated are Euros, US Dollars and Norwegian Krone. The
SPL Board policy stipulates that there should be no significant exposure to foreign currency balances and therefore SPL Treasury will hedge all foreign
currency payments and contracts which have a (cumulative) value greater than a Sterling equivalent of £0.25 million.
(i) Hedging of foreign currency risk
The Group uses a combination of a cross-currency swap and foreign currency forwards to hedge its exposure to foreign currency risk. Under the
Group’s policy, the critical terms of the forwards and swap must align with the hedged items.
For treasury-related items the Group only designates the spot component of foreign currency forwards and its cross-currency swap in a hedge
relationship. The spot component is determined with reference to relevant spot market exchange rates. The differential between the contracted
forward rate and the spot market exchange rate is defined as the forward points. The changes in the forward points of the foreign currency forwards,
or in the case of the cross-currency swap the interest differential, that relate to hedging currency denominated loans are deferred in the Cost of
hedging reserve.
The Group also enters into foreign currency forwards in relation to asset purchases, and items of general expenditure. For such items, the Group
generally designates the entire value of the foreign currency forward in the hedge relationship.
S ome foreign currency forwards do not satisfy the requirements for hedge accounting (economic hedges) under IFRS 9. These foreign currency
forwards are subject to the same risk management policies as all other derivative contracts. However, they are accounted for as ‘held for trading’ with
gains and losses recognised in Finance income or Finance costs in the Income statement.
The table below illustrates the timing of the notional amount of the hedging instrument and the average forward price of the hedging instrument.
1 year 2 years 3 years 4 years 5 years+ Total
At 31 December 2023 Note £m £m £m £m £m £m
USD (a) 988.2 38.9 95.3 28.6 4.2 51.4 218.4
EUR
(a) 847.6 334.4 222.4 121.2 95.6 1,621.2
DKK
(a) 1.7 0.– 0.– 0.– 0.– 1.7
NOK
(a) 69.7 0.– 0.– 0.– 0.– 69.7
957.9 429.7 251.0 125.4 147.0 1,911.0
(a) USD - US Dollar; EUR - Euro; DKK - Danish Krone; NOK - Norwegian Krone
(b) The information presented in the table above includes the gross notional value of the hedging derivative financial instruments arranged in absolute terms (without
offsetting of purchase and sale positions).
Average forward price of the hedging instrument (exchange rate)
At 31 December 2023
1 year 2 years 3 years 4 years 5 years
USD (GBP:USD) 1.27 1.25 1.24 1.28 1.59
EUR (GBP:EUR) 1.14 1.11 1.10 1.08 1.08
DKK (GBP:DKK) 8.59 0.– 0.– 0.– 0.–
NOK(GBP:NOK) 13.09 0.– 0.– 0.– 0.–
Further details on the Group’s foreign currency cash flow hedges and fair value hedges are set out below and on the following pages.
(ii) Foreign exchange rate cash flow hedges
Hedging of the purchase of assets and services: The Group is subject to cash flow risk resulting from the purchase of various assets and services which
are denominated in foreign currencies. The risk being hedged relates to the fluctuation in the functional currency terms of value of these foreign
currency denominated purchases. The Group enters into forward foreign exchange rate contracts to hedge those risks.
For an analysis of the split of the carrying amount of forward foreign exchange contracts refer to Note 12(c) .
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
112
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
12 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS continued
The amounts relating to foreign exchange rate derivatives designated as cash flow hedges during the year are detailed in the table below.
2023 2022
Hedging Hedging
derivatives derivatives
Notes £m £m
Notional amount 1,859.6 464.3
Carrying amount – asset
(a) 2.2 13.5
Carrying amount – liability
(a) (25.0) (0.4)
Changes in the value of the hedging instrument recognised in other comprehensive income
(b) (35.9) 14 . 4
De-designated cash flow hedges recognised in the Income statement
(c) (0.2) 0.1
Amount reclassified from Cash flow hedge reserve to Income statement
(d) 0.2 0.–
Amount reclassified from Cash flow hedge reserve to Statement of financial position
(e) 0.5 (1.2)
(a) The carrying amount of derivative assets and liabilities are recorded within Derivative financial instruments on the Statement of financial position.
(b) This is consistent with the change in the fair value of the hedging instrument used to calculate effectiveness for hedging of asset purchases and items of general
expenditure.
(c) De-designated cash flow hedges of £0.2 million (2022 £0.1 million) were recognised in the Income statement and included in Finance income (2022 Finance costs).
(d) The amount reclassified from the Cash flow hedge reserve to the Income statement recorded and included within External services was £0.1 million (2022 £nil). In the
current year £0.1 million (2022 £nil) was also released from the Cost of hedging reserve and included within Finance costs.
(e) The amount reclassified from the Cash flow hedge to the Statement of financial position was £0.5 million (2022 £(1.2) million). Refer to Note 15. The amount reclassified
to Property, plant and equipment in the course of construction was £0.3 million (2022 £(1.5) million) and the amount reclassified to Inventories was £0.2 million (2022
£0.3 million).
The amounts at the reporting date relating to foreign exchange items designated as hedged items were as follows:
Change in fair value used for
Cash flow hedge
calculating hedge effectiveness
reserve balance
2023 2022 2023 2022
Line item in the Accounts in which the hedged item is/will be included
£m £m £m £m
Property, plant and equipment in the course of construction 18.2 (0.2) (15.5) 7. 3
Inventories 15.8 (12.4) (7.2) 12.8
External services 1.4 (1.1) 1.4 2.3
Intangibles 0.5 0.– (0.5) 0.–
Loans and other borrowings 0.– (0.7) 0.– 0.–
35.9 (14.4) (21.8) 22.4
Less non-controlling interest share of cash flow hedge reserve 0 0.– 0.– (0.9) (1.1)
Total 35.9 (14.4) (22.7) 21.3
The Group determines that the economic relationship between the hedging instrument (the foreign exchange rate forward contract) and the hedged
item (the asset purchase or general expenditure) will mostly achieve 100% effectiveness. This is because the Group compares movements in the fair
value of the expected highly probable forecast foreign currency cash flows, with movements in the fair value of the expected changes in cash flows
from the hedging instrument. Forecast future foreign currency cash flows are largely based upon contractual obligations.
Ineffectiveness will arise if the trade has been cancelled, in which case there would be no future transaction. Ineffectiveness will also arise if the Group
receives notification that the business has been unable to obtain a reliable price forecast from market sources or if there is a change in the Group’s risk
management strategy. Finally, ineffectiveness will arise from any differences in the key terms of the hedged item and the hedging instrument.
(iii) Fair value hedges
Hedging the value of cross-currency debt: the Group has issued debt instruments denominated inJPY. The value of the Group’s liability with respect to
those instruments is subject to foreign exchange risk and interest rate risk. As a result, the Group entered into a cross-currency swap and has designated
it within a fair value hedging relationship where it meets the required hedging criteria to mitigate this risk. The carrying amount of the associated 10
billion JPY loan is £67.2 million (2022 £76.1million).
At 31 At 31
December December
Notes 2023 2022
Notional amount (£m) 51.4 51.4
Carrying amount – asset (£m)
(a) 17.5 27.6
Change in fair value of the hedging instrument used in calculating hedge effectiveness (£m) (10.1) (6.0)
Change in fair value of hedged item used to calculate hedge effectiveness (£m)
(b) 10.1 6.0
Hedge ratio 1:1 1:1
Average hedge rate for the year (£:JPY) 1,208.7 2.1 1.0 0.8 1:194.55 1:194.55
(a) The carrying amount of the fair value cross-currency swap is included within Derivative financial instruments on the Statement of financial position.
(b) In both the current and prior year the change in value of hedged items used to calculate hedge effectiveness is included within Loans and other borrowings.
(iv) Hedge assessment on foreign currency derivatives
Hedge assessment on foreign currency derivatives is completed prospectively to verify that the forecast transactions are still highly probable of
occurring (for cash flow hedges) as well as retrospectively, to assess the effectiveness in the period under review. Prospective assessment is performed
using sensitivity analysis and critical terms matching .
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
113
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
12 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
continued
( v) Sensitivity analysis on foreign currency derivatives and cash flows
Sensitivity analysis is completed below for the open Euro, Norwegian Krone and US Dollar population of foreign exchange rate derivatives at 2023
year end. The sensitivity analysis performed reflects reasonably probable fluctuations to the spot rates used in the derivative valuation model. There is
no income statement impact in 2023 as there are no open non-hedging foreign exchange rate forwards at year end. At 2022 year end the sensitivity
analysis was only performed on the open Euro population as reasonably possible exchange fluctuations in other currencies would have had no
significant impact on the financial statements.
2023
2022
Net impact Net impact
Net impact on Cash Net impact on Cash
on Finance flow hedge on Finance flow hedge
income reserve income reserve
and cost before tax and cost before tax
Percentage change in spot rate used in derivative valuation model Notes £m £m £m £m
Net expense generated by an appreciation in the GBP: EUR spot rate of 2% (2022 7%) (a) 0.– (33.3) (137.8) (21.3)
Net income generated by a depreciation in the GBP: EUR spot rate of 3% (2022 1%)
(a) 0.– 40.4 20.8 3.2
Net expense generated by an appreciation in the GBP: NOK spot rate of 8% (2022 nil)
(b) 0.– (4.9) 0.– 0.–
Net income generated by a depreciation in the GBP: NOK spot rate of 5% (2022 nil)
(b) 0.– 3.6 0.– 0.–
Net expense generated by an appreciation in the GBP: USD spot rate of 3% (2022 nil)
(c) 0.– (4.8) 0.– 0.–
Net income generated by a depreciation in the GBP: USD spot rate of 7% (2022 nil) (c) 0.– 11.6 00.– 0.–
(a) The percentages used in the sensitivity analysis above are based on the deviation between the year end GBP: EUR spot rate and the highest and lowest GBP: EUR spot
rates observed in the market in each respective year.
(b) The percentages used in the sensitivity analysis above are based on the deviation between the year end GBP: NOK spot rate and the highest and lowest GBP: NOK spot
rates observed in the market in each respective year.
(c) The percentages used in the sensitivity analysis above are based on the deviation between the year end GBP: USD spot rate and the highest and lowest GBP: USD spot
rates observed in the market in each respective year.
Foreign currency cash balances held are so small any movement in foreign exchange rates would result in an insignificant movement in the Income
statement in both the current and prior year (less than £0.1m before tax).
C3 INFLATION RATE RISK
The Group is exposed to inflation risk through its CfDs. Income earned through CfDs varies with inflation and volatility inherent in inflation will
therefore impact the Group’s income.
(i) Hedging of inflation rate risk
To reduce exposure to this risk, the Group utilises CPI inflation swaps. These instruments result in the Group receiving a fixed CPI interest element,
and paying a variable CPI interest element based on outturned CPI. The aim is to reduce earnings volatility, as the cash flows from the CPI swaps will
offset volatility in the income from CfDs due to CPI inflation. In 2022, the Group entered into two new CPI inflation swaps to reduce earnings volatility
associated with the CPI-indexed income which will be received under the EA3 CfD contract.
The swaps are designated as cash flow hedges under IFRS 9 and hedge separately identifiable and reliably measurable contract terms of CfDs.
2023 2022
Hedging Hedging
derivatives derivatives
Notes £m £m
Notional amount 281.7 281.7
Carrying amount – liability (239.7) (290.1)
Change in the fair value of the hedging instrument recognised in other comprehensive income
(a) 50.4 (146.3)
Amount reclassified from Cash flow hedge reserve to Income statement (b) 14.6 3.3
(a) This is consistent with the change in the fair value of the hedging instrument used to calculate effectiveness.
(b) Amounts reclassified to Income statement are included within Gross margin.
Change in fair value
used for calculating
Cash flow hedge
hedge effectiveness
reserve balance
2023 2022 2023 2022
Line item in the Accounts in which the hedged item will be included £m £m £m £m
Gross margin (50.4) 146.3 (238.1) (289.8)
(ii) Hedge effectiveness
The Group determines that the economic relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item will virtually always achieve 100% effectiveness.
This is because the Group compares movements in the fair value of the expected highly probable cash flows, with movements in the fair value of the
expected changes in cash flows from the hedging instrument. Forecast cash flows are based upon contractual obligations.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
114
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
13 TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES Restated*
2023 2022
Notes £m £m
Current receivables:
Receivables due from Iberdrola Group companies and joint ventures
(a) 263.7 29.5
Receivables due from Iberdrola Group companies – loans
(b) 408.0 636.1
Receivables due from Iberdrola Group companies – interest 100.1 19.5
Trade receivables (including unbilled revenue) 1,256.5 1,256.9
Prepayments 57.7 39.8
Other tax receivables 24.1 20.0
Receivables in respect of government support schemes
(c) 38.9 122.0
Other receivables
(a) 203.4 574.2
(d) 2,352.4 2,698.0
Non-current receivables:
Receivables due from joint ventures 1.0 1.2
Receivables due from Iberdrola Group companies – loans
(b) 507.0 588.7
Prepayments 3.0 5.9
Other receivables 0.1 9.3
(d) 511.1 605.1
* Comparative amounts have been restated (Refer to Note 2A2).
(a) Receivables due from Iberdrola Group companies and joint ventures includes £239.7 million (2022 £nil) of collateral posted. Other receivables includes £201.5 million
(2022 £572.2 million) of collateral posted.
(b) Current and non-current loans due from Iberdrola Group companies are receivable on demand with interest earned at Base plus 1%. The loans are repayable on demand
but certain loans are classified as non-current as the Group expects to realise the assets after twelve months from reporting date.
(c) At 31 December 2023, the Group had receivables due from the UK Government of £35.0 million (2022 £52.5 million), £2.2 million (2022 £60.7 million) and £1.7 million
(2022 £nil) relating to the EPG, EBRS and EBDS schemes respectively. At December 31 2022 this balance also included £8.8 million of prepaid EBSS obligation costs relating
to payments made to certain customers in advance of the year end.
(d) For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified model for the calculation of ECLs. Given the varying risk characteristics of the population of trade
receivables, this balance has been segmented for disclosure purposes into energy customers’ trade receivables and Other trade receivables. Details of the Groups
ECLs are as follows:
A1 ENERGY CUSTOMERS’ TRADE RECEIVABLES
The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified model to measure ECLs, which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance, for all energy customers’ trade receivables.
The Group has adopted the practical expedient whereby it calculates the ECL on energy customers’ domestic and SME customer receivables using a
provision matrix. In line with previous years, the provision rates for these customers are based upon the customers' payment plan, historical credit loss
experience and, where possible, adjusted for forecast information. To establish levels of ECLs, the recoverability of equivalent balances from the previous
three years have been reviewed.
In line with IFRS 9, a forward-looking loss allowance has been included to ensure that external factors are appropriately mitigated. This has considered the
current level of energy market disruption, including the ongoing cost of living crisis and the regulatory changes made around restricting forced
prepayment meter installations, together with the forecast uncertainty in macro-economic indicators.
The main government support mechanisms in place over Winter 2022/23 have now effectively ended with the £400 EBSS support ceasing in March 2023
and the EPG scheme, while still in place until March 2024, only effectively supporting customers until Q2 2023, due to the price cap being below the
£3,000 EPG level from July 2023 onwards. Therefore, while these schemes offered support in the first half of 2023 and helped to mitigate customer debt
levels increasing over this period, there is limited benefit going forward. While the level of underlying price cap has lowered year-on-year, the average
customer bill is still broadly double the level it was prior to the energy price increases experienced in 2020, resulting in sustained pressure on customers’
ability to pay.
The new Ofgem-introduced mandatory rules covering both prepayment meter installation under warrant and remote change of smart meter mode,
together with the suspension of forced prepayment installations for the majority of 2023, has limited the options available to recover debt and this has
been factored in to forward-looking ECL considerations.
In terms of assessing I&C customers, the ECL is based on external credit scoring. The Energy Customers Credit Risk and Corporate Risk teams remain
vigilant in tracking any liquidity issues on existing customers to identify any pre-emptive actions required, including putting collateral or letters of credit
in place.
With the exception of I&C customers, management considers that where customers are final and all debt collection procedures have been exhausted,
collectability is not deemed to be reasonably assured and therefore, amounts billed to these customers are written off as uncollectable. Set out below
are the details of the credit risk exposure on energy customers’ trade receivables:
More than
12 months Non-aged
90–179 days 180–365 days past due balances Unbilled Total
Current past due past due
(Note (a)) (Note (b)) (Note (c)) (Note (d))
At 31 December 2023 £m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Weighted average expected loss rate (%) 15.2% 34.8% 43.5% 51.8% 2.1% 15.8% 25.6%
Gross carrying amount: Trade receivables 205.1 119.9 215.8 232.1 303.4 177.1 1,253.4
Loss allowance (31.2) (41.7) (93.8) (120.2) (6.3) (27.9) (321.1)
Net carrying amount 173.9 78.2 122.0 111.9 297.1 149.2 932.3
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
115
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
13 TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES continued
Non-aged
More than balances Unbilled
Current 90–179 days 180–365 days 12 months
(Note (b)) (Note (c))
past due past due past due *Restated *Restated Total
At 31 December 2022 £m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Weighted average expected loss rate (%) 12.6% 32.1% 41.7% 55.7% 3.0% 11.3% 23.1%
Gross carrying amount: Trade receivables 212.5 105.6 143.3 237.4 307.1 247.1 1,253.0
Loss allowance (26.7) (33.9) (59.7) (132.3) (9.1) (28.0) (289.7)
Net carrying amount 185.8 71.7 83.6 105.1 298.0 219.1 963.3
*2022 values have been restated as a result of a management review of the classifications of non-aged and unbilled balances. The result had no impact on any of the total
values including the gross carrying amount, loss allowance, net carrying amount or weighted average expected credit loss rate (%). The impact is a decrease of £129.0 million
in the gross carrying amount within non-aged balances at 31 December 2022 from £436.1 million as previously reported to £307.1 million and a corresponding increase in
gross carrying amount within unbilled from £118.1 million as previously reported to £247.1 million. Due to the nature of the reclassification, there was no impact on the loss
allowance. However, the weighted average expected loss rate (%) has moved within non-aged balances at 31 December 2022 from 2.1% as previously reported to 3.0% and
within unbilled, a decrease from 23.7% as previously reported to 11.3% directly as a result of the gross carrying amount movement. The comparatives have been restated for
this reclassification. The total gross carrying amount is unchanged.
(a) The loss rate for billed debt aged over twelve months has reduced versus prior year driven by a lower proportion of final debt within the customer debt book, which attracts
higher provision rates versus customers who are still on supply. The primary reason for this reduction in final debt is due to increased year-on-year write-offs, partly due to
the impact from the UK Government's enforced suspension on installing prepayment meters.
(b) At 31 December 2023, no amounts are either past due or impaired (2022 £0.4 million); no amounts are past due but not impaired in either year. Non-aged balances
include balances with I&C customers where the ECL is based on external credit scoring.
(c) The unbilled receivables of £177.1 million (2022 £247.1 million) includes gross unbilled receivables of £343.9 million (2022 £522.8 million) less customer credit balances of
£156.4 million (2022 £272.1 million) in relation to non-DD customers and £10.4 million (2022 £3.6 million) provision in relation to energy volumes which have still to reach
final settlement. The loss allowance in relation to unbilled receivables is £27.9 million (2022 £28.
0 million). Further information on unbilled receivables, including sensitivity,
is detailed in Note 3.
(d) Since the prior year, the weighted average expected loss rate for energy customers’ trade receivables has increased by 2.5%. This is predominantly driven by the recent
regulatory changes imposed by Ofgem on the ability of suppliers to fit prepayment meters. This is combined with the aging of the debt book as a consequence of market
conditions.
(e) Net carrying amount of £932.3 million (2022 £963.3 million) includes gross billed debt of £897.4 million (2022 £777.5 million) for domestic and SME customers and
£286.9 million (2022 £252.5 million) of loss allowance on this billed debt. This amount is subject to significant estimation uncertainty, refer to Note 3.
A2 OTHER TRADE RECEIVABLES
The Group also uses the IFRS 9 simplified model to measure ECLs for all other trade receivables. The provision rates represent a lifetime ECL and are
based on the Iberdrola Group’s historical loss experience and default rates. The table below illustrates the ECL on other trade receivables:
Greater
0-6 than 6
months months Total
At 31 December 2023 £m £m £m
Weighted average expected loss rate (%) 0.4% 28.9% 2.5%
Gross carrying amount 307.8 24.6 332.4
Loss allowance (1.1) (7.1) (8.2)
Net carrying amount 306.7 17.5 324.2
Greater
0-6 than 6
months months Total
At 31 December 2022 £m £m £m
Weighted average expected loss rate (%) 0.7% 54.4% 4.8%
Gross carrying amount 284.8 23.7 308.5
Loss allowance (2.0) (12.9) (14.9)
Net carrying amount 282.8 10.8 293.6
Other trade receivables are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery; indicators of which include, amongst others, the failure of
a debtor engage in a repayment plan with the Group. The loss allowance has decreased by £6.7 million since the prior year. This is primarily due to bad
debt write offs. Refer to the table reconciling the movement in the opening to the closing loss allowance at Note 13(e)A6.
A3 SECURITY FOR TRADE RECEIVABLES
For some trade receivables, the Group may obtain security in the form of guarantees or letters of credit which can be called upon if the counterparty is in
default under the terms of the agreement (refer to Note 12(d)). The Group does not otherwise require collateral in respect of trade and other receivables.
A4 OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS
Other financial assets, which are not included above are not considered to have a material credit risk this includes receivables in respect of government
support schemes.
A5 FINANCIAL GUARANTEES
The Group’s policy is only to provide financial guarantees for subsidiaries’ liabilities relating to financing transactions. Under exceptional circumstances
Parent Company Guarantees are issued, in favour of a third party, to cover business operations of a Group company.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
116
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
13 TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES continued
A6 RECONCILIATION OF OPENING TO CLOSING LOSS ALLOWANCE
The closing loss allowances for all financial assets measured at amortised cost at 31 December 2023 reconciles to the opening loss allowances as follows:
Other receivables
and Receivables due
Trade from Group companies
receivables – loans and interest Total
Note £m £m £m
Balance at 1January 2022 241.0 0.1 241.1
Increase in loss allowance recognised in the Income statement
(a) 81.4 0.2 81.6
Reversal of provision recognised in the Income statement
(a) (0.9) 0.– (0.9)
Utilisation of provision (16.9) 0.– (16.9)
At 1January 2023 304.6 0.3 304.9
Increase/(decrease) in loss allowance recognised in the Income statement
(a) 206.0 (0.2) 205.8
Utilisation of provision
(a) (181.2) 0.– (181.2)
At 31 December 2023 329.4 0.1 329.5
(a) Net credit losses on trade and other receivables per the Consolidated income statement of £206.0 million (2022 £86.5 million) includes £5.6 million of credits offset by £5.6
million (2022 £6.0 million) additional net costs primarily in relation to bad debt write offs. The remaining difference of £0.2 million in the current year (2022 £0.2 million)
relates to ECLs recorded within Finance costs.
The overall increase from the prior year in the loss allowance of £24.7 million is primarily driven by changes in market conditions resulting in an
increase in the gross carrying value of trade receivables .
14 INVENTORIES
2023 2022
£m £m
Fuel stocks 34.1 31.4
Offshore transmission assets 566.1 310.7
ROCs 236.8 256.8
Other inventories 57.6 43.3
894.6 642.2
(a) Inventories with a value of £403.5 million (2022£1,123.0 million) were recognised as an expense during the year. £662.3 million of the 2022 value relates to the external
sale of the EA1 offshore transmission asset.
15 ANALYSIS OF MOVEMENTS IN CASH FLOW HEDGE RESERVE
(a) The changes in the hedge reserve arising from valuation adjustments to hedging derivatives is set out below:
Foreign
Cost of exchange Gross
hedging Commodity rate Inflation value of Tax
reserve hedges hedges hedge hedges effect Total
Analysis of cash flow hedge reserve £m £m £m £m £m £m £m
At 1January 2022 1.4 1,121.7 7.8 (143.8) 987.1 (193.8) 793.3
Effective cash flow hedges recognised 0.– (754.4) 14.5 (149.3) (889.2) 168.9 (720.3)
Removed from equity and recognised in Income statement 0.– (1,060.5) 0.– 3.3 (1,057.2) 200.9 (856.3)
Removed from equity and recognised in carrying amount of hedged items 00.– 0.– (1.2) 0.– (1.2) 0.2 (1.0)
Cost of hedging reserve – change in fair value 0.2 0.– 0.– 0.– 0.2 0.– 0.2
De-designated cash flow hedges .– 0.– 0.1 – 0.1 – 0.1
Non-controlling interest’s share of cash flow hedges 0.– 0.– 0.1 – 0.1 – 0.1
Change in tax rate 0.– 0.– 0.– 0.– – 34.1 34.1
At 1January 2023 1.6 (693.2) 21.3 (289.8) (960.1) 210.3 (749.8)
Effective cash flow hedges recognised 0.– (1,025.0) (44.6) 37.1 (1,032.5) 242.6 (789.9)
Removed from equity and recognised in Income statement 0.– 1,687.4 0.1 14.6 1,702.1 (399.3) 1,302.8
Removed from equity and recognised in carrying amount of hedged items 000.– 0.– 0.5 0.– 0.5 (0.1) 0.4
Cost of hedging reserve – change in fair value (0.6) 0.– 0.– 0.– (0.6) 0.1 (0.5)
De-designated cash flow hedges 0.– 0.– (0.2) – (0.2) 0.– (0.2)
Cost of hedging reserve – reclassified to Income Statement 0.1 0.– 0.– –0.10.– 0.1
Non-controlling interest’s share of cash flow hedges 0.– 0.– 0.2 – 0.2 0.– 0.2
Change in tax rate 0.– 0.– 0.– 0.– –3.33.3
At 31 December 2023 1.1 (30.8) (22.7) (238.1) (290.5) 56.9 (233.6)
(b) The maturity analysis of amounts included in the hedge reserve is as follows:
2023 2022
£m £m
Less than 1 year (80.0) (642.2)
1-2 years 16.2 110.7
2-3 years (20.2) (15.0)
3-4 years (19.2) (24.5)
5 or more years (130.4) (178.8)
(233.6) (749.8)
(f) A breakdown of tax recognised directly in equity is set out below:
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
117
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
16 NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS
East Anglia
One Limited Other Total
Note £m £m £m
At1January 2022 1,079.0 2.7 1,081.7
Net profit for the year 72.4 0.4 72.8
Dividends (119.2) – (119.2)
Changes in the values of cash flow hedges (0.1) – (0.1)
At1January 2023 1,032.1 3.1 1,035.2
Acquisition
(a) – (0.6) (0.6)
Net profit for the year 91.4 0.3 91.7
Dividends (439.8) – (439.8)
Changes in the values of cash flow hedges (0.2) – (0.2)
At 31 December 2023 683.5 2.8 686.3
(a) On 7 March 2023, the Group acquired the remaining 28% share capital of Cumberhead West Wind Farm Ltd..
(b) The following table summarises financial information relating to East Anglia One Limited for the year ending 31 December 2023, before any Group consolidation
adjustments. None of the Group’s other subsidiaries that have a non-controlling interest are considered to be material to the Group.
2023 2022
£m £m
Non-current assets 1,608.1 1,675.7
Current assets 198.5 995.5
Non-current liabilities (345.7) (309.1)
Current liabilities (34.8) (74.0)
Net assets 1,426.1 2,288.1
Net assets attributable to non-controlling interest 570.4 915.2
Revenue 503.0 1,151.4
Dividends paid (1,099.5) (297.9)
Net profit for the year 237.9 190.8
Other comprehensive income (0.4) (0.4)
Total comprehensive income 237.5 190.4
Profit allocated to non-controlling interest 95.2 76.3
Other comprehensive income allocated to non-controlling interest (0.2) (0.2)
Cash flows from operating activities 380.1 1,006.3
Cash flows from investing activities (3.1) (11.9)
Cash flows from financing activities (1,107.3) (303.6)
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents (730.3) 690.8
17 DEFERRED INCOME
At Receivable Released to At
1January during Income 31 December
2022 Disposals year statement 2022
Year ended 31 December 2022 £m £m £m £m £m
Transfer of assets from customers ,1,397.7 (1.6) 121.6 (45.3) 1,472.4
Other revenue-related deferred income 0.– 0.– 10.7 (0.4) 10.3
1,397.7 (1.6) 132.3 (45.7) 1,482.7
At Receivable Released to At
1January during Income 31 December
2023 Disposals year statement 2023
Year ended 31 December 2023 £m £m £m £m £m
Transfer of assets from customers 1,472.4 (0.6) 127.2 (48.7) 1,550.3
Other revenue-related deferred income 10.3 0.– 0.– (7.6) 2.7
1,482.7 (0.6) 127.2 (56.3) 1,553.0
2023 2022
Analysis of total deferred income £m £m
Non-current 1,500.4 1,425.5
Current 52.6 57.2
1,553.0 1,482.7
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
118
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
18 OTHER PROVISIONS
Reassessment
At of Unwinding Utilised Released At
1January decommissioning New of during during 31 December
2022 costs provisions discount year year 2022
Year ended 31 December 2022 Notes £m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Reorganisation and restructuring (a) 5.3 0.– 5.3 – (6.0) (1.5) 3.1
Decommissioning costs
(b) 443.0 (179.1) 1.6 3.9 (8.6) (4.0) 256.8
Renewables Obligation
(c) 344.7 0.– 434.1 – (452.1) 0.– 326.7
Retail energy onerous contracts (d) 60.0 0.– 0.– – (60.0) – 0.–
Other
(e) 6.0 0.– 1.60.– (0.2) (1.9) 5.5
859.0 (179.1) 442.6 3.9 (526.9) (7.4) 592.1
At Unwinding Utilised Released At
1January New of during during 31 December
2023 provisions discount year year 2023
Year ended 31 December 2023 Notes £m £m £m £m £m £m
Reorganisation and restructuring (a) 3.1 0.– 0.– (2.9) (0.1) 0.1
Decommissioning costs
(b) 256.8 0.6.9 9.5 (2.1) (1.1) 270.0
Renewables Obligation
(c) 326.7 0.388.7 0.– (432.5) 0.– 282.9
Regulatory
(f) 0.– 0.38.0 0.– 0.– 0.– 38.0
Other
(e) 5.5 06.8 0.– (0.3) (1.1) 10.9
592.1 0.440.4 9.5 (437.8) (2.3) 601.9
2023 2022
Analysis of total provisions £m £m
Non-current 264.9 255.7
Current 337.0 336.4
601.9 592.1
(a) The reorganisation and restructuring provision relates to restructuring programmes within the Customer business division launched in previous years. The balance of this
provision is expected to be utilised in 2024.
(b) The provision for decommissioning costs is the discounted future estimated costs of decommissioning certain non-current assets. There is significant estimation
uncertainty in relation to this. Refer to Note 3 for further details. The decommissioning costs are expected to be incurred in the period between 2024 and 2067. The
following table shows the timeline in which undiscounted costs in relation to the decommissioning provision are expected to become current:
Less than 1 to 10 11 to 20 21 to 30 31 to 40 41 years and
1 year years years years years therafter Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Decommissioning costs 5.0 94.2 127.5 270.0 101.9 9.7 608.3
(c) The provision for the Renewables Obligation at 31 December 2023 principally represents the value of ROCs for 2023 expected to be delivered in 2024. The utilisation of
£432.5 million in the current year represents the ROCs surrendered to meet the annual RO. This provision is not discounted. Refer to Note 4J for the accounting policy.
(d) The provision at 1 January 2022 of £60.0 million, relating to retail energy onerous contracts was fully utilised by 31 December 2022. At 31 December 2022, those
contracts were no longer onerous as the economic benefits expected to be received from them exceeded the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the
contracts.
(e) The provisions at both 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022 are not individually sufficiently material to warrant separate disclosure.
(f) As set out in Note 31, from time to time, regulatory bodies including Ofgem, open inquiries with the Group in relation to compliance with licences, laws and regulations.
The Group is currently involved in such matters and is working proactively with the relevant authority to reach a satisfactory conclusion. A provision of £38.0 million has
been recorded based on the current position, the Group expects to utilise this provision in 2024.
19 OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
2023 2022
Notes £m £m
Current other financial liabilities:
Confirming arrangements
(a) 204.3 0.–
Collateral held
(b) 15.3 23.8
Software license liabilities 6.3 0.–
225.9 23.8
2023 2022
£m £m
Non-current other financial liabilities:
Software license liabilities 21.4 0.–
( a) During 2023, the Group agreed with a supplier to extend the payment periods for certain invoices in respect of property, plant and equipment. The payment periods
for these invoices were extended from 15 or 60 days to 160 days. Payment terms with other suppliers are normally between 30 and 90 days. By virtue of the supplier
financing arrangement agreed, the supplier may choose to receive payment from a bank prior to the due date of the invoices. The arrangement does not introduce any
additional collateral, guarantees or security.
The Group has determined that, as the extended payment terms negotiated with the supplier are beyond the normal terms agreed with other suppliers and the Group
is required to pay a fee representing the supplier's cost of offering the extended terms, the appropriate presentation of the £204.3 million (2022 £nil) outstanding under
this supplier finance arrangement is Other financial liabilities in the Consolidated statement of financial position, rather than Trade and other payables. The Group has had
no cash flows associated with these payments in the year.
A description of how the Group manages the liquidity risk inherent in this supplier financing arrangement is set out at Note 12(e)C1.
(b) Refer to Note 4H.5 for further det ails.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
119
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
20 LOANS AND OTHER BORROWINGS
(a) Analysis by instrument and maturity
2023 2022
Notes Interest rate* Maturity £m £m
Loans with Iberdrola Group companies Base + 1% On demand 2,535.3 2,288.3
Loan with joint venture Base + 1% 13 December 2024 3.0 3.0
Loans with Iberdrola Group companies
(i) SONIA + CAS + 0.78% 20 December 2027 380.0 570.0
Loans with Iberdrola Group companies 3.05% 20 December 2027 900.0 900.0
Loans with Iberdrola Group companies
(ii) SONIA + 2.3% 1 March 2028 100.0 100.0
Loans with Iberdrola Group companies
(ii) SONIA + 0.84% 1 March 2029 650.0 650.0
Loans with Iberdrola Group companies
(ii) SONIA + 0.82% 1 March 2031 500.0 500.0
Loans payable to Iberdrola Group companies 5,068.3 5,011.3
£250 million euro-sterling bond
(iii) 6.75% 29 May 2023 – 249.9
£175 million inflation-linked bond
(iv), (v), (vi) 3.494% x RPI 13 October 2024 386.3 345.9
£350 million euro-sterling bond
(vii), (viii) 5.875% 17 July 2026 349.3 349.0
£350 million euro-sterling bond
(vii), (ix) 4.875% 20 September 2027 348.8 348.4
10 billion JPY loan
(x) 4.6% 27 July 2029 67.2 76.1
£350 million euro-sterling bond
(vii), (xi) 2.0% 13 November 2031 343.3 347.5
£50 million medium-term note
(iv), (v), (vi) 5.75% 9 December 2039 50.0 50.0
£100 million medium-term note
(iv), (v) 6.375% 31 May 2041 100.0 100.0
Loans payable to external counterparties 1,644.9 1,866.8
Accrued interest due to Iberdrola Group companies 163.1 42.3
Accrued interest due to external counterparties 23.3 33.2
6,899.6 6,953.6
2023 2022
Analysis of total loans and other borrowings Note £m £m
Non-current 3,789.4 4,147.8
Current
(xii) 3,110.2 2,805.8
6,899.6 6,953.6
* SONIA + CAS - Sterling Overnight Index Average plus Credit Adjustment Spread.
(i) This loan has the interest rates reset at pre-determined dates. The repayment of £190.0 million that was paid in 2023 was classified as current in the above analysis at
31 December 2022.
(ii) These loans can be redeemed at any time by the Group, totally or partially, at market value giving five business days’ notice to the lender. The settlement value will be
calculated as defined by the repayment clause within each individual loan agreement. The lender may declare these loan agreements to have matured early in the event
the lender’s shareholding in the Group reduces to the extent that the Group no longer belongs to the Iberdrola Group.
(iii) This bond was re-paid in full during the year at maturity.
(iv) The external debt contains non-financial covenants. A future breach of these covenants may require repayment of the loans earlier than indicated in the above table.
Under the agreements, the covenants are monitored on a regular basis by SPL Treasury and regularly reported to management to ensure compliance with the
agreements.
(v) SPL and the Company have an established joint US$7 billion euro medium-term note programme. SPL has not issued under the programme. The Company has in issue
various notes in Sterling which can be redeemed with 30 to 90 days’ notice in case of unfavourable and unavoidable changes in the UK tax laws impacting on the note
payments.
(vi) These bonds and notes contain a ‘Loss of licence’ covenant that may require repayment of the outstanding amount should the Group lose the relevant licence
(distribution, transmission and supply licences).
(vii) These bonds and notes contain a ‘Loss of licence’ covenant that may require repayment of the outstanding amount should the issuing company lose the relevant
licence (distribution and transmission licences).
(viii) The £350 million euro-sterling bond will be redeemed at its principal amount in July 2026 unless previously redeemed or purchased and cancelled. The bond can be
redeemed at any time by the Group at a higher redemption price (as determined by a financial advisor appointed by the Group and Guarantor) giving 30 to 60 days’
notice.
(ix) The £350 million euro-sterling bond will be redeemed at its principal amount in September 2027 unless previously redeemed or purchased and cancelled. The bond
can be redeemed at any time by the Group at a higher redemption price (as determined by a financial advisor appointed by the Group and Guarantor) giving 30 to 60
days’ notice.
(x) The interest rate quoted above on the 10 billion JPY loan is fixed. This is changed to a variable rate by a cross-currency swap.
(xi) The £350 million euro-sterling bond will be redeemed at its principal amount in November 2031unless previously redeemed or purchased and cancelled. The bond
can be redeemed at any time by the Group at a higher redemption price (as determined by a financial advisor appointed by the Group and Guarantor) giving 30 to 60
days’ notice.
(xii) Current borrowings at 31 December 2023 comprise loans with Iberdrola Group companies repayable on demand, the £175 million inflation-linked bond, the loan with
a joint venture, accrued interest and the short-term element of fair value hedge adjustments due to be amortised within one year, which totalled £(0.8) million. Current
borrowings at 31 December 2022 comprised loans with Iberdrola Group companies repayable on demand or within the next year, the £250 million euro-sterling bond,
the loan with a joint venture, the accrued interest, the short-term element of the SONIA + CAS 2027 loan with Iberdrola (refer to footnote (i) above) and the short-term
element of fair value hedge adjustments due to be amortised within one year, which totalled £(0.9) million.
( xiii) At 31 December 2023, the Group had a total of £2.7 billion (2022 £1.5 billion) of undrawn committed facilities with SPL available, which included a £0.7 billion facility
signed in March 2023 and a £0.5 billion facility signed in December 2023. As at the date of signing these accounts, the Group has replaced its existing committed
facilities with a new £2.7 billion, five-year committed facility. The new committed facility with SPL expires on 30 April 2029 and remains undrawn.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
120
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
20 LOANS AND OTHER BORROWINGS continued
(b) Reconciliation of movements of liabilities to cash flows arising from financing activities
Loans and Loans and
other other Other
Lease borrowings borrowings financial
liabilities (Current) (Non-current) liabilities Total
Notes £m £m £m £m £m
At 1January 2022 510.7 1,021.8 4,561.0 34.8 6,128.3
Increase in amounts due to Iberdrola Group companies 0.– 1,518.8 0.– 0.– 1,518.8
Repayments of other financial liabilities 0.– 0.– 0.– (11.0) (11.0)
Payments of lease liabilities (25.9) 0.– 0.– 0.– (25.9)
Interest paid (18.4) (164.4) 0.– 0.– (182.8)
Total movements from financing cash flows (i) (44.3) 1,354.4 0.– (11.0) 1,299.1
Transfer from non-current to current 0.– 439.8 (439.8) 0.– 0.–
Credit facility – initial margin
(ii) 0.– (200.0) 0.– 0.– (200.0)
Other movements
(iii) 57.4 189.8 26.6 0.– 273.8
Total liability-related other movements 57.4 429.6 (413.2) 0.– 73.8
At 31 December 2022 523.8 2,805.8 4,147.8 23.8 7,501.2
Loans and Loans and
other other Other
Lease borrowings borrowings financial
liabilities (Current) (Non-current) liabilities Total
Notes £m £m £m £m £m
At 1January 2023 523.8 2,805.8 4,147.8 23.8 7,501.2
Increase in amounts due to Iberdrola Group companies 0.– 57.0 0. – 0.– 57.0
Repayments of external borrowings 0.– (250.0) (4.5) 0.– (254.5)
Repayments of other financial liabilities 0.– 0.– 0.– (8.5) (8.5)
Payments of lease liabilities (43.5) 0.– 0.– 0.– (43.5)
Interest paid (19.8) (235.9) 0.– 0.– (255.7)
Total movements from financing cash flows (i) (63.3) (428.9) (4.5) (8.5) (505.2)
Transfer from non-current to current 0.– 345.9 (345.9) 0.– 0.–
Other movements (iii) 131.6 387.4 (8.0) 232.0 743.0
Total liability-related other movements 131.6 733.3 (353.9) 232.0 743.0
At 31 December 2023 592.1 3,110.2 3,789.4 247.3 7,739.0
(i) Total movements from financing cash flows do not include financing cash flows relating to equity. Cash flows not included relate to dividends paid.
(ii) During 2021, the Group agreed an amendment to its terms and conditions with its commodities derivative clearer which included an initial deposit margin facility of
£200.0 million. This was fully utilised at 31 December 2021 but was not in use at 31 December 2022 or 31 December 2023.
(iii) Other movements includes non-cash movements including accrued interest expense and the acquisition of lease liabilities and other financial liabilities in respect of
confirming arrangements and software license liabilities.
21TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
2023 2022
Notes £m £m
Current trade and other payables:
Payables to Iberdrola Group companies and joint ventures 2.8 4.1
Trade payables 646.9 1,004.2
Other taxes and social security 68.8 99.3
Payments received on account 179.8 154.9
Capital payables and accruals 649.9 322.7
Collateral held 30.0 24.1
Payables in respect of government support schemes
(a) – 174.1
Other payables
(b) 577.2 497.8
2,155.4 2,281.2
Non-current other payables:
Capital payables and accruals – 0.4
Other payables 7.0 10.0
7. 0 10.4
(a) In the prior year, this balance primarily reflected funds received from the UK Government in relation to the EBSS which had not yet been paid to customers.
(b) Included within other payables is a balance of £533.3 million (£459.8 million) relating to net DD customer credits (comprising customer credits of £894.6 million (2022
£885.4 million) in excess of £426.7 million (2022 £442.8 million) of unbilled receivables) and a £65.4 million (2022 £17.2 million) provision in relation to energy volumes
which have still to reach final settlement. Further information on unbilled payables, including sensitivity, is detailed in Note 3.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
121
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
22 DEFERRED TAX
Deferred tax provided in the Accounts is as follows: Property, Derivative Other
plant and financial Retirement Trading temporary
equipment instruments benefits losses differences Total
Note £m £m £m £m £m £m
At 1January 202237.4 (3.9) 1,455.6 218.2 51.6 (54.2) (21.2) 1,650.0
Charge/(credit) to Income statement 48.6 11.6 0.– 0.1 (6.6) 53.7
Recorded in the Statement of comprehensive income (a) 0.– (376.4) 9.3 18.2 0.– (348.9)
At 1 January 202337.4 (3.9)19.2– 1,504.2 (146.6) 60.9 (35.9) (27.8) 1,354.8
Charge/(credit) to Income statement 157.5 (8.0) 0.– 35.9 4.1 189.5
Recorded in the Statement of comprehensive income
(a) 0.– 142.0 (30.0) 0.– 0.– 112.0
At 31 December 2023 1,661.7 (12.6) 30.9 0.– (23.7) 1,656.3
(a) Legislation was enacted on 10 June 2021 under the Finance Act 2021 that increased the UK Corporation Tax rate to 25% from 1 April 2023. Accordingly, the deferred tax
balances at 31 December 2023 have been provided at 25%, to reflect the rate that the temporary differences are expected to reverse at.
(b) The Group have recognised the deferred tax on the surplus of the ScottishPower pension scheme at 25% because the expected manner of recovery of the surplus is via
reduced future contributions. Under IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes’, the applicable rate in this circumstance is the prevailing Corporation Tax rate.
(c) At 31 December 2023, the Group had unutilised capital losses of £33.7 million (2022 £34.2 million). No deferred tax asset was recognised in either year due to the
unpredictability of suitable future profit streams against which these losses may be utilised.
(d) Deferred tax assets have been recognised in respect of income tax losses as it has been assessed that it is probable that these losses will be utilised against future
taxable profits, which are expected to arise in future years. This includes deferred tax assets in respect of past Customer business trading losses, given the expected
improved profitability of the business.
(e) A breakdown of tax recognised directly in equity is set out below:
2023 2022
Note £m £m
Relating to current tax:
Retirement benefits movements
(i) (29.2) (18.5)
Cash flow hedge movements 11.4 (27.7)
Onerous provisions 0.– (11.4)
Trading losses 0.– (18.2)
(17.8) (75.8)
2023 2022
£m £m
Relating to deferred tax:
Retirement benefits movements
(i) (30.0) 9.3
Cash flow hedge movements 142.0 (376.4)
Trading losses 0.– 18.2
112.0 (348.9)
(i) The tax on Retirement benefits movements is comprised of a Corporation Tax credit of £29.2 million (2022 £18.5 million) arising due to the excess of pension
contributions over costs and a deferred tax credit of £30.0 million (2022 charge of £9.3 million) relating to actuarial gains.
23 REVENUE
( a) Disaggregation of revenue
2023
Energy Renewable Customer
Networks production business Total
Notes £m £m £m £m
Revenue arising from contracts with customers in scope of IFRS 15:
Electricity distribution 875.6 – – 875.6
Electricity transmission 513.3 – – 513.3
Transfers of assets from customers 48.7 – – 48.7
Supply of electricity
(i) – – 4,444.7 4,444.7
Supply of gas
(i) – – 1,709.8 1,709.8
Other – 64.0 37.8 101.8
1,437.6 64.0 6,192.3 7,693.9
Revenue arising from contracts in scope of IAS 20:
Revenue received from government support schemes
(ii) – – 1,426.2 1,426.2
CfD – 239.6 – 239.6
– 239.6 1,426.2 1,665.8
Revenue arising from contracts in scope of IFRS 9:
Derivative income – (19.6) 114.0 94.4
1,437.6 284.0 7,732.5 9,454.1
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
122
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
23 REVENUE
continued
2022
Energy Renewable Customer
Networks production business Total
Notes £m £m £m £m
Revenue arising from contracts with customers inscope of IFRS 15:
Electricity distribution 789.9 – – 789.9
Electricity transmission 385.5 – – 385.5
Transfers of assets from customers 45.3 – – 45.3
Supply of electricity
(i) – – 4,219.8 4,219.8
Supply of gas
(i) – – 1,511.7 1,511.7
Other – 58.6 45.5 104.1
Sale of offshore transmission asset – 682.4 – 682.4
1,220.7 741.0 5,777.0 7,738.7
Revenue arising from contracts in scope of IAS 20:
Revenue received from government support schemes
(ii) – – 591.5 591.5
CfD – (76.3) – (76.3)
– (76.3) 591.5 515.2
Revenue arising from contracts in scope of IFRS 9:
Derivative income – (19.5) 200.5 181.0
1,220.7 645.2 6,569.0 8,434.9
(i) Revenue received for the year ended 31 December 2023 in respect of the EBSS and domestic and non-domestic AFP schemes (accounted for under IFRS 15) was £509.1
million (2022 £498.5 million), £39.7 million (2022 £nil), and £4.8 million (2022 £nil) respectively. All revenue received in respect of government schemes accounted for
under IFRS 15 is offset by an an equal amount paid to the customer.
(ii) Revenue received for the year ended 31 December 2023 in respect of the EPG, EBRS, and EBDS schemes (accounted for as government grants) was £1,322.8 million (2022
£513.6 million), £91.3 million (2022 £77.9 million), and £12.1 million (2022 £nil) respectively.
Revenue recognition accounting policies for the above disclosed revenue streams are disclosed at Note 4H3 and Note 4M. All revenue arises from
operations within the UK and Republic of Ireland. Revenue from outside the UK is not deemed material enough to warrant separate disclosure.
(b) Contract balances
31 December 31 December 31December
2023 2022 2021
Notes £m £m £m
Receivables (i), (ii) 1,172.1 1,119.6 779.8
Contract liabilities (iii), (iv) (2,265.5) (2,097.2) (1,623.4)
(i) Included within Trade and other receivables (refer to Note13).
(ii) £200.7 million (2022 £83.8 million) of net expected credit losses on trade and other receivables were recognised during the year on receivables arising from the Group’s
contracts with customers.
(iii) Contract liabilities comprises the entire balance of deferred income (refer to Note 17) with the remainder included within Trade and other payables (refer Note 21).
(iv) The amount of contract liabilities recognised as revenue in the year is £494.1 million (2022£132.0 million). The remaining movement in contract liabilities relates to new
liabilities recognised in the year.
24 EMPLOYEE INFORMATION
(a) Staff costs 2023 2022
£m £m
Wages and salaries 367.5 321.7
Social security costs 39.4 35.8
Pension and other costs 60.6 76.0
467.5 433.5
Capitalised staff costs (189.5) (173.9)
278.0 259.6
(b) Employee numbers
The average numbers of employees (full and part-time) employed by the Group, including UK-based directors, were:
2023 2022
Energy Networks 3,526 3,227
Renewable production 808 657
Customer business 1,084 1,346
Corporate 579 541
5,997 5,771
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
123
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
25 TAXES OTHER THAN INCOME TAX
2023 2022
Notes £m £m
Property taxes 130.1 120.3
Other taxes
(a) 181.7 77.8
Electricity Generator Levy
(b) 56.5 –
368.3 198.1
(a) Other taxes mainly comprises obligations specific to the energy industry, principally ECO scheme and Warm Home Discount scheme.
(b) The Electricity Generator Levy is a temporary 45% charge on exceptional receipts generated from low-carbon UK power generation meeting certain conditions. The levy
is in effect from 1January 2023 to 31 March 2028.
26 DEPRECIATION AND AMORTISATION CHARGE, ALLOWANCES AND PROVISIONS
2023 2022
£m £m
Property, plant and equipment depreciation charge 660.4 630.2
Right-of-use asset depreciation charge 39.4 33.9
Intangible asset amortisation charge 97.1 116.4
Charges and provisions, allowances and impairment of assets 26.1 13.2
823.0 793.7
Capitalised right-of-use asset depreciation (8.6) (5.8)
814.4 787.9
27 FINANCE INCOME
2023 2022
£m £m
Interest on bank and other deposits 15.0 4.9
Interest receivable from Iberdrola Group companies 100.2 19.5
Net interest on retirement benefit obligations 15.3 5.0
Foreign exchange gains 2.2 2.1
Fair value and other gains on non-hedging derivatives 8.8 74.1
Fair value gains on contingent consideration 3.5 3.2
145.0 108.8
28 FINANCE COSTS
2023 2022
Note £m £m
Interest on bank loans and overdrafts 1.8 0.4
Interest on amounts due to Iberdrola Group companies 268.3 99.8
Interest on other borrowings 118.1 116.3
Net impairment of financing and investment instruments (0.2) 0.2
Unwinding of discount on provisions 9.5 3.9
Unwinding of discount on software licence liabilities 0.8 0.–
Interest on lease liabilities 20.2 19.2
Foreign exchange losses 1.6 2.6
Fair value and other losses on non-hedging derivatives 45.7 9.7
465.8 252.1
Capitalised interest
(a) (46.8) (8.7)
419.0 243.4
(a) The tax relief on the capitalised interest for the year ended 31 December 2023 was £11.0 million (2022 £1.7 million).
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
124
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
29 INCOME TAX
2023 2022
£m £m
Current tax:
UK Corporation Tax charge on profits for the year 230.2 82.2
Adjustments in respect of prior years 1.0 5.5
Current tax for the year 231.2 87.7
Deferred tax:
Origination and reversal of temporary differences 199.4 71.7
Adjustments in respect of prior years (9.9) (18.0)
Deferred tax for the year 189.5 53.7
Income tax expense for the year 420.7 141.4
The tax charge on profit on ordinary activities for the year varied from the standard rate of UK Corporation Tax applicable to Group companies as follows:
2023 2022
£m £m
Corporation Tax at 23.5% (2022 19%) 385.2 133.2
Adjustments in respect of prior years (8.9) (12.5)
Impact of tax rate change on current year charge 8.4 19.0
Non-deductible expenses and other permanent differences 36.0 1. 7
Income tax expense for the year 420.7 141.4
Legislation was enacted on 10 June 2021 under the Finance Act 2021 that will increase the UK Corporation Tax rate to 25% from 1 April 2023. Accordingly,
the deferred tax balances at 31 December 2023 have been provided at 25%, to reflect the rate that the temporary differences are expected to reverse at.
2023 2022
Comparison of UK Corporation Tax charge and payments £m £m
UK Corporation Tax charge on profits for the year 230.2 82.2
UK Corporation Tax in the Statement of cash flows 51.8 22.6
Current tax (liability)/asset recognised in the Statement of financial position (81.0) 78.8
The amount of Corporation Tax paid in the year, shown in the Consolidated statement of cash flows, and the amount of the Corporation Tax charge
for the year are not the same. The four installment payments that are required during the year are based on forecasts of the total Corporation Tax
charged in the Consolidated income statement and the Consolidated statement of comprehensive income. In addition, the amount in the Consolidated
statement of cash flows also includes any refunds received or payments made relating to Corporation Tax liabilities of prior years.
The current tax asset recognised in the Statement of financial position at 31 December 2022 arose largely as a consequence of the significant historical
losses arising in the Customer business.
Pillar Two model rules
The ultimate parent company of the Group is Iberdrola S.A., a company based in Spain. Iberdrola is the parent company of a global group within the
scope of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s Pillar Two model rules and is therefore responsible for calculating the multi-
national top-up tax for the Iberdrola Group. The Group is not within the scope of multi-national top-up tax.
The UK has enacted legislation to incorporate the Pillar Two model rules with effect from 1 January 2024. This includes domestic top-up tax (“DTT”)
legislation. The Group is within the scope of the DTT legislation and is in the process of assessing its exposure to DTT. As the UK Corporation Tax rate is
currently 25%, a DTT liability is not expected. However, due to the complexities in applying the legislation and the fact that 2024 financial information
is not yet available, there may still be a liability to DTT.
Since this legislation was not effective at the reporting date, there is no current tax impact for the year ended 31 December 2023. The Group has
applied the exception available in the Amendments to IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes: International Tax Reform – Pillar Two Model Rules’ which was effective for
the Group from 1January 2023, and therefore, has not recognised or disclosed information about deferred tax assets and liabilities related to Pillar
Two income taxes.
30 DIVIDENDS
2023 2022 2023 2022
pence per ordinary share pence per ordinary share £m £m
Interim dividend paid 11. 0 10 .1 780.0 715.0
31 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
From time to time, regulators, including Ofgem and the Health and Safety Executive, open inquiries with the Group in relation to compliance with
licenses, laws and regulations. ScottishPower’s businesses are also party to various other legal claims, actions and complaints, certain of which may
involve material amounts.
Where the outflow of resources is considered probable, and a reasonable estimate can be made of the amount of the present obligation, a provision
is recognised for these amounts (refer to Note 18). Where an outflow is not probable, but is possible, or a reasonable estimate of the present
obligations cannot be made, a contingent liability exists. ScottishPower currently believes that resolution of these matters will not have a materially
adverse effect on the Consolidated accounts .
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
125
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
32 FINANCIAL COMMITMENTS
Contractual commitments
ScottishPower manages its energy resource requirements by integrating long-term firm, short-term and spot market purchases with its own
generating resources to manage volume and price volatility and maximise value across the energy value chain. As part of its energy resource portfolio,
the Group is committed under long-term purchase contracts summarised in the tables below.
2023
2029 and
2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 thereafter Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Long-term energy purchase contract commitments 1,804.8 105.2 5.1 – – – 1,915.1
Other contractual commitments 469.5 294.9 62.8 49.7 47.8 70.1 994.8
2022
2028 and
2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 thereafter Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Long-term energy purchase contract commitments 4,485.8 399.1 61.1 4.1 – – 4,950.1
Other contractual commitments 169.0 76.2 57.0 52.3 47.7 115.1 517.3
33 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
(a) Transactions and balances arising in the normal course of business
2023 2022
Immediate Immediate
parent Other parent Other
Ultimate (Scottish Iberdrola Ultimate (Scottish Iberdrola
parent Power Group Joint parent Power Group Joint
(Iberdrola, S.A.) Limited) companies ventures (Iberdrola, S.A.) Limited) companies ventures
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Types of transaction
Sales and rendering of services 0.– 2.0 15.6 2.8 0.– 1.9 60.9 2.0
Purchases and receipt of services (33.0) (0.6) (17.3) (14.5) (32.0) (0.6) (53.0) (19.6)
Finance costs (excluding non-hedging derivatives) 0.– (236.4) (31.9) 0.– 0.– (87.3) (12.5) 0.–
Finance income (excluding non-hedging derivatives) 0.3 100.2 0.– 0.– 0.– 19.5 0.– 0.–
Net (losses)/gains on non-hedging derivatives (7.8) (36.9) 0.– 0.– (6.2) 70.6 0.– 0.–
Changes in the value of cash flow hedges 0.– (43.9) 0.– 0.– 0.– 13.5 0.– 0.–
Dividends paid 0.– (780.0) 0.– 0.– 0.– (715.0) 0.– 0.–
Balances outstanding
Loans receivable 0.– 915.0 0.– 0.– 0.– 1,224.8 0.– 0.–
Trade and other receivables 1.3 241.4 18.6 3.4 0.– 1.8 25.4 3.5
Interest receivable 0.– 100.1 0.– 0.– 0.– 19.5 0.– 0.–
Derivative financial assets 0.8 2.3 0.– 0.– 1.6 81.1 0.– 0.–
Loans payable 0.– (4,685.3) (380.0) (3.0) 0.– (4,438.3) (570.0) (3.0)
Trade and other payables 0.– (1.2) (0.2) (1.4) 0.– (1.2) (0.5) (2.4)
Interest payable 0.– (162.5) (0.6) 0.– 0.– (41.5) (0.8) 0.–
Derivative financial liabilities (3.3) (25.0) 0.– 0.– (7.8) (2.1) 0.– 0.–
(i) The amounts outstanding are unsecured and will be settled in cash. No guarantees have been given or received in relation to inter-group transactions.
( b) Remuneration of key management personnel
The remuneration of the key management personnel of the Group is set out below. The remuneration of all eleven (2022 13) key management personnel
who served during the year is included within staff costs at Note 24(a).
2023 2022
£m £m
Short-term employee benefits 4.3 3.6
Post-employment benefits 0.2 0.4
Share-based payments 3.4 3.7
7. 9 7. 7
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
126
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
33 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS continued
(c) Directors’ remuneration
The remuneration of the directors who provided qualifying services to the Group is set out below. All of the directors were remunerated by the Group
during both years. All of the directors (2022 all) were remunerated directly by the Company.
2023 2022
£000 £000
Aggregate remuneration in respect of qualifying services 1,107 911
Aggregate contributions to a defined contribution pension scheme 21 20
Number of directors who exercised share options 4 3
Number of directors who received shares under a long-term incentive scheme 3 2
Number of directors accruing retirements benefits under a defined benefit scheme 2 1
Number of directors accruing retirement benefits under a defined contribution scheme 1 1
2023 2022
Highest paid director £000 £000
Aggregate remuneration 405 353
Accrued pension benefit – 71
(i) The highest paid director received a benefit under a long-term share incentive scheme in both years.
(ii) The highest paid director exercised share options in both years.
(d) Immediate and ultimate parent company
The immediate parent company is Scottish Power Limited which is also the parent company of the smallest group in which the results of the Company
are consolidated. Copies of the consolidated accounts of Scottish Power Limited may be obtained from its registered office at 320 St. Vincent Street,
Glasgow, Scotland, G2 5AD.
The directors regard Iberdrola, S.A. (incorporated in Spain) as the ultimate parent company, which is also the parent company of the largest group in
which the results of the Company are consolidated. Copies of the consolidated accounts of Iberdrola, S.A. may be obtained from its registered office at
Iberdrola, S.A., Torre Iberdrola, Plaza Euskadi 5, 48009, Bilbao, Spain.
In addition to the Company’s parent undertakings disclosed above, the Group’s other related undertakings are disclosed in Appendix 1.
34 AUDITOR’S REMUNERATION
2023 2022
Note £m £m
Audit of the Company and Consolidated annual accounts 0.9 0.7
Audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation 3.0 2.8
Audit of the Group's pension schemes pursuant to legislation (a) 0.1 0.1
Audit fees 4.0 3.6
Audit-related assurance services 0.1 0.1
4.1 3.7
(a) The Group’s SPPS pension scheme paid the fees of £0.1 million (2022 £0.1 million) relating to that scheme's audit.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
127
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
COMPANY STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
at 31 December 2023
2023 2022
Notes £m £m
ASSETS
NON-CURRENT ASSETS
Intangible assets 36 30.5 20.5
Property, plant and equipment 37 43.5 45.0
Right-of-use-assets 38 96.7 91.2
Retirement benefits asset 39 246.6 341.9
Non-current financial assets 5,041.1 5,050.5
Investments in subsidiaries 40 5,023.5 5,023.5
Other investments 0.1 0.1
Derivative financial instruments 41 17.5 26.9
Non-current trade and other receivables 42 3,994.3 3,119.3
TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS 9,452.7 8,668.4
CURRENT ASSETS
Current trade and other receivables 42 67.0 323.1
Current tax assets 32.2 28.8
Current financial assets – 0.7
Derivative financial instruments 41 – 0.7
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS 99.2 352.6
TOTAL ASSETS 9,551.9 9,021.0
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
EQUITY
Of shareholders of the parent 6,174.7 6,066.8
Share capital 3,551.7 3,551.7
Share premium 398.2 398.2
Hedge reserve 0.7 1.2
Other reserve 420.4 420.4
Retained earnings – opening balance 1,695.3 1,187.1
Retained earnings – profit for the year 1,070.4 1,263.5
Retained earnings – other movements (962.0) (755.3)
Retained earnings – closing balance 1,803.7 1,695.3
TOTAL EQUITY 6,174.7 6,066.8
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
Non-current provisions 126.5 104.9
Provision for retirement benefit obligations 39 123.4 101.9
Other provisions 43 3.1 3.0
Non-current bank borrowings and other financial liabilities 1,375.3 1,722.0
Other financial liabilities 44 8.0 –
Loans and other borrowings 45 1,367.2 1,722.0
Derivative financial instruments 41 0.1 –
Non-current lease liabilities 38 116.1 111.2
Non-current trade and other payables 46 3.4 4.8
Deferred tax liabilities 47 30.6 56.7
TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES 1,651.9 1,999.6
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Current provisions 1.9 1.5
Other provisions 43 1.9 1.5
Current bank borrowings and other financial liabilities 1,675.6 914.0
Other financial liabilities 44 17.2 23.8
Loans and other borrowings 45 1,658.3 890.2
Derivative financial instruments 41 0.1 –
Current lease liabilities 38 7. 8 7. 8
Current trade and other payables 46 40.0 31.3
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES 1,725.3 954.6
TOTAL LIABILITIES 3,377.2 2,954.2
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 9,551.9 9,021.0
Authorised for issue by the SPUK Board and signed on its behalf on 19 March 2024.
Nicola Connelly
Director
The accompanying Notes 35 to 53 and Appendix 1 are an integral part of the Company statement of financial position at 31 December 2023.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
128
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
COMPANY STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
for the year ended 31 December 2023
2023 2022
£m £m
NET PROFIT FOR THE YEAR 1,070.4 1,263.5
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Items that may be subsequently released to the Income statement:
Cash flow hedges:
Changes in the value of cash flow hedges (0.6) 0.3
Tax relating to cash flow hedges 0.1 (0.1)
(0.5) 0.2
Items that will not be reclassified to the Income statement:
Retirement benefits:
Movements in retirement benefits (241.2) (49.5)
Tax relating to movements in retirement benefits 59.2 9.2
(182.0) (40.3)
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR (182.5) (40.1)
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 887.9 1,223.4
Total comprehensive income for both years is wholly attributable to the equity holder of Scottish Power UK plc.
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
for the year ended 31 December 2023
Share Share Hedge Other Retained
capital premium reserve reserves earnings
(Note (a)) (Note (b)) (Note (c)) (Note (d)) (Note (e)) Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m
At 1January 2022 3,551.7 398.2 1.0 420.4 1,187.1 5,558.4
Profit for the year attributable to equity holder of the Company – – – 0.– 1,263.5 1,263.5
Changes in the value of cash flow hedges – – 0.3 0.– 0.– 0.3
Movements in retirement benefits – – – 0.– (49.5) (49.5)
Tax relating to cash flow hedges – – (0.1) 0.– 0.– (0.1)
Tax relating to movements in retirement benefits – – – 0.– 9.2 9.2
Dividends – – –0.– (715.0) (715.0)
At 1January 2023 3,551.7 398.2 1.2 420.4 1,695.3 6,066.8
Profit for the year attributable to equity holder of the Company – – – 0.– 1,070.4 1,070.4
Changes in the value of cash flow hedges – – (0.6) 0.– 0.– (0.6)
Movements in retirement benefits – – – 0.– (241.2) (241.2)
Tax relating to cash flow hedges – – 0.1 0.– 0.– 0.1
Tax relating to movements in retirement benefits – – – 0.– 59.2 59.2
Dividends – – –0.– (780.0) (780.0)
At 31 December 2023 3,551.7 398.2 0.7 420.4 1,803.7 6,174.7
(a) At 31 December 2023 the Company had 7,103,427,542 allotted, called up and fully paid ordinary shares of 50p each (2022 7,103,427,542). Holders of these ordinary
shares are entitled to dividends as declared from time to time; amounts on the capitalisation of profits and reserves; and notice and attendance at general meetings of
the Company, with every member entitled to one vote on a show of hands and on a poll one vote for every share held.
(b) The share premium account represents consideration received for shares issued in excess of their nominal amount.
(c) The hedge reserve represents the balance of gains and losses on cash flow hedges (net of taxation) not yet transferred to income or the carrying value of a non-financial asset.
(d) Other reserves as at 31 December 2023 comprises a capital contribution reserve of £412.2 million (2022 £412.2 million) and a capital redemption reserve of £8.2 million
(2022 £8.2 million).
(e) Retained earnings comprise the cumulative balance of profits and losses recognised in the financial statements as adjusted for transactions with shareholders,
principally dividends.
The accompanying Notes 35 to 53 and Appendix 1are an integral part of the Company statement of comprehensive income and the Company statement of changes in
equity for the year ended 31 December 2023.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
129
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE COMPANY ACCOUNTS
31 December 2023
35 COMPANY INFORMATION AND PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
A COMPANY INFORMATION AND ACTIVITIES
Scottish Power UK plc (registered company number SC117120) is a private company limited by shares. It is incorporated in Scotland and its registered
address is 320 St. Vincent Street, Glasgow, Scotland, G2 5AD. The Company financial statements present information about the Company as a separate
entity, and not about the Group.
The Company principally acts as the holding company of the Scottish Power UK plc group, whose activities are set out in Note 1 to the Consolidated
financial statements, and has its own board of directors. The Company's immediate parent company, SPL, is the holding company of the SPL group.
B BASIS OF PREPARATION
B1 BASIS OF PREPARATION OF THE COMPANY ACCOUNTS
The Company is required by law to prepare accounts and to deliver them to the Registrar of Companies. The Company accounts are prepared in
accordance with the accounting policies set out in Note 35D. Monetary amounts are presented in pounds Sterling and rounded to the nearest hundred
thousand unless otherwise indicated. The Company financial statements are prepared on the historical cost basis apart from certain financial assets
and liabilities which are measured at fair value.
The Company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with FRS 101. In preparing these financial statements, the Company has applied
the recognition, measurement and disclosure requirements of UK-adopted IAS including newly effective IAS for the year ended 31 December 2023 as
noted in Note 2B. The application of these amendments has not had a material impact on the Company's accounting policies, financial position or
performance. In applying FRS101, the Company has made amendments where necessary in order to comply with the Companies Act 2006 and has set
out below where advantage of the FRS 101 disclosure exemptions has been taken:
• the preparation of a Statement of cash flows and the related notes;
• comparative period reconciliations for intangible assets and property, plant and equipment;
• disclosures in respect of transactions with wholly owned subsidiaries of Iberdrola, S.A.;
• disclosures in respect of capital management;
• disclosures in respect of deferred tax assets and liabilities related to Pillar Two model rules income taxes;
• the effects of new, but not yet effective, IAS pronouncements; and
• disclosures in respect of the compensation of key management personnel.
As the consolidated financial statements of Iberdrola, S.A. include the equivalent disclosures, the Company has also taken the exemptions under FRS 101
available in respect of certain disclosures required by IFRS 13 and the disclosures required by IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’.
B2 GOING CONCERN
The Company’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development and position, are set out in the Strategic Report on
pages 1 to 24.
The Company statement of financial position presents net current liabilities of £1,626.1 million as at 31 December 2023, including £1,195.0 million of
on demand loans with Iberdrola Group companies. The Company financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis which the
directors consider to be appropriate for the following reasons.
The Company is the holding company of Scottish Power UK plc Group which, is a significant component of Iberdrola, one of the world’s largest utilities.
The Company participates in a UK treasury function operated by SPL Treasury. SPL Treasury works closely with Iberdrola to manage the Company’s and
the Group’s funding requirements, which are reviewed and adjusted on a regular basis using a mixture of funding provided via Iberdrola through the
global treasury function and external funding. The Company meets its day-to-day working capital requirements from term loans (refer to Note 45),
together with operational cash flows, intercompany loans and trading balances with the group headed by Iberdrola, the ultimate parent company. The
Iberdrola Group has also provided a £2.7 billion of undrawn committed revolving credit facility maturing in 2029 at the date of approval of these
financial statements (refer to Note 45(g)).
As a consequence, the Company depends, in part, on the ability and intention of the Iberdrola Group to continue as a going concern. The directors
have considered the Company’s funding relationship with Iberdrola to date and have considered available relevant information, including the liquidity
disclosures in the Iberdrola Group’s 2023 financial statements, relating to Iberdrola’s ability to continue as a going concern. In addition, the directors
have no reason to believe that the Iberdrola Group does not have the ability to, and will not continue to, fund the Company to enable it to continue in
operational existence.
For the purposes of the directors’ assessment of the Group’s going concern position, the directors have prepared a Company cash flow forecast for a
period of at least twelve months from March 2024.
The cash flow forecast indicates that alongside the Company’s existing resources and committed facilities, including £2.7 billion of undrawn
committed revolving credit facilities maturing in 2029, additional financing is required during the going concern period. As noted above, the directors
are confident in the ability and intention of the SPL Group, and the Iberdrola Group, to maintain the required funding level during the going concern
assessment period, under both the base and downside scenarios, based on the borrowing history to date and the liquidity position of the Iberdrola
Group.
The directors acknowledge that there can be no certainty that this funding will continue although, at the date of approval of these financial statements,
they have no reason to believe that it will not do so. In the unlikely event of not being able to access additional funding as may be required, the
Company has options including delaying or deferring dividends.
Consequently, the directors are confident that the Company will have sufficient funds to continue to meet its liabilities as they fall due for at least
twelve months from the date of approval of the Company financial statements and therefore, have prepared the financial statements on a going
concern basis.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
130
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE COMPANY ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
35 COMPANY INFORMATION AND PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued
C JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTIES
Management has made a number of judgements and assumptions about the future and about other sources of estimation uncertainty at the end of the
reporting period that may have a significant risk of resulting in a material adjustment to the Company's reported amounts of assets and liabilities within
the next financial year. The significant estimation uncertainty made by management is set out below.
• Retirement benefit obligation (including valuation of level 3 pension plan assets) – Notes 3, 4F and 39.
Management has also considered a non-significant judgement relating to climate change. The impact of climate change, including risks identified in the
Strategic Report on page 26, on the Company's financial statements has been considered. No material impact on the judgements and estimates made
in the preparation of the Company's financial statements has been identified (refer to Note 3 for more details). This consideration focussed on the
Company`s going concern position, including the cash flow prepared for the directors' assessment referred to in Note 2.
D PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The principal accounting policies applied in preparing the Company’s financial statements are set out below. In the process of determining and applying
these accounting policies, judgement, apart from those involving estimations (refer to Note 35C), is often required that can significantly affect the
amounts recognised in the Company financial statements. Management has made no such judgements.
Investments
The Company’s investments in subsidiaries are stated in the Company statement of financial position at cost, or the fair value of shares issued as
consideration where applicable. Dividends from subsidiaries are recognised when the right to receive the dividend is established.
Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost and reviewed for impairment if there are indicators that the carrying value may not be recoverable. An
impairment loss is recognised to the extent that the carrying amount cannot be recovered either by selling the asset or by continuing to hold the asset
and benefiting from the net present value of the future cash flows (value-in-use) of the investment.
Applicable Group accounting policies
The following principal accounting policies applied by the Company are consistent with those applied for the Group financial statements:
• Other intangible assets (refer to Note 4B);
• Property, plant and equipment (refer to Note 4C);
• Leased assets (refer to Note 4D);
• Impairment of intangible assets, property, plant and equipment and leased assets (refer to Note 4E);
• Retirement benefits (refer to Note 4F)
• Financial instruments (refer to Note 4H);
• Decommissioning costs (refer to Note 4K); and
• Taxation (refer to Note 4Q).
36 INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Computer
software
Year ended 31 December 2023 Note £m
Cost:
At 1January 2023 119.7
Additions
(b) 23.2
Disposals (0.9)
At 31 December 2023 142.0
Amortisation:
At 1January 2023 99.2
Amortisation for the year 13.2
Disposals (0.9)
At 31 December 2023 111.5
Net book value:
At 31 December 2023 30.5
At 1January 2023 20.5
(a) The cost of fully amortised computer software still in use at 31 December 2023 was £87.2 million (2022£77.1 million).
(b) Included within computer software additions is £0.6 million (2022 £0.9 million) from internal development.
(c) Computer software includes SaaS cloud arrangements with a carrying value of £8.8 million (2022 £0.9 million).
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
131
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE COMPANY ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
37 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
(a) Movements in property, plant and equipment in use
Property, plant
and equipment
in use
Year ended 31 December 2023 £m
Cost:
At 1January 2023 113.0
Additions 8.1
Disposals (13.9)
At 31 December 2023 107.2
Depreciation:
At 1January 2023 68.0
Charge for the year 9.0
Disposals (13.3)
At 31 December 2023 63.7
Net book value:
At 31 December 2023 43.5
At 1January 2023 45.0
(i) Property, plant and equipment in use principally comprises fixtures and fittings and IT equipment.
(ii) The cost of fully depreciated property, plant and equipment still in use at 31 December 2023 was £33.5 million (2022 £35.5 million).
(b) Capital commitments
2023
2029 and
2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 thereafter Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Contracted but not provided 0.5 – – – – – 0.5
2022
2028 and
2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 thereafter Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Contracted but not provided 1.0 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.5 3.9 8.1
38 LEASING
The Company leases many assets including buildings, vehicles and other equipment. Information about leases for which the Company is a lessee is
presented below.
(a) Nature of leases
Buildings
The Company leases buildings primarily for its office space and retail space. The leases typically have lease terms running from ten to 25 years.
Certain leases have options to extend the term by up to ten years at the end of the existing term. Most contracts have no termination options, whilst
certain contracts have specific break options exercisable five or ten years before the contract end date.
The lease for the head office building has a 25 year term ending in 2041 at which point the Company has the right to extend the lease to 2046 (and to
2051 at 2046). It is currently not deemed reasonably certain that these extension options will be taken. However, should they be taken, the estimated
movement in the lease liability would be a decrease of £(0.1) million and a further increase of £11.3 million respectively.
Vehicles
The Company leases vehicles with lease terms of between five and seven years, primarily being pool vehicles to mobilise its operational staff.
Other equipment
The Company leases office equipment with lease terms typically of seven years.
Variable lease payments
Certain building leases contain variable lease payments that are based on the building services supplied; a common payment term for this type of lease.
The fixed annual payments for the year were £11.9 million compared to variable payments of £0.4 million. The Company expects the relative proportion
of fixed and variable lease payments to remain broadly consistent in future years.
Extension options
Some building and equipment leases contain extension options exercisable by the Company at the end of the non-cancellable contract period or an
agreed point before that date. Where practicable, the Company seeks to include extension options in leases to provide operational flexibility. Those
options held are exercisable only by the Company and not by the lessors. At lease commencement, the Company will assess whether it is reasonably
certain to exercise the extension options and reassesses this if there is a significant event or change in circumstances within its control.
Other information
The Company has not committed to any leases that have not yet commenced. The Company has no contracts containing residual value guarantees,
no leases subject to significant restrictions or covenants, and no sale and leaseback transactions.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
132
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE COMPANY ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
38 LEASING
continued
(b) Right-of-use assets
Other
Buildings Vehicles equipment Total
Year ended 31 December 2022 Note £m £m £m £m
Cost
At 1January 2022 101.5 2.8 3.1 107.4
Additions – 0.1 – 0.1
Adjustments for changes in liabilities
(i) 10.7 (0.1) (0.1) 10.5
At 31 December 2022 112.2 2.8 3.0 118.0
Depreciation
At 1January 2022 17.2 1.7 1.5 20.4
Charge for the year 5.7 0.4 0.3 6.4
At 31 December 2022 22.9 2.1 1.8 26.8
Net book value
At 31 December 2022 89.3 0.7 1.2 91.2
At 1January 2022 84.3 1.1 1.6 87.0
Other
Buildings Vehicles equipment Total
Year ended 31 December 2023 Note £m £m £m £m
Cost
At 1January 2023 112.2 2.8 3.0 118.0
Adjustments for changes in liabilities
(i) 11.9 0.9 – 12.8
At 31 December 2023 124.1 3.7 3.0 130.8
Depreciation
At 1January 2023 22.9 2.1 1.8 26.8
Charge for the year 6.3 0.6 0.4 7.3
At 31 December 2023 29.2 2.7 2.2 34.1
Net book value
At 31 December 2023 94.9 1.0 0.8 96.7
At 1January 2023 89.3 0.7 1.2 91.2
(i) Adjustments for changes in liabilities are movements in the right-of-use asset resulting from remeasurement of the associated lease liability to reflect changes to the
lease payments due to any reassessment or lease modifications.
(ii) There are no right-of-use assets measured at revalued amounts.
(c) Lease liabilities
The following table sets out a maturity analysis of non-derivative lease liabilities, showing the undiscounted payments to be made after the reporting date.
2023 2022
£m £m
Less than one year 11.1 11.3
One to five years 41.5 38.6
More than five years 106.5 105.3
Total undiscounted lease liabilities at 31 December 159.1 155.2
Finance cost (35.2) (36.2)
Total discounted lease liabilities 123.9 119.0
Analysis of total lease liabilities
Non-current 116.1 111.2
Current 7. 8 7. 8
Total 123.9 119.0
Details of the Company’s risk management strategy for liquidity risks inherent in its lease liability are described at Note 12(e)C1.
(d) Amounts recognised in Income statement
2023 2022
£m £m
Interest on lease liabilities (3.9) (3.8)
Variable lease payment not included in the measurement of lease liabilities (0.4) (0.4)
Income from sub-leasing right-of-use assets 0.1 0.2
(e) Total cash outflow for leases
2023 2022
£m £m
Total cash outflow for leases (12.3) (10.1)
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
133
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE COMPANY ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
39 RETIREMENT BENEFITS
The amounts recognised in the Company statement of financial position in respect of net retirement benefit assets/obligations are detailed below:
2023 2022
£m £m
Non-current assets 246.6 341.9
Non-current liabilities (123.4) (101.9)
The Company recognises the respective pension scheme assets and obligations in its Statement of financial position for the schemes for which it is the sponsoring employer
as there is no appropriate contractual agreement or Group policy to allocate the assets and obligations on a legal entity basis. Detailed disclosures for accounting under IAS 19,
under the provisions of IFRIC 14, are provided in Note 10 of the Group financial statements.
40 INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARIES
Investment in
subsidiaries
£m
At 1 January 2022, 1 January 2023 and 31 December 2023 5,023.5
(a) The Company’s subsidiaries are listed in Appendix 1.
41 DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Derivative
financial
instruments
£m
At 1January 2022 33.5
Recorded in Income statement (3.7)
Recorded in Cash flow hedge reserve 0.3
Cash settlement of derivative interest (2.5)
At 1January 2023 27.6
Recorded in Income statement (9.2)
Recorded in Cash flow hedge reserve 0. (0.6)
Cash settlement of derivative interest (1.0)
Recorded in Loans and other borrowings 0.5
At 31 December 2023 17.3
The Company’s derivatives comprise forward foreign exchange contracts and a cross-currency swap. The Company uses foreign currency forwards in
relation to asset purchases and other items of general expenditure. For such items, the Company generally designates the entire value of the foreign
currency forward in the hedge relationship. The tables below illustrate the timing of the notional amount of the foreign currency forwards and the
average forward price of the foreign currency forwards.
Notional amount of hedging instrument (maturity profile)
£m
At 31 December 2023 Less than 1 year 1-2 years 2-3 years 3-4 years Total
USD 0.4 0.4 0.6 4.2 5.6
EUR 4.9 2.3 0.6 – 7.8
5.3 2.7 1.2 4.2 13.4
Average forward price (exchange rate)
At 31 December 2023
Less than 1 year 1-2 years 2-3 years 3-4 years
USD (GBP:USD) 1.27 1.27 1.27 1.28
EUR (GBP:EUR) 1.13 1.11 1.10 –
The Company has issued debt instruments denominated in JPY. As a result, the Company has entered into a cross-currency swap and has designated
it within a fair value hedging relationship where it meets the required hedging criteria to mitigate this risk. The carrying amount of the associated
10 billion JPY loan at 31 December 2023 is £67.2 million (2022 £76.1 million). The notional amount of the cross-currency swap is £51.4 million and the
average hedge rate for the year (GBP:JPY) is 1:194.55.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
134
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE COMPANY ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
42 TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
2023 2022
Note £m £m
Current receivables:
Receivables due from Iberdrola Group companies 8.1 9.3
Receivables due from Iberdrola Group companies – loans
(a) – 268.7
Receivables due from Iberdrola Group companies – interest 31.7 22.3
Trade receivables 1.1 0.5
Prepayments 6.6 5.5
Other tax receivables 19.5 16.8
67.0 323.1
Non-current receivables:
Receivables due from Iberdrola Group companies – loans
(a) 3,993.8 3,119.0
Prepayments 0.4 0.2
Other receivables 0.1 0.1
3,994.3 3,119.3
(a) At 31 December 2022, current loans from Iberdrola Group companies comprised on demand loans of £52.7 million which earned interest at Base plus 1%, £66.0 million
on loans which earned interest at a fixed rate of 3.57% and which were repaid in full on maturity during 2023, and instalments of £150.0 million due on loans with a final
maturity of 2025 earning interest at a fixed rate of 2.821%. The non-current loans with Iberdrola Group companies comprised the final instalment of £150.0 million due
on loans with a final maturity of 2025 earning interest at a fixed rate of 2.821%, loans (which are all repayable on maturity) of £320.0 million and £700.0 million both due
to mature in 2029 earning interest at 12-month SONIA + 3.365% and 6-month SONIA + 1.025% respectively, £1,150.0 million due to mature in 2030 earning interest at
6-month SONIA + 0.78%, £800.0 million due to mature in 2032 earning interest at a fixed rate of 3.6% less ECLs of £(1.0) million.
At 31 December 2023, there were no loans with Iberdrola Group companies classified as current. Non-current loans with Iberdrola Group companies comprised the final
£150.0 million bi-annual instalments of the loan which is due to mature in 2025 which earns interest at a fixed rate of 2.821%. In addition, there are loans (which are all
repayable on maturity) of £320.0 million and £700.0 million both due to mature in 2029 earning interest at 12-month SONIA + 3.365% and 6-month SONIA + 1.025%
respectively, £1,150.0 million due to mature in 2030 earning interest at 6-month SONIA + 0.78%, £1,125.0 due to mature in 2032 earning interest at a fixed rate of 3.6%,
£550.0 million due to mature in 2033 earning interest at a fixed rate of 5.67% less ECLs of £(1.2) million.
(b) ECLs in respect of Trade and other receivables are not material for either the current or prior years.
43 PROVISIONS
At 1January Unwinding Utilised At 31 December
2022 of discount during year 2022
Year ended 31 December 2022 Note £m £m £m £m
Onerous contracts 0.1 – (0.1) –
Decommissioning costs
(a) 4.4 0.1 – 4.5
4.5 0.1 (0.1) 4.5
At 1January Unwinding New At 31 December
2023 of discount provisions 2023
Year ended 31 December 2023 Note £m £m £m £m
Decommissioning costs (a) 4.5 0.1 0.4 5.0
2023 2022
Analysis of total other provisions £m £m
Non-current 3.1 3.0
Current 1.9 1.5
5.0 4.5
(a) The provision for decommissioning costs is the discounted future estimated costs of decommissioning certain non-current assets. The decommissioning is expected to
occur over the period between 2024 and 2041.
44 OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
2023 2022
£m £m
Current other financial liabilities:
Software license liabilities 1.9 –
Collateral held 15.3 23.8
17.2 23.8
2023 2022
£m £m
Non-current other financial liabilities:
Software license liabilities 8.0 –
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
135
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE COMPANY ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
45 LOANS AND OTHER BORROWINGS
2023 2022
Analysis by instrument and maturity Notes Interest rate Maturity £m £m
Loans with Iberdrola Group companies Base +1% On demand 1,195.0 599.3
Loans with Iberdrola Group companies SONIA + 0.84% 1 March 2029 650.0 650.0
Loans with Iberdrola Group companies SONIA + 0.82% 1 March 2031 500.0 500.0
Loans with Iberdrola Group companies 2,345.0 1,749.3
£250 million euro-sterling bond (a) 29 May 2023 – 249.9
£175 million inflation-linked bond (b), (c), (d) 3.494% x RPI 13 October 2024 386.3 345.9
10 billion JPY loan (e) 4.6% 27 July 2029 67.2 76.1
£50 million medium-term note (b), (c), (d) 5.75% 9 December 2039 50.0 50.0
£100 million medium-term note (c), (d) 6.375% 31 May 2041 100.0 100.0
Loans with external counterparties 603.5 821.9
Accrued interest due to Iberdrola Group companies 68.8 22.9
Accrued interest due to external counterparties 8.2 18.1
3,025.5 2,612.2
2023 2022
Analysis of loans and other borrowings Note £m £m
Non-current 1,367.2 1,722.0
Current (f) 1,658.3 890.2
3,025.5 2,612.2
(a) The £250 million euro-sterling bond was repaid in full during the year at maturity.
(b) These bonds and notes contain a ‘Loss of licence’ covenant that may require repayment of the outstanding amount should the Group lose the relevant licence
(distribution, transmission and supply licences).
(c) The external debt contains non-financial covenants. A future breach of these covenants may require repayment of the loans earlier than indicated in the above table.
Under the agreements, the covenants are monitored on a regular basis by SPL Treasury and regularly reported to management to ensure compliance with the
agreements.
(d) SPL and the Company have an established joint US$7 billion euro medium-term note programme. SPL has not issued under the programme. The Company has in issue
various notes in Sterling which can be redeemed with 30 to 90 days’ notice in case of unfavourable and unavoidable changes in the UK tax laws impacting on the note
payments.
(e) The interest rate quoted above on the 10 billion JPY loan is fixed. This is changed to a variable rate by a cross-currency swap.
(f) Current borrowings at 31 December 2023 comprise loans with Iberdrola Group companies repayable on demand, the £175 million inflation-linked bond and accrued
interest. Current borrowings at 31 December 2022 comprised loans with Iberdrola Group companies repayable on demand, the £250 million euro-sterling bond and
accrued interest.
(g) At 31 December 2023, the Company had a total of £2.7 billion (2022 £1.5 billion) of undrawn committed facilities with SPL available, which included a £0.7 billion facility
signed in March 2023 and a £0.5 billion facility signed in December 2023. As at the date of signing these accounts, the Company has replaced its existing committed
facilities with a new £2.7 billion, five-year committed facility. The new committed facility with SPL expires on 30 April 2029 and remains undrawn.
46 TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
2023 2022
£m £m
Current trade and other payables:
Payables due to Iberdrola Group companies 0.7 –
Trade payables 18.6 12.4
Other taxes and social security 1.3 1.1
Payments received on account 0.1 –
Capital payables 7.1 7. 6
Other payables 12.2 10 . 2
40.0 31.3
Non-current other payables:
Other payables 3.4 4.4
Capital payables – 0.4
3.4 4.8
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
136
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE COMPANY ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
47 DEFERRED TAX
Deferred tax provided in the financial statements is as follows: Property, Derivative Other
plant and financial Retirement Trading temporary
equipment instruments benefits losses differences Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m
At 1January 202237.4 (3.9) 2.6 (0.4) (51.6) 18.2 1.7 (29.5)
(Credit)/charge to Income statement (1.0) 0.– 0.– 0.– 1.4 0.4
Recorded in the Statement of comprehensive income 0.– (0.1) (9.3) (18.2) 0.– (27.6)
At 1January 202337.4 (3.9) 1.6 (0.5) (60.9) 0.– 3.1 (56.7)
Credit to Income statement (3.0) 0.– 0.– 0.– (1.0) (4.0)
Recorded in the Statement of comprehensive income 0.– 0.1 30.0 0.– 0.– 30.1
At 31 December 2023 (1.4) (0.4) (30.9) 0.– 2.1 (30.6)
(a) Legislation was enacted on 10 June 2021 under the Finance Act 2021 that increased the UK Corporation tax rate to 25% from 1 April 2023. Accordingly, the deferred tax
assets at 31 December 2023 have been provided at 25%, to reflect the rate that the temporary differences are expected to reverse at.
(b) At 31 December 2023, the Company had unutilised capital losses of £5.4 million (2022 £5.4 million). No deferred tax has been recognised in the financial statements
due to the unpredictability of suitable future profit streams against which these losses may be utilised.
48 COMPANY INCOME STATEMENT
As permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company has not presented its own income statement. The Company’s income statement
was authorised for issue by the SPUK Board on 19 March 2024. The net profit for the financial year per the financial statements of the Company was
£1,070.4 million (2022 £1,263.5 million).
49 EMPLOYEE INFORMATION
(a) Staff costs 2023 2022
£m £m
Wages and salaries 47.9 41.2
Social security costs 5.4 4.8
Pension and other costs 10.7 10 . 7
Total staff costs 64.0 56.7
Less: capitalised staff costs (1.1) (1.9)
Charged to the Income statement 62.9 54.8
(b) Employee numbers
Details of the year end and average number of employees (full and part time) employed by the Company, including UK-based directors, can be found
within the Corporate category of Note 24(b).
(c) Pensions
The Company’s contributions in the year were £5.0 million (2022 £7.5 million). The Company contributes to the Group’s defined benefit and defined
contribution schemes in the UK. Full details of these schemes can be found in Note 10.
50 AUDITOR’S REMUNERATION
Auditor remuneration is billed on a group basis and not recharged to the Company. Of the total Group audit fee for the year ended 31 December 2023,
£256,000 (2022 £205,000) related to the audit of the Company accounts. The total auditor remuneration for the Group is disclosed in Note 34.
51 DIVIDENDS
2023 2022 2023 2022
pence per ordinary share pence per ordinary share £m £m
Interim dividend paid 11.0 10.1 780.0 715.0
52 FINANCIAL COMMITMENTS
2023
2029 and
2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 thereafter Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Contractual commitments 10.2 2.2 1.1 0.1 0.1 – 13.7
2022
2028 and
2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 thereafter Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Contractual commitments 5.6 3.0 0.2 – – – 8.8
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
137
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE COMPANY ACCOUNTS
continued
31 December 2023
53 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
(a) Transactions and balances arising in the normal course of business (excluding wholly owned subsidiaries of Iberdrola, S.A.)
2023 2022
Subsidiary Subsidiary
companies companies
£m £m
Types of transaction
Sales and rendering of services 0.1 0.1
Balances outstanding
Trade and other receivables 0.1 –
(i) The amounts outstanding are unsecured and will be settled in cash. No guarantees have been given or received.
(b) Directors’ remuneration
Details of directors’ remuneration are set out at Note 33(c).
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
138
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANY ACCOUNTS
31 December 2023
APPENDIX 1: SUBSIDIARIES AND JOINT ARRANGEMENTS
SCOPE OF CONSOLIDATION
The table below sets out details of the subsidiaries and joint arrangements of the Group and the Company at 31 December 2023. These are all included in
the Consolidated financial statements of the Group. All entities are indirect holdings unless specified. Shares owned by the Group are all ordinary shares.
Registered
office and country
of incorporation
Equity interest
Name Principal activities
(Note (xi)) 2023 2022
Energy Networks
Subsidiaries
(i)
Scottish Power Energy Networks Holdings Limited Holding company (A) 100% 100%
SP Distribution plc Ownership and operation of distribution network within (A) 100% 100%
the Central Belt and Southern Scotland area
SP Manweb plc Ownership and operation of distribution network within (B) 100% 100%
Cheshire, Merseyside, North Shropshire and North Wales area
SP Power Systems Limited Provision of asset management services (A) 100% 100%
SP Transmission plc Ownership and operation of transmission network (A) 100% 100%
within the Central Belt and Southen Scotland area
Joint venture
NGET/SPT Upgrades Limited Operation of offshore Western HVDC Transmission link (C) 50% 50%
(ii)
Joint operation
Eastern Green Link 1 Limited Development of offshore Eastern HVDC Transmission link (C) 50% –
(ii), (iii)
Renewable production
Subsidiaries
ScottishPower Renewable Energy Limited Holding company (A) 100% 100%
(i)
Blaenau Gwent Solar Limited Development of a solar farm (D) 100% 100%
(iv)
Bryn Henllys SF Limited Development of a solar farm (D) 100% 100%
(iv)
Coldham Windfarm Limited Operation of an onshore wind farm (B) 80% 80%
Cumberhead West Wind Farm Ltd. Development and construction of an onshore wind farm (A) 100% 72%
(v)
Douglas West Extension Limited Development of an onshore wind farm (A) 72% 72%
(vi)
Down Barn Farm SF Limited Development of a solar farm (D) 100% 100%
(iv)
East Anglia One Limited Operation of an offshore wind farm (E) 60% 60%
East Anglia One North Limited Development of an offshore wind farm (E) 100% 100%
East Anglia Three Limited Development of an offshore wind farm (E) 100% 100%
East Anglia Two Limited Development of an offshore wind farm (E) 100% 100%
(iv)
Grafton Underwood Solar Limited Development of a solar farm (D) 100% 100%
Hagshaw Hill Repowering Ltd Development and construction of an onshore wind farm (A) 100% 100%
(iv)
Longney Solar Limited Development of a solar farm (D) 100% 100%
MachairWind Limited Development of an offshore wind farm (A) 100% 100%
(vii)
Milltown Airfield Solar PV Limited Development of a solar farm (D) 100% 100%
(iv)
Pipplepen Solar Limited (formerly known as EEB37 Limited) Development of a solar farm (D) 100% –
(iv)
Ranksborough Solar Limited Development of a solar farm (D) 100% 100%
(iv)
ScottishPower Renewables (UK) Limited Development, construction and operation of (F) 100% 100%
onshore wind and solar farms and battery storage
ScottishPower Renewables (WODS) Limited Operation of an offshore wind farm (A) 100% 100%
Sparrow Lodge Solar Limited Development of a solar farm (D) 100% 100%
(iv)
Speyslaw Solar Limited Development of a solar farm (D) 100% 100%
(iv)
(iv)
Thurlaston Solar Limited Development of a solar farm (D) 100% 100%
Tuckey Farm Solar Limited Development of a solar farm (D) 100% 100%
(iv)
Wood Lane Solar Limited Development of a solar farm (D) 100% 100%
(iv)
Joint ventures
CeltPower Limited Operation of an onshore wind farm (B) 50% 50%
East Anglia Offshore Wind Limited Commercial operation of offshore meteorological mast (E) 50% 50%
Morecambe Wind Limited Provision of operational services (G) 50% 50%
Joint operations
CampionWind Limited Development of an offshore wind farm (H) 50% 50%
(vii)
MarramWind Limited Development of an offshore wind farm (H) 50% 50%
(vii)
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
139
SCOTTISH POWER UK PLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANY ACCOUNTS
continued
31December 2023
APPENDIX 1: SUBSIDIARIES AND JOINT ARRANGEMENTS
continued
Registered
office and country
of incorporation
Equity interest
Name Principal activities
(Note (xi)) 2023 2022
Customer business
Subsidiaries
Scottish Power Retail Holdings Limited Holding company (A) 100% 100%
(i)
ScottishPower (DCL) Limited Holding company (B) 100% 100%
ScottishPower Energy Management Limited Wholesale energy management company engaged (A) 100% 100%
in purchase and sale of electricity and gas
ScottishPower Energy Management (Agency) Limited Agent for energy management activity of (A) 100% 100%
ScottishPower Energy Management Limited
and Scottish Power UK plc
ScottishPower Generation (Assets) Limited Asset owning company (A) 100% 100%
ScottishPower (SCPL) Limited Holding company (B) 100% 100%
ScottishPower Energy Retail Limited Supply of electricity and gas to domestic and business (A) 100% 100%
customers and development of green hydrogen
SP Dataserve Limited Data collection, data aggregation, meter operation (A) 100% 100%
and revenue protection
SP Smart Meter Assets Limited Provider of smart meter assets and services (A) 100% 100%
Dormant subsidiaries in liquidation
SP Network Connections Limited In liquidation (J) 100% 100%
(viii)
Dormant subsidiaries now dissolved
SP Gas Transportation Cockenzie Limited Dissolved (I) – 100%
(ix)
SP Gas Transportation Hatfield Limited Dissolved (I) – 100%
(ix)
ScottishPower Investments Limited Dissolved (I) – 100%
(i), (ix)
ScottishPower Renewables (UK Assets) Limited Dissolved (I) – 100%
(ix)
(i) The investment in this company was a direct shareholding of Scottish Power UK plc.
(ii) NGET/SPT Upgrades Limited and Eastern Green Link 1 Limited both have a non-coterminous reporting date of 31 March, which is a contractual obligation as agreed in
the joint operating agreement and shareholders' agreement for these companies respectively.
(iii) On 22 August 2023, SP Transmission plc, a subsidiary of the Group, acquired 50% of the share capital in Eastern Green Link 1 Limited for a total consideration of £50.
(iv) ScottishPower Renewables (UK) Limited (“SPRUKL”), a subsidiary of the Group, acquired the entire share capital of the following entities on the date stated for a total
consideration of £55.3 million:
• Blaenau Gwent Solar Limited 31 October 2022
• Ranksborough Solar Limited 20 May 2022
• Bryn Henllys SF Limited 5 January 2022
• Sparrow Lodge Solar Limited 13 January 2022
• Down Barn Farm SF Limited 5 January 2022
• Speyslaw Solar Limited 13 January 2022
• Grafton Underwood Solar Limited 13 January 2022
• Thurlaston Solar Limited 13 January 2022
• Longney Solar Limited 20 May 2022
• Tuckey Farm Solar Limited 13 January 2022
• Milltown Airfield Solar PV Limited 13 January 2022
• Wood Lane Solar Limited 13 January 2022
On 21June 2023, SPRUKL acquired the entire share capital of Pipplepen Solar Limited (formerly known as EEB37 Limited) for a total consideration of £5.6 million.
(v) SPRUKL held 72% of the share capital in this entity until 7 March 2023 when the Group acquired the remaining 28% of share capital.
(vi) On 2 February 2024, SPRUKL sold its 72% holding in Douglas West Extension Limited.
(vii) MachairWind Limited was incorporated on 12 January 2022 and is a direct and wholly-owned subsidiary of SPRUKL. CampionWind Limited and MarramWind Limited
were also incorporated on 12 January 2022 and are 50% joint operations held by SPRUKL.
(viii) SP Network Connections Limited was placed into member’s voluntary liquidation on 7 August 2023.
(ix) SP Gas Transportation Hatfield Limited, ScottishPower Renewables (UK Assets) Limited, SP Gas Transportation Cockenzie Limited and ScottishPower Investments
Limited were dissolved on 8 February, 12 April, 18 April and 11 December 2023 respectively.
(x) On 20 December 2022, the Group disposed of the entire shareholding in Manweb Services Limited for a total consideration of £9.0 million. Given the company's net
assets of £0.5 million, this resulted in a gain on sale of £8.5 million.
(xi) The registered offices of the subsidiaries and joint arrangements are as listed below, along with their countries of incorporation. Where a company’s registered office
is in England, it is registered in England and Wales.
(A) 320 St. Vincent Street, Glasgow, G2 5AD, Scotland
(G) 5 Howick Place, London, SW1P 1WG, England
(B) 3 Prenton Way, Prenton, CH43 3ET, England
(H) 50 Lothian Road, Festival Square, Edinburgh, EH3 9WJ, Scotland
(C) 1–3 Strand, London, WC2N 5EH, England
(I) Johnston Carmichael, 227 West George Street, Glasgow, G2 2ND, Scotland
(D) 4th Floor, 1 Tudor Street, London, EC4Y 0AH, England
(J) Johnston Carmichael LLP, Birchin Court, 20 Birchin Lane, London, EC3V 9DU,
England
(E) 3rd Floor, 1 Tudor Street, London, EC4Y 0AH, England
(F) The Soloist,1 Lanyon Place, Belfast, BT1 3LP, Northern Ireland
For those entities incorporated in Scotland, Northern Ireland and England and Wales, the principal place of business is considered to be the UK; for all other entities,
the country of incorporation is the principal place of business.
Scottish Power UK plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
140
Scottish Power UK plc
Registered office: 320 St. Vincent Street, Glasgow, Scotland, G2 5AD
Registered in Scotland: No. SC117120